BA MK-A20.2 3852 58 en

GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Operating Instructions
Dump Truck MK-A 20
Vehicle No: 3852/58
03.18 MK--A20 1
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
1 Contents “Introduction“
1.1 How to use the operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 - 1

Record of revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 - 3
1.2 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 - 1
1.3 Warranty Conditions for Mining and Tunnelling Vehicles, Airport Equipment . 1.3 - 1
1.4 Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 - 1
Nameplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 - 1
1.5 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 1
Main dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 1
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 1
Tramming capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 1
Travel drive unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 2
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 2
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 3
Swivel hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 3
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 3
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 3
Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 3
Lighting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 3
Filling volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 4
Dimensions of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 5
Sound-pressure level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 - 6
1.6 Concise description of dumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 - 1
Proper use of dumpers powered by diesel engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 - 2
1_en MK-A20 1-1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
1.1 How to use the operating instructions
Sections
The operating instructions comprise four sections.
1 = Introduction
2 = Operation
3 = Maintenance
4 = System drawings
Subsections
Sections 1 to 3 are divided into the necessary chapters.
A table of contents is provided at the beginning of every main section.
Pages
The pages of each subsection are numbered.
Example: 2. 4 -- 1
Page
Subsection
Section-“Operation“
030000_en MK-A20 1.1 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Page numbers
Each page has the number of the main section/chapter and a page number printed in the bottom line of
the page. Each chapter begins with page number “1”. The individual pages of the respective chapter are
consecutively numbered.
Code number / Issue date

The code number indicated in the left-hand corner at the bottom of each page is used for internal identifica-
tion. It may be ignored by the user of the operating instructions.
The issue date (month + year) is indicated under the code number.
CAUTION, Warning, Note
Caution The word “Caution“ is used to draw attention to methods, procedures or thresholds
which must be carefully observed in order to avoid injury to persons.
Warning The word “Warning“ draws attention to methods and procedures that must be adhered
to in order to avoid damage to the equipment.
Note The word “Note“ draws attention to particular technical matters which the driver must
observe and which also simplify the work.
Illustrations
The illustrations used in the operating instructions serve to explain the text. While they may vary from the
actual vehicle design, they will not basically change the factual information.
Patent, trademarks
The information included in these operating instructions is published regard less of any patent rights.
Trademarks are used without any warranty that they may be used freely.
Liability
The texts and illustrations were compiled with great care. Nevertheless, errors cannot be excluded com-
pletely. GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH and the authors cannot either assume any legal responsibility or any liabi-
lity for information and the consequences thereaf.
Please contact our Service Department if you have technical queries or if you notice any discrepancies.
The contents of these operating instructions are regularly revised to include technical innovations. We
reserve the right of technical changes due to ongoing development without prior notice.
Copyright
Reproduction in any form or translation and storage on electronic media is not permitted without prior writ-
ten consent by GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH. This also applies to extracts. All rights under copyright laws are
specifically reserved by GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH.
030011_en MK-A20 1.1 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Record of revisions
All revisions issued are listed in this table. Each revision is numbered consecutively together with the date
of issue. The date and the name of the person who inserted the sheets in this manual are also shown in
the table.
Rev. Revision Date Name Rev. Revision Date Name

No. Date Inserted No. Date Inserted
Vehicle no. 3851-3852/58
032150_en MK-A20 1.1 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
1.2 Preface
These operating instructions include important information on how to operate and keep your vehicle made
by
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
in working order.
One copy each of the instructions should at all times be available to both the driver and the maintenance
personnel. Each operation carried out on the vehicle presupposes that the contents of the operating in-
structions are known and strictly adhered to.
Therefore, please read these instructions carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle, in particular
before putting the vehicle into operation for the first time.
Proper operation and maintenance make for lasting operational reliability.
Any downtimes which are due to avoidable maintenance work can be minimized if special attention is paid
to the following:
- Never alter without approval any parameters which are either permanently set or specified by the ma-
nufacturer, such as hydraulic pressures, tightening torques, etc.
- Perform all specified maintenance and inspection work completely and in good time.
- Use only oil brands and grease types which are in compliance with our recommendations.
- Install only original-spare parts.
Should you have any trouble or questions, or if you wish to order spare parts, please contact:
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Abteilung M
Postfach 10 09 43
D--45809 Gelsenkirchen
Telephone: +49(0)209 38907 200
Telefax: +49(0)209 38907 109
or the representative responsible for your area.

Please state the vehicle type and serial number in all written queries or phone calls.
When making out spare parts orders, please adhere to the ordering instructions included in the spare
parts list.
Never have repairs or alterations carried out by third parties without our approval. You will appreciate that
we cannot be held responsible in any case of non-compliance with the above.
Note Please note our “Warranty Conditions” for Mining and Tunnelling Vehicles, Airport
Equipment.
030020_en MK-A20 1.2 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
1.3 Warranty Conditions for Mining

and Tunnelling Vehicles,
Airport Equipment
1. We warrant our supplies to the extent that we shall, at our
option, either repair or resupply ex works any part for which Warning In the event of regular overloading,
proof can be furnished that it has become unserviceable all warranty claims will be void.
during the warranty period due to our fault in design, mate-
rial selection or workmanship.
Similarily, we accept liability for properties explicitly gua-
ranteed.
In respect on bought-out items used by us in the manu-
facture, our liability shall be limited to assigning our war-
ranty claims on the supplier.
Of the costs involved directly in repairs and/or replacement
supplies - provided, Purchaser's claim proves justified - the
cost of repair and/or of the replacement part shall be to our
account.
All other costs shall be to Purchaser's account, among
them, costs for transportation, dismantling/installation and
for furnishing technicians/helpers possibly required.
Parts which are replaced shall become our property.
2. The existence of a defect shall be reported to us in writing
immediately on discovery. Correction of a defect shall be
conditional upon Purchaser's complying with his contractual
obligations, especially observing the payment conditions
agreed.
3. Where in cases of emergency Purchaser remedies defects
(repair and replacement supply) for which proof can be
furnished that we are at fault, or has such defects re- me-
died by others, after having obtained our consent to do so,
we shall reimburse the costs, however, not exceeding the
amount that we would have incurred if the defects would
have been remedied by ourselves.
4. The warranty period starts on the date the subject of supply
is ready for handing over to Purchaser. For the subject of
supply (complete vehicles, spares, i.e. single parts or com-
plete components such as transmissions, axles, conver-
ters, pumps, compressors) the warranty period shall end
2000 working hours or 360 days after commissioning, whi-
chever occurs first. The warranty period shall expire in all
cases not later than 420 days after readiness for handing
over to Purchaser.
Where second-hand vehicles and complete rebuilt
components are concerned the above warranty periods
shall be halved.
5. The number of hours a vehicle has been in service is that
recorded on the operation-hour meter installed in the ve-
hicle for this specific purpose. The date on which the
2000th or 1000th service hour is clocked up on the meter is
to be intimated to us in writing without delay. Likewise, any
failure or trouble with the meter is to be reported to us
immediately.
6. For repair work, including replacements, the warranty pe-
riod shall start on the date of completion of the work and
shall end upon expiry of 180 days or 1000 service hours,
whichever occurs first. The warranty period, however, shall
not end before expiry of the original warranty period for the
subject of supply.
S 0152_en MK-A20 1.3 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
7. Defects due to natural wear and tear arising on 10. The Purchaser has the right of cancellation of contract,
- V-belts provided
- Hydraulic, brake and fuel hoses the defects of our equipment supplied being provably of
- Brake liners such grave nature that, because of its restricted ser-
- Dynamically stressed seals viceability, the equipment is of no use, and
- Protective circuit breakers after unsuccessful repair and/or replacement supply, he
- Articulations (collars and bolts) has granted us in writing a reasonable additional period of
- Batteries as well as time for repair of defects for which we are responsible and
- Tires etc. we have provably failed to remedy the defect within this
additional period of time granted.
furthermore, defects due to
- Use for purposes other than intended In all other respects Purchaser shall be entitled to claim
- Non-observance of our operating and maintenance only a reasonable reduction of purchase price.
instructions
11. In addition to the above, Purchaser shall not be entitled to
- Incorrect storage
raise any further claims for damages under the warranty
- Faulty installation and/or putting into operation
clause, especially not for indirect damage, with indirect
- Excessive stress or strain
damage referring to all such damage which does not occur
- Use of unsuitable operating media
on the acutal part supplied, especially lost profit, loss of use
are not covered by the subject warranty. and extra cost for use.
8. The warranty shall cease to be valid if during the warranty This exclusion shall not apply in the event of intention or
period the Purchaser undertakes modifications or repairs to gross negligence on the part of bodies or managerial staff,
the supplied equipment without our prior consent and/or if especially not in the event of fraudulent concealment of a
no GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH original spare parts are used. defect.
9. Unless contrary arrangements are made, we give the Any liability beyond this warranty clause shall be subject to
above vehicle warranty only on condition that commis- Article XIII of our General Conditions of Sale (AL 91), un-
sioning is carried out by our personnel. less different terms have been accepted in writing
S 0152_en MK-A20 1.3 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
1.4 Vehicle identification
For the specific data of your vehicle please see of the nameplates shown below.
Nameplates
The vehicle nameplate is located in the driver's compartment. All equipment such as engine, torque con-
verter, transmission, axles, etc. have nameplates and may bear stamped equipment numbers.
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Emscherstraße 53
D 45891 Gelsenkirchen
Vehicle type Year of construction
Serial no Rated power kW
Weight, empty kg Payload kg
Please record here VEHICLE NO: ..................... and ENGINE NO: ....................of your vehicle.
The tire pressure plate indicates the tire type and the relevant pressure of the tires on the respective axles.
bar bar
Type
bar bar
Please note here Tire pressure drive unit: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar for tire type: ......................
Tire pressure payload unit: . . . . . . . . . . . bar for tire type: ......................

of your vehicle.
030031_en MK-A20 1.4 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
1.5 Technical Data
Main dimensions
Length 9 751 mm
Width, at the body 2 400 mm
Height, laden at the body 2 149 mm
(above driver s canopy) 2 555 mm
Body capacity (SAE, heaped) 10 m3
Weights
Deadweight 18 955 kg
Payload 20 000 kg
Front-axle load, unladen 14 850 kg
Rear-axle load, unladen 4 105 kg
Front-axle load, laden 20 150 kg
Rear-axle load, laden 18 850 kg
Tramming capacities
Maximum tramming speed

laden forward / reverse, on a level roadway
in converter mode Lock-up mode
1st gear 4.5 km/h 4.8 km/h
2nd gear 9.5 km/h 10.0 km/h
3rd gear 16.0 km/h 17.5 km/h
4th gear 26.5 km/h 29.5 km/h
Maximum admissible gradient 25 %
Engine
Manufacturer Cummins
Type QSB6.7
Design water-cooled diesel engine
Max. power 194kW/2300 min-1
Air intake system Dry air filter
Exhaust system Catalytic exhaust purifier / silencer
Emission level COM IIIa / Tier3
Starter power/voltage 6,6 kW/24 V
Three-phase alternator/voltage 28 V/55 A
Techdat_en MK-A20 1.5 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Travel drive unit
Torque converter
Manufacturer Clark
Type Serie CL 8000
Design single-stage industrial type with auxi-
liary drives for steering and dump/hoist
hydraulic systems and Lock-up
Power shift transmission
Manufacturer Clark
Type Serie R 32000
Design power shift transmission with 4 forward
and 4 reverse gears each
Axles
Front axle
Manufacturer Kessler
Type D81PL489 NLB-FS
Design rigid planetary axles with differential
gear
Rear axle
Manufacturer Kessler
Type D81PL489 NLB-FS
Design rigid planetary axles with differential
gear
Wheels and tires
Front wheels
Rim
Size 11.25- 25/2.0
Tires
Size 16.00 - 25
Tire filling pressure 5.5 ± 0.1 bar
Rear wheels
Rim
Size 11.25- 25/2.0
Tires
Size 16.00 - 25
Tire filling pressure 8.0 ± 0.1 bar

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Brakes
Design of brake system Liquid cooled multi disc brake spring

applied hydraulic release brake per
axle side, front and rear axle
(Posi Stop)
Swivel hinge
Manufacturer GHH/Rote Erde

Design Ball-bearing slewing-ring
Swing angle ± 10°
Steering
Design Swivel-joint hydraulic power steering

Steering angle ± 42°
Outer clearance circle 8 165 ± 200 mm
Inner clearance circle 5 017 ± 200 mm
Hydraulic system
Dump hydraulic system

Pump delivery flowrate 50+10+10 cm3/U
System pressure 150 bar
Number of dump cylinders 1
Body raising, laden 7.0 sec.
Body lowering, unladen 7.5 sec.
Steering hydraulic system

Pump delivery flowrate 50 cm3/U
System pressure 130 bar
Number of steering cylinders 2
Electrical equipment
Operating voltage 24V

Battery 2 x 12 V/140 Ah
Lighting system
Main/reversing headlights LED

Additional headlights LED

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Filling volumes
Fuel tank 280 l

Hydraulic tank 230 l
Engine with oil filter 31.5 l
Torque converter/power shift transmission circuit 36.5 l
Front axle differential gear 15.0 l
Front axle planetary gear 2 x 3.0 l
Rear axle differential gear 18.5 l
Rear axle planetary gear 2 x 3.0 l

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Dimensions of
vehicle

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Sound-pressure level
To determine the sound-pressure level the vehicle is placed outdoors on a reflecting base. The sound-
pressure level is measured in accordance with DIN 45636 under the following conditions. The indicated
measurement values are the average values from three sound measurements.
Note No reflecting objects must be present on either side of the vehicle.
Measuring points - Diagram
3 4
1 7 8
2 5
Measuring distance
- Measuring points 1-5

lateral distance to vehicle = 2.0 m
measuring point height = upper edge of drive unit
- Measuring point 6
measuring point height = height of drivers head
- Measuring points 7 and 8
measuring point height = 2 m obove upper edge of drive unit
Operating state
- service brake actuated
- highest reverse gear engaged
- for 30 seconds, driving engine at full load and dump/hoist hydraulic against the stop.
Measurement result
Measuring point 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
db (A) 97.8 97.1 96.3 97.3 91.1 100.6 99.2 93.8
Schall_en MK-A20 1.5 - 6

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
1.6 Concise description of dumper
The dumper is an all-wheel driven vehicle with hydrodynamic drive unit. The dumper's drive unit and pay-
load unit are connected by a swivel hinge.
The drive unit houses the drive system components, engine, converter, transmission, as well as the oil
cooler, tanks, hydraulic system components, brakes and the electrical equipment.
The driven axles are designed as rigid axles with differential gear and planetary gears in the axle ends.
The driver's cabin with its controls and instruments is arranged at the front, on the left-hand side of the
vehicle. The driver's seat is sprung and hydraulically cushioned.
The vehicle is steered by a hydraulic power steering system with two double-acting steering cylinders.
The service brake and the parking brake acts on all four wheels. It is designed as a two-circuit brake sy-
stem with separate circuits for the front and rear axles. The parking brake is a spring-loaded brake which
operates independently of the service brake.
The dumper's body is arranged on the payload unit. The body is raised and lowered by a hydraulically
operated telescopic cylinder operated by a control lever arranged in the driver's cab.
The vehicle chassis is of welded construction, manufactured according to the applicable DIN standards
and the German Federal Railways' DS 952 Code.
031850_en MK-A20 1.6 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Proper use of dumpers powered by diesel engines motors
Dumpers made by GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH which are powered by a diesel engine are suitable for under-
ground hauling and dumping of minerals in non explosion-hazardous areas and in areas where no risk
of mine gas formation exists, as well as for tunnelling. Proper use means that the dumpers are operated
exclusively within specially identified and demarcated areas of work, as well as in areas not accessible
to unauthorised staff. Dumpers must be operated only by specially trained and instructed staff. The notes
and technical data contained in the operating and maintenance instructions form the basis for safe opera-
tion of the dumper and are part of the description for proper use of the dumpers. For applications other
than those listed above and in the operating and maintenance instructions, the loading and operating limits
will in individual cases need to be agreed with the manufacturer and confirmed by him in writing.
032540_en MK-A20 1.6 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2 Contents “Operation“
2.1 Safety instructions for the operation of vehicles made . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 - 1

by GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Safety marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing 909-4-074600
Functional marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drawing 909-4-046997 C
2.2 Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 - 1
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 - 1
2.3 Operating elements and control instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 - 1
Operating and control instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 - 1
2.4 Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 - 1
2.5 Engine starting, engine switch-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 - 1
Engine starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 - 1
Engine switch-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 - 2
2.6 Tramming operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 1
Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 1
Changing the tramming direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 1
Steering control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 1
Hints on the torque converter and power transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 2
Driving with engaged lock-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 3
Downhill driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 3
Downhill driving in converter mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 4
Downhill driving in Lock-up mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 4
Downhill driving with lock-up and exhaust flap brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 5
Activating the exhaust flap brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 6
Deactivating the exhaust flap brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 6
Towing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 - 7
2.7 Dumping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 - 1
Control of operating equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 - 1
Loading of body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 - 1
Emptying of body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 - 1
2.8 Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 - 1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 - 1
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 - 1
Air intake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 - 1
Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 - 2
Axle gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 - 2
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 - 2
2.9 Shutdown of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 - 1
Shut-off of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 - 1
Shutdown of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 - 1
Putting vehicle back in operation after shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 - 2
2.10 Loading, attachment points, transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 - 1
Loading, attachment points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 - 1
Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 - 1
2_en MK-A20 2-1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.1 Safety instructions for the

operation of vehicles made
by GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
General safety instructions: additional regulations which are to be applied locally

and that they have been trained accordingly. In
Please read these safety instructions as well as the addition to this, staff members should always have
operating instructions carefully before the first star- the above mentioned regulations at hand to re-read
ting of the machine and every now and then after- them.
wards. Because of the relatively high noise level generally
Handling of GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH vehicles and found at almost all operating places of our vehicles
the necessary operating material is uncomplicated caused by surrounding conditions, perceptive
if you as the owner have trained the staff responsi- faculty may be reduced. For this reason vehicles
ble for operation, maintenance and attendance are to be operated especially carefully at such pla-
accordingly. ces.
This survey can, of course, only contain general Get used to handling of the machine and its control
instructions. Operational specialities may need and safety equipment as well as to “critical places”.
deviations or additional amendments. For this Read in operating instructions where those places
reason these instructions have to be studied tho- are and how they are marked.
roughly by operators, supervisory staff, mainte- Before each starting check the vehicle's functional
nance staff and safety specialists of the correspon- and operational safety.
ding plants together and must be adapted and
amended where necessary. If operational failures occur, find out the reason
immediately. Care for immediate remedy of disco-
Deviations from these general safety instructions vered faults in order to prevent possible accident
prepared by GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH are especially hazards and major damage of the vehicle or its
explained in the operating instructions. systems. In case of serious defects (failure of brake
system etc.) shut down the vehicle immediately
If there are any uncertainties in understanding
until the remedy of such a fault is carried out.
these instructions, please do not hesitate to contact
our service department (GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH; Switch off electrical components where risks have
phone +49(0)209 38907 300; been discovered, especially fault current, undue
fax: +49(0)209 38907-349). rise in temperature, appearance of smoke and elec-
tric arcs or which have become inaccessible. Inform
In addition to these general safety instructions the next supervisor or specialist for electrical equip-
special safety instructions referring to the operating ment as soon as possible.
mode of engine and of the vehicle are to be obser-
ved. For all work carried out on the vehicle please Switch off electrical equipment which is not allowed
observe special the safety instructions for mainte- to be operated and secure against starting at least
nance work. by means of warning signs in places where those
installations could be started. Furthermore make
When operating the vehicle the local accident pre- means for propulsion or control of actuators of
vention codes are to be observed. The owner and remote controlled switches ineffective.
driver are responsible for compliance with such
codes. Faulty electrical equipment and operation material
may not be started or used before being repaired.
If necessary, the owner has to amend such accident
prevention codes to reflect the local conditions of Make sure that nobody without special knowledge
operation. will ever operate, maintain, repair or otherwise
handle the machine.
Referring to the conditions of operation, the safety
Before leaving the driver's compartment always
instructions of the corresponding employer's liabi-
apply parking brake. Park the vehicle at a place with
lity insurance association have to be observed. We
plane surface without descent and without distur-
recommend the owner to insist on a written confir-
bing other operations.
mation that the staff has read the operating and
maintenance instructions, these safety instructions Never allow the engine of the machine run unatten-
as well as the accident prevention codes and the ded.
030050_en MK-A20 2.1 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
The driver's undivided attention is necessary for Warn people in range of danger with the horn. Stop
optimal working results and reliable operation of the working, if people do not leave danger area in spite
machine. For this reason never allow persons to of warning.
operate the machine whose reactivity is reduced.
Never stay below lifted and unsecured loads or
The influence of alcoholic beverages, medicines
machine parts.
and other agents will reduce capability to react as
well as over-tiredness will do and thus the risk of For climbing up and down use handles and treads.
accidents will increase.
Do not give people a lift on the machine or additional
Always maintain the machine in technically faultless equipment if there is no device especially designed
condition. for this purpose by the manufacturer.
Care for sufficient level of operating material, espe- Keep all the vehicle clean from dirt, residual oil,
cially for engine, gears, axles, converters, brake lubricant, fuel, and, if necessary, from snow and ice
systems hydraulic and lubrication equipment, as etc., especially treads, platforms, actuation places,
well as in cooling circuits. glass panes etc.
Undue modifications and insufficient maintenance Only operate controls in driver's compartment from
will impair the machine's function, operation safety driver's seat.
and serviceable life. For this reason care for com- Only operate the machine within the load limits
pliance with required maintenance and inspection given by the manufacturer. Undue overloading will
intervals. If you want to carry out technical modifica- reduce the operating safety and service life of the
tions of the machine, please contact GHH Fahr- machine.
zeuge GmbH in any case in advance.
Do not switch off the vehicle immediately after high
The machine is equipped with warning signs or loads but let it idle for a certain time if possible, so
equipment at specific places of danger. Take care that the temperature of systems and components
for proper condition of this warning equipment. can be compensated.
Replace immediately in case of damage or illegibi-
Misuse of the complete machine or single devices
lity.
thereof may lead to damage and reduction of ser-
Take special care of the proper condition of all pro- vice life and means in any case: loss of warranty
tection and safety equipment on the machine. Do claims and raise of risk of accidents.
not remove and replace immediately in case of Take special care of appropriate speed when dri-
damage. ving around bends. Besides this, always adjust your
Safety equipment and protection and control instal- driving speed to surrounding conditions, especially
lations of the vehicle necessary for safety may not to surface conditions.
be made ineffective nor unduly adjusted or modi- When driving around bends, avoid high accelera-
fied. tion and violent steering movements which may
Take care that parts of the body, clothes etc. will not lead to early sliding, reduction of stability, and even
enter danger area of moving parts. to damage.
Take care for sufficient carrying capacity of the sub-
Always wear close fitting, appropriate working clo-
structure, especially on bridges, vaults, and when
thes.
passing over tubes placed under the travel way and
If necessary, make use of additional personal pro- driving in areas which are laterally declining.
tection clothes (protection helmet, protection glas- Before using the machine, check its fitness for use
ses, ear protection, protection shoes etc.) especially at working places previously unknown.
Maintain your driver's compartment clean, dry and Always keep emergency call equipment and emer-
clear. gency material (first-aid box, fire extinguishing
Keep all persons not needed for the working pro- equipment, etc.) ready for use in your immediate
cess away from the machine when operating. vicinity.
Only authorized people may operate, use, and acti-
When operating the machine take care that nobody
vate electrical installations and corresponding ope-
and nothing is in its range of action (driving ways,
rating material.
swivelling range of kinematics and steering system,
etc.). Take special care of areas with high danger As far as warning signs are fixed on cases of electri-
of crushing. cal installations, their rules are to be observed.
030050_en MK-A20 2.1 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
When towing another vehicle please take care of process materials authorized by GHH Fahrzeuge
the special instructions in the operating instructions GmbH to maintain the operational safety and avai-
of both vehicles (e.g. hydrostatics, brake, etc.) and lability of your machine.
use only the provided towing lugs and sufficiently
dimensioned towing equipment. Take care of the GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH is not responsible for
required higher brake performance of the towing damage caused by installation or application of
vehicle, especially on declining ways with broken “equivalent” parts of another origin.
down brake systems of the towed vehicle.
Spare parts can be purchased from our service
Only use original additional parts and spare parts department (GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH; phone
from GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH and lubricants and +49(0)209 38907 300; fax: +49(0)209 38907-302).
030050_en MK-A20 2.1 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Special safety instructions for combustion sed rooms. Take care of sufficient ventilation and
engines: suction and extraction or cleaning of exhaust gases.
When refilling the machine, switch off engine and
heating, do not smoke, avoid open flames or sour-
Exhaust gases from combustion engines are toxic!
ces of sparks or heat nearby. Switch off electrical
For this reason do only operate combustion engines
installation. Remove spilled fuel immediately.
in places with sufficient fresh air. Observe regula-
tions for installation and operation of engines in clo- Only use specified, unpolluted and anhydrous fuels.
030060_en MK-A20 2.1 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Special safety instructions for mining and increase the risk of accidents and danger of tire
tunnelling vehicles: damage caused by uneven travelways.
Besides these safety instructions referring to a spe- If necessary, secure your load so that uncontrolled
cific vehicle type, principally observe the general sliding and connected risks of accidents (falling
safety instructions as well as the safety instructions down of load, turnover of the vehicle, etc.) as well
which correspond to operating mode of the engine. as shifting of the centre of gravity will be avoided.
For all work on the vehicle observe special safety Ensure sufficient height in the dumping place so
instructions for maintenance work. that crashing of body, bucket or dump/hoist linkage
Drive up ascents uphill if possible and avoid driving against the roof will be avoided.
transverely to the slope in order to avoid slipping After dumping do not leave the dumping place
and overturning of the machine. before bucket, fork and/or body are brought into
Take care that the admissible transverse and longi- transportation position again.
tudinal inclination of the machine will not be excee- Working places with special dangers, e.g. caused
ded. by falling articles, require special safety measures
Always maintain safety distances to stockpiles, pits, as e.g. remote control for unmanned operation of
etc.. the machine.
Pay attention to the condition of stope faces and When working under lifted body, bucket or fork,
especially of topbacks and possible danger caused always apply safety bolts or supports provided for
by falling or breaking rocks. safety. Safety bolts are located in the area of the
body or boom bearing.
Maintain travelways as plane and boulderless as
possible. If necessary, apply the swivel arresters of the swivel
Inform yourself about locations of dangerous and hinge to reduce danger of crushing. Swivel arre-
endangering installations in your working area, as sters are provided in the area of the swivel hinge.
for example high-voltage cables, pipework, electri- Park the machine fully unswivelled in straight-
city distributors, etc. ahead position, preferably on plane surfaces with-
Care for too high water levels being pumped out. out slopes. When standing on slopes, always park
the machine in a manner such that uncontrolled rol-
When driving uphill and downhill care for a reasona- ling will be avoided even if holding devices are loo-
ble selection of gear respectively speed and thus sened unintentionally (e.g., with the side of the
avoid superfluous risks of accidents, damage, over- vehicle away from the driver's cab swivelled
heating, and wear out of brakes and driving compo- towards the material face).
nents. Too high gears may overstrain drive systems
(clutch, transmission, drivelines). Too high gears Before leaving the machine apply parking brake and
during downhill driving require excessive use of bra- switch off engine. In addition to this make sure that
kes. Too high gears during uphill driving, especially unauthorized operation will be impossible, e.g. by
with high loading, result in an excessive rise of tem- withdrawing ignition key. When leaving loaders for
perature of driving components. For this reason pay a long time, put bucket or fork to the ground and in
attention to temperature indicators and select next addition to this secure against rolling (e.g. put
lower gear, if necessary. chocks in front of wheels).
Carry out transport journeys only in transport mode, Secure your parked vehicle especially at blind pla-
i.e. with completely lowered body/boom, retracted ces with much traffic optically to avoid accidents
bucket, fork, etc. e.g. crashes.
If piles in body or bucket are too steep, this may lead For electrically operated machines observe corres-
to falling out of rocks or conveyed material and thus ponding safety instructions.
030070_en MK-A20 2.1 - 5

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Special safety instructions for dumpers and During dumping avoid high acceleration and dece-
similar transport vehicles: leration by starting and braking as well as violent
steering movements. If these instructions are not
Carry out loading and dumping only at places
observed, stability can no longer be guaranteed,
without transverse incline and with completely stret-
danger of turning over arises.
ched machine.
031860_en MK-A20 2.1 - 6

03.18
8 5,6,7,9 2 3
11
4
17
8
8 1,10,14,15,16,18 13 3
1 GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Emscherstr. 53
8 12
D-45891 Gelsenkirchen
2 3 4 14 18
Operating of machine only by

Before leaving driver´s cabin
Fasten
5 driver, sitting in driver´s cabin ! 6 lock parking brakes
and shut off engine!
7 seat belt !
1: TYPENALL.DRW Pos.2 Al (GFA)
Attention ! 2: HITZE.DRW ge/sw
Staying in danger area of 3: QUETSCH.DRW ge/sw
8 vehicle is forbidden ! 9 Steering only operable,

while engine is running !
4: MASCHINE.DRW ge/sw
5: AUFSITZ.DRW ge/sw
6: FAHRERST.DRW ge/sw
7: SICHGURT.DRW ge/sw
8: GEFAHAUF.DRW ge/sw
9: LENKUNG.DRW ge/sw
10 - 13: TRANS201.DRW we/sw
10
14: GEHOERSC.DRW bl/we
Maximum load of transport eyes: Maximum load of
Before shaft transport the vehicle has to be dismanteled in its main parts!
11 transporteye
15: MEMBRAN.DRW ge/sw
16: ELEKTRON.DRW ge/sw
20kN
Maximum load of Maximum load of Maximum load of Maximum load of
transporteye transporteye transporteye transporteye
Horiyzontal 120kN vertical 65kN 20kN vertical 25kN
Maximum load of Maximum load of
12 transporteye
vertical 25kN
13 transporteye
vertical 65kN
Maximum load of
15 Diaphragm accumulators in
hydraulic- and brakesystem!
Before starting work at hydraulic- or

16 ATTENTION!
Before carrying out welding, connections
on electronic components and
accumulator must be separated! 17 transporteye
120kN
brakesystem depressurize systems
Earthing terminal of welding apparatus should be placed
near welding point!
horizontal
and check pressure!
MK20NSIE.CDR
B 2 Darstellung in Pos.10 geändert; Pos.12 ersetzt 16.09.14 Ljubicic
A 2 Pos.18 hinzugefügt, Pos.3 geändert 23.03.10 Ljubicic / Weidardt
verfilmt Bchst Anzahl Art der Änderung Tag Bearb/Gepr
CAD-Zeichnung Zchngs-Nr.d.Empfängers Werkstoff
Zul.Abw. DIN 7168 - mittel Modell-Nr verfilmt
Oberfl. DIN ISO 1302 Typ MK-A 20.1 Maßstab ohne Gewicht GEWICHT kg
HEZ 909 UEZ XXX BG BG TA TA
Verwendungsbereich Abt GFT Benennung
SICHERHEITSBESCHILDERUNG
in englischer Sprache
2009 Tag Name F A HRZEUGE Zeichnungs-Nr Bl.
Bearb.: Ljubicic
01.07.
Gepr. 01.07. Weigardt 909-4-063067 B Bl.
Norm Entst.aus 909-4-046996a Ers. für
Diese Zeichnung ist Eigentum der GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH und nur mit ihrem Einvernehmen zu verwenden.
10 9
1-6 7,8
1 GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Emscherstraße 53
9 HYDRAULIC OIL
7
D - 45891 Gelsenkirchen
Fahrzeugtyp Baujahr
2
Serien Nr.
Leergewicht
Nennleistung
Nutzlast 10 DIESEL FUEL
3 8 11
5.5 bar 8.0 bar 12
4 TYP 16 R 25 XKA **
Pos.8 je nach Ausstattung

mit unterschiedlichen Werten
5
1: MOTOSTOP.DRW we/sw
6 2 - 6: SYSTUEB1.DRW we/sw
7: TYPENALL.DRW Pos.1 Al (GFA)
8: REIFLFMK.DRW we/sw
9,10: FLUIDE.DRW bl/we
11.12: SYSTUEB1.CDR we/sw
MK20FUNE.CDR
c 2 Pos.11 u. 12 hinzu 30.05.10 Ljubicic / Weigardt
b 2 Pos.7 u. 8 geändert 23.03.10 Ljubicic / Weigardt
a 2 Zusatz zu Pos.8 hinzu 24.06.03 Weigardt / Franken
verfilmt Bchst Anzahl Art der Änderung Tag Bearb/Gepr
CAD-Zeichnung Zchngs-Nr.d.Empfängers Werkstoff
Zul.Abw. DIN 7168 - mittel Modell-Nr verfilmt
Oberfl. DIN ISO 1302 Typ MK-A 20.1 Maßstab ohne Gewicht GEWICHT kg
HEZ 909 UEZ XXX BG BG TA TA
Verwendungsbereich Abt GFT Benennung
FUNKTIONSBESCHILDERUNG
in englischer Sprache
1996 Tag Name F A HRZEUGE Zeichnungs-Nr Bl.
Bearb.:
Gepr.
12.11. Weigardt
909-4-046997c Bl.
Norm Entst.aus Ers. für
Diese Zeichnung ist Eigentum der GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH und nur mit ihrem Einvernehmen zu verwenden.
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.2 Driver's seat
The driver's cab is equipped with a mechanically suspended driver's seat. To prevent health damage, the
driver's seat must be adjusted to the driver's body before starting the vehicle.
The restraint belt must be used at all times. The belt should be worn as tight as possible to the body. After
an accident the restraint belt must be replaced and the driver's seat and the fastening of the driver's seat
inspected by qualified personnel.
4
5
6
7
8
9
Einstellung
1 head rest 8 handweel weight adjustment

2 back 9 longitudinal adjustment
3 arm rest
4 height adjustment
5 buckle
6 tilt adjustment
7 backrest adjustment
033560_en MK-A20 2.2 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.3 Operating elements and control instruments
All the instruments and control instruments necessary to operate the vehicle are arranged in the driver's
cab. The speed adjustment of the driving engine and therefore the adjustment of the driving speed will
be applied via the right-hand pedal and the operation of the service brake via the left-hand pedal. The ex-
haust flap brake will be applied via the palm switch, placed right-hand to the speed adjustment pedal. The
gearshift mechanism is operated with the control switch (2) (S44). The levers for operating the body and
the steering are located in the driver's cab to the left-hand side. The lever (1) are used to operate the body
and the lever (3) for the steering. The ball valve is used for emergency brake release. Position left <driving,
position the bottom brake mode (follow signs).
Cab
1 2
3 4 5 6
1 Dashboard
2 Tiptroniclever (S44)
3 Steering lever
4 Service brake pedal
5 Speed adjustment pedal
6 Drivers seat
St+Kon_en MK-A20 2.3 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Operating and control instruments
1 2 3 4 5
7
8
1 Body raising/lowering control lever

2 Emergency OFF
3 Steering lever
4 Control display
5 Parking brake
6 Pressure gauge supply pressure brake
7 Triggering fire extinguishing system
8 Ball valve brake emergency release
9 Transfer switch

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Dashboard
XSP XETH P23 P56 P22 S72 S73 S80 S71 S82
S76
S32
P60.2 S98.1 K13 S67 S86 S64 S43

Variable blower
control Indicator light
Air conditioner switch Variable temperature control

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Note The abbreviations used are:

DT = pushbutton, ML = signal lamp, ST = control switch, SL = Key switch,
SK = Twist switch, AN = analog indicator
Warning At each fault indication report to Maintenance and determine the cause.
Pos. Gegenstand
XSP/XETH Programming interfaces
K13 Display
P22 Vehicle OK
No action required. Vehicle roadworthy.
P23 Vehicle STOPP
Stop the vehicle immediately and inform maintenance personnel
P56 Vehicle MAINTENANCE
Maintenance personnel must perform a maintenance
P60.2 Posi Stop Monitoring (piezo buzzer)
falls below the brake pressure 100 bar, the icon "no brake pressure in order" appears
in the display and the buzzer P60.2 gives a signal - after 30 seconds the parking brake
is applied. Inform maintenance personnel.
S32 DT electr. emergency release pump (brake system)
S43 Mushroom pushbutton parking brake

Is used to release or to apply the parking brake.
apply = press pushbutton
release = press pushbutton again
S44 ST Tiptronic lever (gear switch) for shifting gears (not shown).
S64 SK engine Start/Stop
S67 SK Turn signal left / right

S71 SK release vehicle
S72 SK lighting
Turning position 0:OFF
Turning position 1 low beam
Turning position 2 high beam
S73 SK additional lighting
S76 SK rotating beacon

S82 Illuminated switch Limp home (emergency operation)
In case of malfunction of the electric accelerator pedal, the engine falls back to the
analog gas pedal, should fail even this, the engine would run at idle at 750 rpm.
Pressing this luminous switch a fixed speed of 2000 rpm is realized.
S85 SK battery On / Off
S86 DT horn

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Note The abbreviations used are:

DT = pushbutton, ML = signal lamp, ST = control switch, SL = Key switch,
SK = Twist switch, AN = analog indicator
Warning At each fault indication report to Maintenance and determine the cause.
S98.1 Emergency OFF

Depressing the pushbutton in an emergency switches off the diesel engine and actu-
ates the parking brake. To release, pull out the pushbutton.

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Multifunction display K13

The MFD is a display system with indicator messages. As soon as an alarm level is detected in one of
the systems, the incorrect value is automatically faded in the display and indicated additional by a warning
light.
Notice At each fault indication report to Maintenance and determine the cause.
Symbols of the operating display

Alternator charge control
Goes out when three-phase alternator and controller are working.
Lights up during operation in case of a defect in the generator or charging circuit.
Terminate the operation as quickly as possible and switch off the engine.
Tank level
Indicate if fuel reserve has been reached.
The residual quantity is approximately 10% of the fuel quantity.
Parking brake not released
Lights up when the parking brake is applied or is not fully released. It goes out as
soon as the parking brake is fully released.
Service brake
Lights up when the service brake is activated or when your foot rests lightly on the
brake pedal.
Hydraulic oil level

Lights up if the oil level in the hydraulic oil reservoir drops below minimum.
Check hydraulic system for leaks. If no visible leaks are present, top up oil to the
max. mark on the oil level indicator. In case of visible leaks, stop the operation.

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Hydraulic oil temperature
Stop the vehicle, shift the transmission to neutral position, briefly allow the engine to
run at idle without load, and observe the temperature indicator in the graphic
display. If the temperature increases, switch off the engine immediately. If the
temperature decreases allow the engine to keep running. Operation with excessively
high coolant temperature results in engine damage.
Engine oil pressure
Lights up when the engine oil pressure corresponding to the engine speed is not
reached. The engine output is reduced by appro. 30% of the rated output. Shut off
engine immediately as soon as the signal lamp lights up.
Air Filter
Lights up when the air filter differential pressure at an engine speed of >400 rpm
exceeds the admissible value. Replace filter insert in the air filter.
Coolant level
Lights up when the coolant in the engine cooling circuit has fallen below the
minimum level. Stop the engine, allow cooling system to cool down and check for
leaks. If no visible leak is present, top up coolant to the max. mark on the expansion
tank. In case of visible leaks, stop operation.
Coolant temperature
Lights up when the coolant temperature in the cooling circuit of the engine exceeds
the admissible value. The engine output is reduced by appro. 30% of the rated
output. Stop vehicle, shift gear into neutral and let the engine idle briefly without
load. In the multifunction display, monitor the “coolant temperature” indication. If the
temperature rises, stop the engine immediately; if the temperature falls, let the
engine continue to run. Operation at too high a coolant temperature will cause
damage to the engine.
Fire extinguishing system triggered.
CAN-Bus Error
Available brake pressure indicator

Indicates the available pressure of the brake system.
If the available brake pressure drops below 100 bar, stop vehicle immediately,
apply parking brake and stop operation.
Mushroom pushbutton emergency-OFF is released
Depressing the pushbutton in an emergency switches off the diesel engine and
actuates the parking brake. To release, pull out the pushbutton and press the Reset
button emergency-OFF. (see below)
Reset button emergency-OFF
Press this button to reset the emergency-OFF functions. The emergency-OFF sign
goes out.

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Brake reservoir pressure is too low
Operation without cooling of the brakes, and without an assured gap of the brake
disks!
Converter oil temperature
Lights up when the converter oil temperature rises above 120°C.
Stop vehicle, shift gear into neutral and let the engine idle briefly at no load. In the
multifunction display, monitor the “converter oil temperature” indication. If the
temperature rises, stop the engine immediately; if the temperature falls, let the
engine continue to run. If necessary, check the converter-transmission oil level.
Drive the vehicle with less converter slip.
Converter speed too high
Speed of the transducer too high. This can lead to damage to the propeller shafts. In
addition, the converter oil temperature increases. Reduce speed.
Transmission clutch pressure
Return pressure filter

Lights up when the return pressure rises above 1.3 bar, replace filter element in
return filter of hydraulic oil reservoir.
High beam
Lights up if the high beam is on.
Low beam
Lights up if the low beam is on.
Selecting Lock-up
Lock-up clutch is switched on, but not yet in operation.
Lock-up active
Lockup clutch is switched on and in operation
Lock-up can not be switched on
The lockup clutch can not be activated due to different speeds of converter and
motor.
Fault lock-up
Disturbance in the lock-up system. Stop the vehicle and adjust the work. Inform
maintenance personnel.
Date and time adjustment
Press this button to set the date and the time.
Service
Press this button to get into the service menu.

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Ring buffer – error messages and warning messages
Ring buffer – error messages and warning messages

The error- and warning messages are stored in a ring buffer. To display the specific messages, in the func-
tion menu "Service" call up the "Messages" screen. (Go one step left „<„ in the service main menue) The
last message will be displayed in the screen. The other stored messages will be called up by activating
the „LAST“ or „NEXT“ buttons on the screen..
Number of
warning/error message
Error indication
Additional text
Date of detected error
Counted Engine hours
registered warning
messages
registered error
messages
Warning Error messages are safety-relevant.

Stop the vehicle immediately and follow the handling instructions
Initiate appropriate measures!

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Camera System
The vehicle is equipped with a rearview camera system. The monitor is located in the cab back. MWith
choice of gear backwards the system is activated. The reverse is safer and more accurate. In the case
of a change of the monitor is to operate this stand-by mode.
For more information about using the system see Appendix Chapter 3.26.
Display Rearview camera
Pedal control
1 Brake pedal
2 Speed adjustment pedal
3 Foot valve exhaust brake
1 2 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.4 Checks
Before daily operation for reasons of safety and reliability of the vehicle perform the following checks:
- Engine oil level
- Converter and transmission oil levels
- Oil level in hydraulic tank
- Tightness of all components and systems
- Maintenance indicator of dry air filters
- Tire pressure and condition
- Function of brake
- Function of steering
- Function of lighting
- Function of Body, raising/lowering (for Dump trucks)
- Function of bucket and boom, raising/lowering (for Loaders)
- Function of indicator controls and signal lamps
Note All maintenance work on the vehicle frame, sub-assemblies and systems shall be car-
ried out in accordance with the checklists in section 3.5.
Daily checks after operation:
- Lower work equipment.
- Park vehicle on a level, dry surface, completely levelled. On gradients, park with the side of the vehicle
away from the driver's cab, swivelled towards the material face.
- Apply parking brake.
- Set all control levers to neutral position.
- Deactivate battery switch.
- Protect vehicle against unauthorized use.
- Clean vehicle.
- Check vehicle for external damage, loose bolts, etc.
030112_en MK-A20 2.4 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.5 Engine starting, engine switch-off
Warning If the engine is started using an external power supply through the external start socket,
it is essential to ensure that this power supply has the same voltage (24V) and that the
capacity is not greater than the batteries fitted (135 Ah). Do not isolate discharged bat-
teries from the electrical network.
Engine starting
battery switch
- Turn on battery switch.
- Insert key in ignition / starter switch

and turn to position“Power ON“.
- Shift gear lever to neutral position.
The following indicators will light up:
- Alternator charge control
- Engine oil pressure.
- Transmission clutch pressure.
- Parking brake not released (goes out as soon as the parking brake is fully released).
- Available braking pressure (if the available brake pressure be insufficient).

For preheating, set the ignition-/starter switch to turning position “preheating“ and hold it in this position.
Note that the preheating signal lamp lights.
When the preheating signal lamp goes off, set speed adjustment pedal to approx. 1/4 speed and turn igni-
tion /starter switch to position “Engine starting” and hold it in this position.
- Press pushbutton (S97) “extra fuel injection” during the start operation when the engine is cold.
Note No preheating is required when the engine is warm.
As soon as the engine is running, release the ignition-/starter switch and ease back the speed adjustment
pedal to such an extent that the engine runs smoothly at medium speed.
Warning Do not start longer than 20 seconds; repeat the starting sequence if necessary.
Leave a one-minute pause between two starting sequences. If the engine has not
started after two starting sequences, inform maintenance and determine the cause.
The cold engine should not be operated at high speeds.
After the engine has fired and the various pressures have been built up, the indicators will go out.
Note In the event of faults see the engine operating instructions and the appertaining sections
of these operating instructions.
2_5-1_en MK-A20 2.5 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Engine switch-off
- Set engine speed to idling.
- Apply the parking brake, press the ”parking brake” pushbutton.
- Turn the ignition/start switch (S71) to position “OFF” and remove the key. The driving engine and the
operating voltage will be switched off.
- Deactivate the battery switch.
Note Unless there is an emergency, do not switch off engine suddenly from full load. Allow
engine to cool down by running it at idling speed for a few minutes.
Warning Switch off engine immediately if the “Engine oil pressure” signal lamps light up and/or
the engine oil pressure gives a warning at the Multi-function display.
If the signal lamp ”alternator charge control” lights up during operation, terminate the
operation as quickly as possible and switch off the engine.
Warning If the “Cylinder head temperature” signal lamp lights up in operation, stop loader and
allow engine to cool down by running it at idling speed for appr. one minutes. Then
switch off engine.
2_5 - 2_en MK-A20 2.5 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.6 Tramming operation
Caution The vehicle's steering system is inoperative when the engine has been stopped.
Start-up
- Start engine.
- Set engine speed to idling.
- Engage first gear.
- Release parking brake.
(When the parking brake has been fully released, the signal lamp goes out.)
- Increase the engine speed.
Note If the parking brake is not actuated via the ”parking brake” pushbutton before switching
off the engine, it will be automatically actuated when the driving engine is switched off.
To release the parking brake, the pushbutton must then be operated twice (apply/re-
lease).
Changing the tramming direction.
- Apply service brake to brake the loader to standstill. Keep service brake pedal depressed.
- Set gear shift mechanism to neutral position.
- Engage first gear of opposite tramming direction.
- Release service brake.
2_6-1_5_en MK-A20 2.6 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Steering control lever
The steering is controlled via the operating lever located in the driver's cabin at the front below the instru-
ment box. The travel of the operating lever is proportional to the speed of the steering movement, i.e. the
farther the operating lever is moved away from its central position, the faster the steering movement is
carried out. When the lever is returned to its spring-centred central position, the steering angle is maintai-
ned.
1 - direction left
2 - direction right
2_6-1_5_en MK-A20 2.6 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Hints on the torque converter and power transmission
The torque converter acts as a hydraulic connection of the engine and power shift transmission.
Since improper converter operation may lead to unnecessary heating-up of the converter transmission
system, the following should be observed:
- Always start in first gear.
- Utilize all gears to shifting point.

The point for changing to a higher gear has been reached if, in full throttle position, the speeds listed
below are reached in the individual gear steps.
Point for changing:
1st → 2nd gear 2nd → 3rd gear 3rd → 4th. gear
4.0 km/h 7.8 km/h 13.5 km/h
- If the system is excessively loaded, change to a lower gear.

The point for changing to a lower gear has been reached if, in full throttle position, the speeds listed
below are reached in the individual gear steps.
Point for changing:
4th → 3rd gear 3rd → 2nd gear 2nd → 1st gear
13.5 km/h 7.8 km/h 4.0 km/h
Warning If the speeds in the individual gear steps fall below the minimum values specified for
the shifting point, this will cause excessive heating in the converter-transmission circuit
and consequently cause damage to the converter and the transmission.
In accordance with the shifting points for shifting down, the following gradient ranges can be travelled in
the individual gear steps.
Vehicle unladen
(see annex, gradeability diagram ”909-9-046749/110”, page 5)
1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear
25% 25% 25% → 13% 13% → 0%
Vehicle laden
(see annex, gradeability diagram ”909-9-046749/112”, page 4)
25%→ 22% 22%→ 11% 11% → 5% 5% → 0%
- If the dumper should be braked or stopped to standstill by changing to a lower gear, the point for chan-
ging to a lower gear is at an engine speed of < 800 min-1.
2_6-1_5_en MK-A20 2.6 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Driving with engaged lock-up
For driving on longer (uniform) roads it is more economical to engage the lock-up. This will lock up the
converter, i.e., conversion is eliminated. As a result, the efficiency of the drive train and hence the drive
power will rise.
Driving with lock-up must be released the driver via the push button "code lock-up" in the transfer switch
joystick. Taking into account the predefined operating conditions lock-up is automatically turned. The
driver can operate the vehicle so as under normal driving conditions operate in lock-up operation. The
speed control is active and it can be moved up and down gradients within the permitted speed limits..
The one hand to protect the lock-up clutch against overload, but on the other hand, to provide a
convenience possible lock-up use was developed and stored in the vehicle control device which monitors
the lock-up switching and possibly even prevents a lock-up function logic.
The most important conditions for automatic lock-up activation:
- After the lock-up release engine speed is increased and the remaining converter turbine speed
below the first engine speed, the lock-up is independent of the engine speed, automatically
switched in a converter turbine speed> 1500U / min.
- Remaining after the lock-up release, the engine speed constant <1080 r / min, in a converter turbine
speed of 1290 r / min lock-up is automatically switched (vehicle in downhill travel).
- Press “Lock-up ON” pushbutton (S59). Lock-up is engaged.

The indicator (H20) lights up in the driver position if the lock-up is switched on.
Note To the steerability of the vehicle and in order to avoid stopping the engine, not lower
engine speed below 1200 r / min.
Switch on Lock-up
- Pushbutton in gear switch (joystick right) down (arrow) "Dial Lock-up". When lit, the icon "Lock-up
code" indicates that the controller has detected the release for the automatic lock-up activation.
- Upon reaching the predetermined switching conditions lock-up is switched automatically. The
message "Lock-up active" lights up and indicates that the lock-up is switched on.
Switch off Lock-up
- by gear changes.
or
- press pushbutton "code lock-up" (arrow) again.
or
- lower the engine speed below 1200 r / min.
Note The re-turning from lock-up is again only two seconds after "lock-up off" possible.
2_6-1_5_en MK-A20 2.6 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Downhill driving
Tramming on downhill slopes always begins with the lowest gear appropriate for the gradient.
Via the drive train the engine will keep the vehicle at a uniform speed.
- Never allow vehicle to roll opposite the selected tramming direction.
- Tramming on downhill slopes must never be done using the service brake. The brake will overheat!
- On all ranges of downhill driving, for the same load (empty/laden), maximum the same gear and maxi-
mum the same driving speed as on uphill driving shall be selected.
- When the speed increases change to next lower gear.
- In the individual gears the maximum speed indicated in the technical data must not be exceeded.
- When changing down to a lower gear, first brake to the switching gear using the service brake.
Warning After changing to a lower gear, the rotational speed at the converter output/transmis-
sion input is doubled (at least for a short time).
As a reference, the engine speed for changing to a lower gear is < 800 min-1.
2_6-1_5_en MK-A20 2.6 - 5

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Downhill driving in converter mode
When driving downhill in converter mode the engine idles, which means the speed adjusting mechanism
is not operated. In the process, the engine brakes the converter's pump wheel. This causes the turbine
wheel to rotate faster than the pump wheel, with the torque converter reversing and the dumper braked
via the engine, torque converter, transmission, drivelines and axles.
Warning The brake power is converted into heat and the converter-transmission oil heated up.
The “converter-transmission oil” temperature indicator therefore has to be
watched.
Should the vehicle's maximum converter oil temperature be exceeded, brake it by oper-
ating the service brake and allow engine to cool down at idling speed.
In pushing mode, the converter output/transmission input speed is substantially higher than the engine
speed, as indicated at the revolution counter.
Warning In pushing mode, the speed at the converter output/transmission input is about twice
as high as the engine speed.
Therefore, the maximum admissible engine speed is 1500 rpm.
Note For extensive driving on downhill slopes, sustained-action brakes (exhaust brakes, re-
tarder brakes) should be used, or else a detrimental heat-up within the converter-trans-
mission system may arise.
The speed in the individual gears must not exceed the following values.

4.5 km/h 9.5 km/h 16.0 km/h 26.5 km/h
2_6-6_en MK-A20 2.6 - 6

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Downhill driving with lock-up and exhaust flap brake
When descending a long downgrade, the driver must activate the exhaust flap brake via the pedal built
into the floor of the driver's stand. After lock-up is engaged in the converter, closing of the exhaust flap
will increase the engine's braking power. The fuel supply to the engine is disabled in the trailing throttle
state. The exhaust flap increases the engine exhaust backpressure and thereby also the drag power. After
deactivation of the exhaust flap brake, driving continues in normal mode.
Warning Tramming on downhill slopes must never be done using the service brake.
Warning On all ranges of downhill driving, for the same load (empty/laden), maximum the same
gear and maximum the same driving speed as on uphill driving shall be selected.
Operating method of the exhaust brake
Note The exhaust flap brake operates only when the transmission is engaged.
Force path of the exhaust brake via the drive train of the vehicle
The exhaust flap brake is, in principle, only intended for use as a retarder during downhill driving. Stopping
the vehicle is effected via the service brake.
To prevent the engine from stalling, the exhaust brake must be deactivated before the vehicle stops.
Prior to downshifting, the vehicle must slowed with the service brake to an engine RPM of less than 1000
rpm.
Warning Do not shift gears as long as the exhaust flap brake is active. First enable the exhaust
flap brake and then change gears.
Do not exceed engine speed of 2400 rpm.
032671_en MK-A20 2.6 - 7

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Activating the exhaust flap brake
Note When the exhaust flap brake is active, engine speed adjustment via the accelerator
pedal is disabled.
- Engage the gear corresponding to the downgrade or the load.
- As soon as you are on the downgrade, remove your foot from the accelerator pedal and depress the
pedal in the floor panel of the driver's stand, to the right of the speed adjustment mechanism.
- Lock-up is engaged. After the exhaust flap brake has been engaged the exhaust flap brake is activated.
Engine speed adjustment via the accelerator pedal is disabled.
Warning Changing gears or actuating the service brake will deactivate the exhaust flap brake.
Lock-up is automatically disengaged and the accelerator pedal is enabled. Braking the
vehicle via the exhaust flap brake and lock-up is disabled.
After changing gears or release of the service brake, lock-up and the exhaust flap brake
will be activated again with a delay of 2-3 seconds if pedal will be held.
Deactivating the exhaust flap brake
- Release the exhaust flap brake pedal completely and increase the engine speed, if necessary.
032671_en MK-A20 2.6 - 8

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Towing the vehicle
In the event of towing over a long distance or over a road gradient section proceed in compliance with the
indications on page 3.16 - 4.
Warning When the engine is not running, the vehicle cannot be steered.
For towing use only the towing lugs provided and sufficiently dimensioned towing aids.
Make sure that the towing vehicle has the required brake power.
Note When the engine is not running and a brake pressure is min. 140 bar, the filled dia-
phragm accumulators of the brake system are sufficent for at least five full brake ap-
plications using the service brake. The storage volume for the parking brake is sufficient
for at least three releases. To prevent chafing of the parking brake in the presence of
too high a release pressure, the release mechanism of the spring brake cylinder must
be actuated.
- Secure vehicle against any self-initiated movements and damage.
- Determine the brake pressure on manometer (P12) in the driver position.
Warning The brake pressure must be higher than 100 bar.
- Put the gear shift in neutral position and release the parking brake.
The brake pressure must be higher than 100 bar.
Caution If the brake pressure drops below 100 bar, a safe stop with the service brake is no longer
guaranteed. The towing procedure must be immediately interrupted and if necessary
executed in accordance with the indications on page 3.16 - 4.
031351_en MK-A20 2.6 - 9

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.7 Dumping
Control of operating equipment
The body is operated by the “Raise/Lower Body” control lever arranged on the left-hand wall of the driver's
cab.
Raise body
Lower body
Loading of body
- Stop dumper at loading point and apply parking brake.
- Set gear shift selector to neutral and reduce engine speed to idling.
Emptying of body
- Stop dumper in straight-ahead position at the unloading point and apply parking brake.
- Set gear shift selector to neutral.
- Raise engine speed and move “Raise/Lower Body” lever in “Raise Body” direction. Hold lever until body
is empty.
- To lower the body, move “Raise/Lower Body” lever in “Lower Body” direction and reduce engine speed
to idling speed. Hold lever until body has been lowered completely.
Warning For travelling, the body must be lowered down to its mechanical stop.
2_7-1_en MK-A20 2.7 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.8 Winter operation
Low temperatures will aggravate the vehicle's operating conditions. To ensure trouble-free operation in
winter, special maintenance and care are required. Preparing for the cold season in good time is of special
importance.
Engine
Engine oil
Too viscous engine oil will lead to starting problems and favour increased wear. Note the oil grades and
change intervals specified in the engine manufacturer's operating instructions!
Injection nozzles
Have injection nozzles inspected regularly. Refer to engine manufacturer's operating instructions.
Compression
Have compression checked before the winter begins. Insufficient compression will affect starting of the
engine, especially in cold weather.
Cold-starting equipment
Check existing cold-starting equipment regularly. Refer to the engine manufacturer's operating instruc-
tions.
Cooling system
Coolant
Add a brand-name anti-freeze to the coolant of liquid-cooled engines in good time.
Refer to engine manufacturer's operating instructions.
Air intake system
Oil-bath air filter (if installed)

Fill oil bath of oil-bath air filter with the same oil as used for the engine. At extremely low temperatures,
use a mixture of oil and winter diesel fuel.
Dry air filter (if installed)

030210_en MK-A20 2.8 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Fuel system
Fuel
At ambient temperatures below 0 °C fill up winter diesel fuel . At low temperatures diesel fuel will separate
paraffin. Paraffin, in turn, will clog the fuel lines. For the application of different fuels refer to engine manu-
facturer's operating instructions.
Fuel tank
When the fuel filters are unduly soiled, clean the fuel tank.
Water separator
If installed, drain water separator daily.
Fuel pump
Clean fuel pump strainer (if installed) weekly.
Axle gear
Axle gear oil

Fill up axle gear oil according to the lubricant table.
Hydraulic system
Hydraulic oil
Fill up hydraulic oil according to the lubricant table.
Electrical system
Batteries
The starting capacity of the batteries depends on the charge state and the ambient temperature. Check
acid density regularly, charge batteries if necessary. Check for proper contact of terminals.
Alternator
The proper charging capacity of the alternator is especially important in winter. Check condition and
tension of the V-belts regularly. Have alternator checked in good time (by specialist workshop).
Starter
Have starter checked if necessary by a specialist workshop. Grease flywheel gear rim if temperatures drop
below -20 °C.
030210_en MK-A20 2.8 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.9 Shutdown of vehicle
Shut-off of vehicle
- Lower dump/hoist equipment, i.e. retract all hydraulic cylinders.
- Park vehicle on a level, dry surface, completely levelled. On gradients, park with the side of the vehicle
away from the driver's cab, swivelled towards the material face.
- Apply parking brake and set gear shift lever to neutral.
- Shut off engine and withdraw ignition key.
- Set battery switch to “OFF".
- Protect vehicle against unauthorised use.
Shutdown of vehicle
If the vehicle is to be shut down for a longer period of time, the following work is to be carried out:
- Jack up vehicle so that the tires do not touch the ground. Release parking brake.
- Set all levers to zero position.
- Lower dump/hoist equipment, i.e. retract all hydraulic cylinders.
- Coat bright machinery components with acid-free grease.
- Protect the engine in line with the engine operating instructions.
- Remove batteries and store in a dry room at approx. 20 °C.
For battery care note the following:
- Check acid density and re-charge battery, if necessary. - see 3.22-1
- Keep batteries clean and dry on the outside.
Warning Never allow batteries to be stored discharged.
030221_en MK-A20 2.9 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Putting vehicle back in operation after shutdown
Before putting the vehicle back in operation again after an extended period of shutdown:
- De-preserve engine in line with engine manufacturer's operating instructions.
- Fill up fresh engine oil.
- Remove grease from bright machinery components.
- Check battery charge state and liquid level.
- Check tire pressure.
- Check function of brake system.
- Check function of hydraulic system.
- Check function of electrical system.
Warning Generally, the usual preparations as for initial start-up of the vehicle must be made.
030230_en MK-A20 2.9 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2.10 Loading, attachment points, transportation
Loading, attachment points
To load the vehicle by means of a crane, attachment points are provided at its front and rear end. Before
lifting the vehicle, insert locking bars arranged in swivel hinge area.
Note Permissible load of transport rings see section 2.1. Drawing - safety marking.
Caution Secure vehicle against any self-initiated movements and damage.
Transportation
To ensure maintenance of the loading dimensions, we recommend that a company experienced in this
field be consulted for transport.
Warning Before transport the vehicle must be protected in a suitable way to prevent damage.
030241_en MK-A20 2.10 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3 Contents “Maintenance“
3.1 Safety instructions for maintenance and servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 - 1

3.2 Maintenance and servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 - 1
Regular maintenance and servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 - 1
Irregular maintenance and servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 - 1
General remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 - 1
Cold shrinking by nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 - 3
3.3 Irregular maintenance and servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 - 1
Prior to initial operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 - 1
After initial operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 - 1
3.4 List of lubricants and operating agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 - 1
3.5 Checklist- Vehicle no.................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 1
Maintenance intervals: daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 1
Maintenance intervals: drive engine, fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 2
Maintenance intervals: 150/300/450/750 Bh................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 3
Maintenance intervals: 600/1200/1800/2400 Bh................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 9
Measuring-point plan, location of the control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 19
Check measurement of slewing rim bearing clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 20
3.6 Maintenance work carried out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 - 1
3.7 Engine operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 - 1
3.8 Air intake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 - 1
3.9 Exhaust gas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 - 1
Exhaust back pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 - 1
Silencer, exhaust gas catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 - 1
CO-measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 - 1
Exhaust scrubber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 - 2
3.10 Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 - 1
Checking of fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 - 2
Filling up fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 - 2
Draining fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 - 2
Cleaning the intake filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 - 2
Injection pump, fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 - 2
3.11 Speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 - 1
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 - 2
Final check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 - 2
Diaphragm accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 - 2
3.12 Torque converter, power shift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 - 1
Maintenance of converter-transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 - 2
Checking of oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 - 2
Changing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 - 3
Cleaning the intake strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 - 3
Changing the filter element in the oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12 - 4
3_en MK-A20 3-1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.13 Drivelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13 - 1

Maintenance of drivelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13 - 1
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13 - 1
Installation diagram of drivelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13 - 2
3.14 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 - 1
Planetary gear oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 - 2
Differential gear oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 - 2
Checking of oil level, Topping up planetary gear oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 - 2
Checking of oil level, Topping up differential gear oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 - 2
Venting the differential gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14 - 2
3.15 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 1
Units of the brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 1
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 1
Bleeding of hydro brake system (HPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 2
Diaphragm accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 3
Diaphragm accumulators in the braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 4
Diaphragm accumulators speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 4
Pressure reduction armature and filling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 5
Checking the gas preload pressure on the diaphragm accumulators . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 6
Correcting the gas preload pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 7
Changing of in-line filter element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 8
Service brake - Checking for disk wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 9
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 10
Adjustment of parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 10
Checking the parking brake for worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 11
Spring brake cylinder mechanical release device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 - 11
3.16 Brake system description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 1
Legend to brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 1
Functional description of hydraulic brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 2
Pressure supply system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 2
Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 2
Residual brake pressure monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 2
External cooling of multi-disk brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 3
Monitoring of high-pressure filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 3
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 3
Emergency release of parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 3
Filling of brake system for towing of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 - 4
3.17 Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 1
Steering and dump/hoist hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 1
Hydraulic tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 1
Checking of oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 2
Level monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 2
Topping up hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 2
Return filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 2
Changing of hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 3
Venting the hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 3
3_en MK-A20 3-2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Steering and dump/hoist hydraulic system pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 3

Changing the filter element in the return filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 - 4
3.18 Steering and operating hydraulic system description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 1
Legend to steering and operating hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 1
Pressure oil supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 2
Filtering of hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 2
Steering hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 2
Operating hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 2
Directional control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 2
Primary-pressure relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 - 2
3.19 Converter-transmission hydraulic system description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 - 1
Converter charging pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 - 1
Pressure filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 - 1
Torque converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 - 1
Oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 - 1
Power shift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 - 1
3.20 Torque converter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 - 1
Description of torque converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 - 2
3.21 ................................................................... 3.21 - 1
3.22 Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 1
Electrical equipment components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 1
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 1
Three-phase alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 2
Circuit breakers/Plug-in fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 2
Battery switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 2
External starter socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 2
Lighting system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 2
Warning equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 2
Electro-hydraulic gear shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22 - 2
3.23 ................................................................... 3.23 - 1
3.24 Fire extinguishing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24 - 1
3.25 Fault-finding table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25 - 1
Brake system LCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25 - 1
Torque converter-power shift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25 - 4
3.26 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.26 - 1
3_en MK-A20 3-3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.1 Safety instructions for

maintenance and servicing
Any changes to load-bearing components, i.e. parts
Warning The warranty is immediately void if
any anti-tamper seals or paint seals located in the flow of forces exerted by loads (frame,
attached to the vehicle systems are kinematic linkage, etc.) must only be made after
detached or destroyed. written consent of GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH. This
applies in particular to repair welds, torch-cutting
and the arrangement of additional or modified
The general safety instructions do principally apply mounting parts.
for this chapter as well. The following text consists
of important regulations and additional instructions Switch off the engine for all maintenance work
for maintenance in order to introduce the necessary which does not necessarily require a working
knowledge to prevent accidents with damage of machine and withdraw ignition key. Allow machine
people, material, and environment. Besides these to cool down.
regulations also observe regulations which refer to
operation mode of the machine and type of vehicle. If the operation of certain components of the
machine is necessary for maintenance work, pay
If an accident happens in spite of all precautions, special attention to the related risks (burns, scalds,
especially caused by contact with caustic acid, poisoning, cauterization, crushing, rotating parts,
penetration of fuel into the skin, scalding with hot oil, chain and belt drives, etc.)
antifreeze compound in the eyes, etc. attend a
doctor immediately. Secure doors and gates provided for carrying out
maintenance work after opening. Secure turning,
Please let only authorized and trained personal swivel and pendulum hinges and joints with pro-
used to necessary working procedures carry out vided bolts, brackets, or supports.
adjusting, lubricating, and maintenance work.
Support or mark parts of the machine which have to
Do only use safe tools and working equipment.
be lifted for maintenance work.
Keep clean working place, tools, and operating
equipment. Only apply lifting equipment and supporting stands
with sufficient carrying capacity and valid permit.
Park vehicle on plane, dry surface without slopes.
Never stay under pending loads.
Secure vehicle against self-contained movements
and unauthorized starting. When maintaining or repairing the machine take
Carry out lubricating and maintenance work only care for parts of the machine which are supported
with stopped machine. Switch off all propulsion sys- by auxiliary force (oil pressure, compressed air) or
tems, bring additional equipment in inoperative by spring force. Reduce pressures and spring pow-
position. ers and secure parts against undesired move-
ments.
Carry out lubricating and maintenance work during
which oil and grease may drain off the machine only Only work on depressurized hydraulic and pneu-
in places equipped with oil separators, or use suit- matic systems. Take also care for secondary stor-
able large and unmistakably identified vessels. age systems. Do neither tighten nor loosen pressur-
ized screwed connection of pipework or flexible
Make absolutely sure that oil, fuel, coolant etc do tubes!
not penetrate the soil or pass into the sewage sys-
tem. Danger of drinking water pollution. Only drain liquids at places provided for this pur-
Used filter elements or cartridges, coolants and pose out of depressurized installations into suitable
refrigerants, batteries and other substances haz- containers and dump without harm for environment.
ardous to humans and the environment must be Be careful with units which become very hot when
handled as special waste according to governmen- operating and thus need a long time to cool down,
tal regulations. danger of burning!
Ensure environmentally friendly disposal or recy-
Only work on de-energized electrical installations.
cling of waste material.
Pull out switch lever at battery main switch or switch
Ensure adequate installation of all parts. Replace off main switch, or disconnect earth cable of the bat-
worn out, damaged, and unsafe parts. tery.
030253_en MK-A20 3.1 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Basically the following rules apply for work on elec- When carrying out welding, cutting and grinding,
trical installations: special attention is to be paid to inflammability of
inflammable materials (oil, grease, fuel, varnish,
- Disconnect from power supply rubber, etc.).
- Secure against reconnection When removing protective coatings, zinc layers,
- Determining dead voltage etc. by means of grinding, burning, or when welding
parts which are covered with such corrosion protec-
- Earthing and shorting tion layers, health endangering gases, smokes, and
floating particles may arise. Use necessary protec-
- Cover up any adjacent live parts tion equipment and, if possible, work outside, in well
ventilated rooms and with suction installations.
- Plug and socket connections should only be dis-
connected and reconnected with the voltage Please see further instructions for welding in special
switched off. instruction sheets and regulations for prevention of
accidents for welders.
It is prohibited at any time to store any parts espe-
cially tools, installation material, clothes, etc. in the Observe manufacturer's instructions for handling of
dangerous vicinity of unsecured, uninsulated parts batteries. Accumulator acid is caustic and toxic,
which are connected to the power supply battery gases are explosive.
The use of mended or bypassed fuses is prohibited. Observe regulations for operation of three-phase
generators, see subsection “Electrical equipment"
It is not allowed to connect parts to the feeder cable and engine manufacturer's operating instructions.
of machines fitted with cable reel.
Damaged feeder cables must be replaced imme- Change oil at operating temperature. High danger
diately. of burning or scalding with hot oil, oil drainage
screws and oil filter!
Before starting work on high-voltage capacitors Open coolant circuit only when engine is cooled
make sure: down. Cooling systems are pressurized when hot,
- The capacitors have cooled down hot coolants may lead to scalding. If opening at
operating temperature is absolutely necessary, see
- Make absolutely sure they are fully discharged engine manufacturer's operating instructions.
- Before touching active parts earth and short If there is danger of freezing, drain coolant and
each capacitor lead (phase(s) with the relevant water circulation pump if necessary, when engine is
devices (See VDE 0450-T4/§5d and IEC not in use.
871-1/Point 21). Never fill cold cooling liquid into an overheated
- Dismantled capacitors for transport or storage, engine.
permanently short the connections and connect When using compressed air, e.g. for cleaning air fil-
to the capacitor housing. ters etc., wear protective glasses.
- In the event of damage it is possible the capaci- When dealing with damage or checking high-pres-
tor housing may crack, therefore proceed with sure systems, e.g. injectors, keep parts of your
extreme care. body, especially hands and face away from pres-
sure jets. Liquids under high pressure may have the
When carrying out welding work on the machine,
same effects as cutting tools.
disconnect battery and electronic control units.
Replace damaged flexible protection tubes or flex-
ible pressure tubes immediately. Faulty flexible
Warning Plug and socket connections on the tubes represent especially high danger of bursting
driver position and on electronic and scalding and danger from pressure jets.
components (e.g. E-gas, control
units of the engine electronics) The period of use of a flexible tube, including any
should be separated before welding. storage period of the flexible-tube line, should not
exceed six years, with the period of storage alone
not to exceed two years.
When welding take care that the earthing terminal
of the welding apparatus is near the welding point Never operate vehicle components without pre-
and that welding current is not led through bearings, scribed operating material. Take care for filling lev-
earthing wire of the vehicle, etc. els of oils, coolants, etc. especially in engine, gear-
030253_en MK-A20 3.1 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
box, converter, axles, brake system, hydraulic and When filling the tires never stand beside the wheel
lubrication installation as well as coolant circuits. because you may be endangered by snap rings
coming off.
Never exceed filling levels, especially for motor oil.
Have only specially trained people carry out repairs
Never operate pumps unlubricated and without
of tires, especially mounting and dismantling to and
pumped fluids.
from wheel rims. Snap rings may often be pre-
Always make sure that check and supervisory stressed to a very high extent and are to be handled
devices work faultlessly (charge control, oil pres- with special care.
sure, coolant temperature, etc.).
Never carry out work with open flames, welding,
Do only demand as much from the engine as it has cutting and flame-cutting of wheel rims as long as
to perform when properly employed. Please see tires are still mounted.
detailed information in sales documents.
Some of the parts or operating materials in the
Modifications of setpoints preset by the manufac- machines which are absolutely necessary for
turer, especially injection pumps, current limiters, operation are hazardous for humans and the envi-
and pressure limiters of hydraulic units, may only be ronment. Therefore observe operating instructions
executed after written consent of GHH Fahrzeuge and manufacturer's instructions on enclosures,
GmbH. stickers and manuals.
030253_en MK-A20 3.1 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.2 Maintenance and servicing
Warning Trouble-free operation and a long service life require regular and proper maintenance
and servicing.
Warning The warranty is immediately void if any anti-tamper seals or paint seals attached to the
vehicle systems are detached or destroyed.
Regular maintenance and servicing
The time for carrying out this type of work depends on the vehicle operating hours. See Checklist-regular
maintenance according to service hours.
Irregular maintenance and servicing
The irregular work is divided into the following subgroups:
- Maintenance and servicing of new vehicles, after a basic overhaul, after installation of replaced compo-
nents, etc. up to the time at which regular work is to be carried out.
- Maintenance and servicing of individual components which are particularly affected by varying opera-
ting conditions.
- Maintenance and servicing work which cannot either be determined by the number of operating hours,
or whose intervals deviate from the usual apportioning into the number of operating hours.
- Special measures for operation at low temperatures see 2.8 - 1 winter operation.
General remarks
The work specified in the check lists will be detailed in the various sections of the maintenance and servi-
cing instructions.
Various items of the specified work may involve identical work steps. To avoid repetitions in the descrip-
tions, these work steps are described below.
- Safety at work
Note safety instructions for maintenance and servicing.
- Cleaning the vehicle
Before starting any work, clean components located in the respective work area. The selection of the
proper cleaning agent depends on the material of the parts to be cleaned. For example, rubber or elec-
trical parts should not be cleaned with benzene or steam jet.
- After cleaning with steam jet, lubricate all bearings.
- Covering all mounting areas

To avoid the ingress of dirt, cover all open bores, connections and housings in a suitable manner imme-
diately.
030260_en MK-A20 3.2 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
- Corrosion protection
Touch up damaged painted surfaces, grease bright spots regularly.
- Exchanging parts (in-shrunk bushings see Section 3.2 - 3)
Exchange defective parts in good time to avoid major damage.
- Protecting the electrical system
Where the danger of electric conductors coming into contact with tools, spare parts, vehicle frame, etc.
exists, turn off the main switch.
- Checking of oil level
Unless indicated otherwise, the oil level is to be checked invariably on an even surface and after the
engine has been at standstill for approx. 10 minutes.
- Oil change
Drain oil from warm components only. Clean surrounding of the filling port. Fill up oil from clean contai-
ners only. Do not remove strainers from filling ports.
Check oil level after a brief trial run.
- Check sealing elements

When removing caps, plug screws, etc., pay attention to existing sealing elements. Replace seal rings,
if required. Upon re-assembly make sure that they are properly seated.
- Check sealing faces
Prior to re-assembly, clean all sealing surfaces and check for leaks after assembly.
- Check locking elements

Pay attention to existing locking elements while disassembling parts (lock washers, cotter pins, etc.).
Check locking elements and replace, if required.
- Lubrication
Clean grease fittings before and after lubrication. Remove any excess grease from lubrication points.
030260_en MK-A20 3.2 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Cold shrinking by nitrogen
For the processing of parts which are made from steel, bronze and polyester resin fabric-type compound
materials and which are to be cold-shrunk by liquid nitrogen, observation of the following safety notes
and processing sequences is mandatory:
Safety notes
Liquid nitrogen has a temperature of -196 °C, which is why any contact with liquid nitrogen and undercoo-
led material must be avoided. To do so, protective clothing suiting the requirements (but at least protective
goggles and protective gloves) shall be worn.
Liquid nitrogen may be processed in well-ventilated rooms only, so as to avoid lack of oxygen caused by
the breathing air being enriched with too much nitrogen. Gaseous nitrogen is a colourless, tasteless and
odourless gas contained in the normal ambient atmosphere at a rate of 78%. Provided that sufficiently
large amounts of fresh air are supplied, the nitrogen, which upon heating of the frigorific mixture has
changed to the gaseous phase, poses no special risk.
Inserting and withdrawing work pieces should preferably be done with the help of equipment made from
materials tough at subzero temperatures, such as hemp ropes, copper wire, tongs and hooks made of
suitable stainless steel grades (1.4541), as far as these are subjected to the influence of liquid nitrogen.
When exposed to subzero temperatures, ordinary structural steels lose their toughness and become cold-
brittle.
Preparation and execution of shrink joint:
The dimensions of the insulating tank to be used should preferably match the work piece. The work piece
to be cooled down is submerged into liquid nitrogen. On account of the high differential temperature this
will first cause vigorous boiling of the nitrogen bath. While the bath cools down, the shrink-joint surface
must remain evenly wetted with liquid nitrogen. As soon as boiling stops, the work piece has shrinkage
temperature any may be removed from the bath. Cooling-down times depend on the material and on the
work piece dimensions. For steel, e.g., the estimative values in the table below apply:
Wall thickness/diameter in mm 50 100 200

Immersion time in minutes 5 10 20
Warning The maximum admissible immersion time for sleeves made of polyester-resin fabric-
type compound materials is 10 minutes.
After its removal from the bath, the work piece must be processed immediately, i.e., positioned as shown
in the fabrication documents and fixed in the specified position, if any. What must be observed especially
with smaller, thin-walled work pieces is that these may adjust to the ambient temperature and therefore
lose their joining tolerance already after a short time.
While joining undercooled materials, no impacts must be applied to the work piece, as this would increase
the material's sensibility to brittle fracture
033050_en MK-A20 3.2 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.3 Irregular maintenance and servicing
Prior to initial operation
- Check all oil levels.
- Check lubrication of all lubricating points.
- Check all tanks, housings, lines, etc., for leaks.
- Check tightening torques of wheel nuts.
- Check tire pressure.
- Check function of electrical system.
- Check function of operating elements and control instruments.
- Check function of brake system.
- Check function of dump/hoist and steering hydraulic system.
After initial operation
of the complete vehicle or of individual components, up to the start of regular maintenance.
Engine
Refer to engine operating instructions.
Wheel nuts
Check tightening torque after 10 operating hours.
Air filter
For air filter maintenance see 3.8-1 intake system.
Lubrication
The lubrication intervals of the grease lubrication points depend on the operating conditions (see regular
maintenance and servicing). Lubricate vehicle after each steam-jet cleaning.
Fuel tank
Extract sludge at the bottom of the fuel tank once a year. Flush the tank and clean the intake filter.
Hydraulic oil return filter

Change filter if with hydraulic system at operating temperature the “Return pressure” signal lamp lights
up or the “Return pressure” analog indicator indicates a pressure of > 1.3 bar.
Warning Filter element cannot be washed.
030270_en MK-A20 3.3 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.4 List of lubricants and operating agents
Warning The use of operating agents not specified herein must, if necessary, be clarified with
the manufacturer of the component/unit.
The use of additives in combination with the operating agents specified (e.g. flow improving agents for
diesel fuels, oil additives etc.) shall, as a rule, be agreed on beforehand with the manufacturer of the com-
ponent or assembly.
Note For high reliability and minimal wear of your machine, always use high-viscosity lubri-
cants suited to the season and the ambient temperature.
Lubricant Spezification Ambient Classification/ Subassembly/ Remark

and opera- temperature Mixing ratio Component
ting agents (°C)
Engine oil API Lubrication drive
CF-4/SG; CG-4/SH -30 ⇒ +30 SAE 5 W 30 engine
minimum quality
API CH-4/SJ -30 ⇒ +>30 SAE 5 W-40

good oil
API CI-4/SK
excellent oill -20 ⇒ +30 SAE 10 W-30
ACEA E3
minimum quality
-20 ⇒ +>30 SAE 10 W-40
ACEA E5;E7
good oil
SAE-viscosity grade -15 ⇒ +>30 SAE 15-W40

acc. DIN 51511.
Coolant Cooling system addi- Frostproof 65 % Water/ Cooling system The mixing
tive ⇒ -22 35 % additive of drive engine ratio may vary
CC2750M, ES according to
Complete EG Premix the climatic
conditions.
Ethyl glykol may also Frostproof 60 % Water/
be used as anticorro- ⇒ -28 40 % additive Warning:
sive agent/antifreeze 2). Too high a
percentage
of protective
Frostproof 55 % Water/ agent de-
⇒ -35 45 % additive creases the
cooling per-
formance.
Schmier_en MK-A20 3.4 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Fuel Diesel fuel according to >0 Summer diesel Fuel system of

DIN 51601, Cetan drive engine
number not below 45
ASTM D975-88 0⇒ -20 100%

1-D and 2-D Winter diesel
(four-star diesel)
BS 2869, A1 and A2
Make sure to add
Observe for A2 petroleum at tem-
sulfur peratures below
-15 °C or -20 °C
2).
1) D5 (SHPD) only to be used for supercharged engines

2) refer to engine operating instruction

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
List of lubricants and operating agents

ting agents (°C)
Brake fluid DOT 4/ all year Speed
SAE J 1703 adjustment
Hydraulic oil HVLP -35 ⇒ +15 ISO VG 15 Steering and

DIN 51524 T3 dump/hoist
hydraulic system
-28 ⇒ +25 ISO VG 22
-22 ⇒ +33 ISO VG 32
-15 ⇒ +45 ISO VG 46
-5⇒ +50 ISO VG 68
0⇒ +60 ISO VG 100
HLP -22 ⇒ +20 ISO VG 22

DIN 51524 T2
-15 ⇒ +30 ISO VG 32
-10 ⇒ +40 ISO VG 46
0⇒ +50 ISO VG 68
+7⇒ +57 ISO VG 100
Transmission oil ATF -20 ⇒ +10 C4, TO-4, J20 C/D Converter-trans- see Note
MIL-PRF-2104G mission hydraulic
Grade 10 system
0⇒ + 35 C4, TO-4, J20 C/D
MIL-PRF-2104G
Grade 10
Note For transmissions that are executed with a clutch modulation, the suffix ”with modula-
tion” is added to the type desgination in the technical data.
Note On some transmissions and torque converters with a throughshift clutch no ATF oils
Dextron II D may be used. The oils based on this specification are not compatible with
graphitic friction linings. That is why these oils shall only be used after prior consultation
with our Service department or the manufacturer of the component.
Dextron is a registered trademark of the General Motors Corporation.
API GL5, Dexron III and multiviscosity oils with a temperature range of more than 10
points, e.g. 10W30, shall, as a rule, not be used.

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
List of lubricants and operating agents

ting agents (°C)
Transmission oil Hypoid-gear oil > +30 SAE 140 Axle see Note
MIL-L - 2105 B planetary gear
API GL5 -10 ⇒ +30 SAE 90
API GL5-LS differential gear
-35 ⇒ +38 SAE 75W-90
-26 ⇒ +38 SAE 80W-90
Hypoid multigrade
oil -35 ⇒ >+60 SAE 75W-140
MIL-L - 2105 C / D
API GL5 -26 ⇒ >+60 SAE 80W-140
-12 ⇒ >+60 SAE 85W-140
Lubricating Lithium grease of -30 ⇒ +130 K2K-30 grease fittings
grease: NLGI class 2 3) DIN 51502 bearings
drivelines
Lubricating Graphite -30 ⇒ +130 K2K DIN 51502 sliding surface

grease: K2K DIN 51502 metal / metal
3) Lithium-saponified greases with a penetration of 265/295 and a thawpoint of approx. 180 °C.
The lubricants must not contain any MoS2 additives.
Note For axles with a multi-disc self-locking differential (limited slip differential) (see type
designation in the technical data sheet), lubricant ”API GL5 LS” shall, as a rule, be used.
Optionally, the lubricant can also be used for axles with no multi-disc self-locking differ-
ential.

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.5 Checklist- Vehicle no....................
Maintenance intervals: daily
Maintenance work Measures/ Operat. agents/ Note of

Remarks/ Quantity/ perfor-
Cross references Dimensions mance
1. Lubricating points
1.1 Lubrication of bearings Steering cylinder right 2 grease fittings
l left 2 grease fittings

Dump cylinder maintenance free
Swivel joint top 1 grease fitting
bottom 1 grease fitting

Swivel hinge 1 grease fitting
on distributor
Body 2 grease fittings
Remarks:
Warning Lubricants with solid additives (e.g. molybdenum bisulphide) shall never be applied to
bearing positions where polyester resin fabric composite materials are used.
3_5-1_en MK-A20 3.5 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Checklist - Vehicle no....................
Maintenance intervals: - drive engine
change
Remarks/ Quantity/ perform-
check
clean
Cross references Dimensions ance
1. Drive engine
All engine mainte-
nance works accord-
ing to engine
manufacturer's main-
tenance plan.
Remarks:
Remarks:
Remarks:
Remarks:
Remarks:
Remarks:
3_5-2_en MK-A20 3.5 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Note The position of the measuring points for the individual pressure measurements shall be
taken from the relevant system drawing and the measuring points plan, see page
3.5 - 19. As a rule, only calibrated measurement instruments shall be used.
Maintenance intervals
150 h 300 h 450 h 750 h 900 h 1050 h 1350 h 1500 h etc. see section 3.6
All maintenance work marked with a grey background field on the side only has to be carried
out at the 300 h / 900 h / 1500 h .......... maintenance intervals.

change

check
clean
1. Axles
1.1 Visual check for leaks In case of leaks find cause
o and, if necessary, change
component.
1.2 Breather o Check for damage,
if necessary, change compo-
nent. see 3.14 - 2
Remarks:
2. Wheels
2.1 Wheel nuts for com- Tighten, if necessary
pleteness and firm front right/left ( 650 Nm )
seating
o rear right/left ( 650 Nm )
Note
In case of wheel change
and when replacing/retigh-
tening wheel nuts observe
the tightening torques.
2.2 Condition of tyres Replace, if necessary
o front right/left
rear right/left
2.3 Tyre filling pressure Correct, if necessary
o front right/left 5.5 ± 0.1 bar
rear right/left 8.0 ± 0.1 bar

Remarks:
3_5-3_8_en MK-A20 3.5 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Maintenance intervals: 150/300/450/750 Bh .............
change
check
clean
3 Vehicle in general
3.1 Bolt locks for com- o steering cylinder right
pleteness, condition
and firm seating. left
o dump cylinder
o Body right
left
o swivel joint top/bottom
Remarks:
3.2 Connecting screws for o engine mounting base ( 296 Nm )

completeness and firm
seating o transmission fastening 3/4”- ( 525 Nm )
Note flexible supporting M16- ( 90 Nm )

When replacing/retightening flexible supporting M10- ( 48 Nm )
connecting screws observe o torque converter fastening ( 48 Nm)
o axle fastening M24x1,5
( 1160 Nm )
M30x2- (2206 Nm)
M20- ( 571 Nm )
o Swivel hinge fastening M24x1,5
( 1160 Nm )
Connecting of drivelines M12- ( 120 Nm )
o M14- ( 190 Nm )
flange bearing M16- ( 210 Nm )

intermediate bearing M20- ( 400 Nm )
3.3 Arrester cables of the o Replace, if necessary
dumper for damage.
Remarks:
3_5-3_8_en MK-A20 3.5 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

change
check Remarks/ Quantity/ perform-
clean
3.4 Speed adjustment Clean and lubricate all the mo- Use lubricating
o bile connections and bearing oil.
positions.
For ease of movement and engine speed
o tradle stop. 2480 ± 50 min-1
Indicator engine speed on the
driver's cab.
Remarks
4. Steering and dump/hoist hydraulic system

4.1 Connections, lines and In case of leaks find cause
hoses for leaks. o and, if necessary, change
component.
4.2 Oil level in On the level indicator with driv-
hydraulic oil tank. ing engine running and re-
o tracted cylinders.
Top up oil, if necessary
see 3.17 - 1 and 3.17 - 2
4.3 Return filter cartridge o Filter cartridge is integrated
with the hydraulic oil tank.
see 3.17 - 4
Remarks:
5. Converter-transmission hydraulic system

component.
5.2 Oil cooler o Blow through with compressed
air
Remarks:
3_5-3_8_en MK-A20 3.5 - 5

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
5.3 Oil level Check oil level at service tem-

converter-transmission perature and with driving en-
gine running. Oil level between
o MIN and MAX marks on dip-
stick.
Top up oil, if necessary.
see 3.12 - 2
5.4 Oil filter cartridge o see 3.12 - 4
5.5 Converter and trans- Check for damage, if necess-
mission ventilation o ary, change component.
see 3.12 - 1
Remarks:
6. Service brake
component.
6.2 Brake pressure Measuring point B6 front axle. 110±3.5 bar
Treadle brake valve o see section 4, drawing for
brake system. Residual pressure
max. 1 bar, at
high idling speed.
Measuring point B5 rear axle. 110±3.5 bar
o see section 4, drawing for
brake system Residual pressure
max. 1 bar, at
high idling speed.
6.3 Cooling pressure Measuring point B24 and B25 Service brake not
o front axle. actuated
see section 4, drawing for max. 0.5 bar, at
brake system high idling speed.
Service brake ac-

tuated
max. 5.0 bar, at
high idling speed.
Remarks:
3_5-3_8_en MK-A20 3.5 - 6

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
o rear axle. actuated
Service brake ac-

tuated
max. 5.0 bar, at
high idling speed.
6.4 Dynamic pressure Measuring point B11. <10 bar, at high
o see 3.16 - 3 and section 4, idling speed.
drawing for brake system
6.5 Pressure switch Measuring point B4. Warning lamp
Available pressure of brake “available braking
o system = 140+10 bar, operat- pressure” in
ing voltage switched on. Re- driver's cab lights
duce the pressure by repeat- up when pressure
edly actuating the service drops below 100
brake. see section 4, drawing bar
for brake system
6.6 Available brake pres- o Measuring point B4. 120+10 bar - ON
sure, switching pres- see section 4, drawing for 140+10 bar - OFF
sure of shut-off valve. brake system
Check pressure gauge

manometer/indicator
6.7 Functional test Measuring point B4. Residual pressure
of diaphragm Available pressure of brake min. 80 bar
accumulator system = 140+10 bar. Driving
engine switched off. Service
o brake actuated 5 times with
max. pressure at 10 sec inter-
vals.
see section 4, drawing for
brake system
6.8 Brake system for Measuring point B4. After one-hour im-
leakage Available pressure of brake mobilization time:
system = 140+10 bar. Driving min. 100 bar
engine switched off.
brake system
Remarks:
3_5-3_8_en MK-A20 3.5 - 7

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
7. Electrical system
7.1 Function of instruments When driving engine running.
and signal lamps in the Press signal lamp test pushbut-
driver's cab. o ton
7.2 Function of the lighting front
system o rear
Remarks:
8.1 Lubrication of drivelines Converter-transmission 2 grease fittings
Note Transmission-front axle 2 grease fittings

see 3.13 - 1 Transmission- 3 grease fittings
intermediate bearing
Intermediate bearing-rear axle 2 grease fittings
Flange bearing 1 grease fitting
left 2 grease fittings

dump cylinder maintenance free
swivel joint top 1 grease fitting

on distributor
Remarks:
3_5-3_8_en MK-A20 3.5 - 8

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Note The position of the measuring points for the individual pressure measurements shall be
taken from the relevant system drawing and the measuring points plan, see page
3.5 - 19. As a rule, only calibrated measurement instruments shall be used.
Maintenance intervals:
600 h 1200 h 1800 h 2400 h 3000 h 3600 h 4200 h 4800 h etc. see section 3.6
All maintenance work marked with a grey background field on the side only has to be carried
out at the 1200 h / 2400 h / 3600 h .......... maintenance intervals.

change

check
clean
1. Axles
1.1 Visual check for leaks In case of leaks find cause
o and, if necessary, change
component.
1.2 Oil level Oil level up to lower edge of front axle
differential gear o check hole.
Top up oil, if neseccary. rear axle
see 3.14 - 2
1.3 Oil level Oil level up to lower edge of front axle
planetary gear check hole right
o Top up oil, if neseccary. left
see 3.14 - 2
rear axle
right
left
1.4 Breather o Check for damage,
nent. see 3.14 - 2
1.5 Oil differential gear Drain oil while still warm. front axle
Top up oil to lower edge of filling volume 15.0 l
o check hole.
Check oil level again after rear axle
waiting for a few minutes. filling volume 18.5 l
see 3.14 - 2
1.6 Oil planetary gear Drain oil while stillwarm. front axle: filling
Top up oil to lower edge of volume 2 x 3.0 l
o check hole.
Check oil level again after rear axle: filling
waiting for a few minutes. volume 2 x 3.0 l
see 3.14 - 2
Bemerkungen:
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 9

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Maintenance intervals: 600/1200/1800/2400 h ..........
change
check
clean
2. Wheels
2.1 Wheel nuts for com- Tighten, if necessary
pleteness and firm front right/left ( 650 Nm )
seating
o rear right/left ( 650 Nm )
Hinweis
In case of wheel change
and when replacing/retigh-
tening wheel nuts observe
2.2 Condition of tyres Replace, if necessary
o front right/left
rear right/left
2.3 Tyre filling pressure Correct, if necessary
o front right/left 5.5 ± 0.1 bar
rear right/left 8.0 ± 0.1 bar

Remarks
3 Vehicle in general
3.1 Bolt locks for com- o steering cylinder right
pleteness, condition
and firm seating. left
o dump cylinder
o Body right
left
o swivel joint top/bottom
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 10

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
3.2 Connecting screws for o engine mounting base ( 296 Nm )

completeness and firm
seating o transmission fastening 3/4”- ( 525 Nm )
Note flexible supporting M16- ( 90Nm )

When replacing/retightening flexible supporting M10- ( 48 Nm )
connecting screws observe o torque converter fastening ( 48 Nm)
o axle fastening M24x1,5 (1160 Nm)
M30x2- (2206 Nm)
M20- ( 407 Nm )
o Swivel hinge fastening M24x1,5 (1160 Nm)
Connecting of drivelines M12- ( 120 Nm )

o M14- ( 190 Nm )
flange bearing M16- ( 210 Nm )

intermediate bearing M20- ( 400 Nm )
3.3 Swivel hinge Bearing clearance. upper measuring
Measurement control using the point: actual di-
o stored code. mension -1,8mm
see 3.5 - 20
lower measuring
point: actual di-
mension +1,8mm
3.4 Steering cylinder o Bearing clearance
3.5 Arrester cables of the o Replace, if necessary
dumper for damage.
3.6 Speed adjustment Clean and lubricate all the mo- Use lubricating oil.
o bile connections and bearing
positions.
For ease of movement and engine speed
o tradle stop. 2480 ± 50 min-1
Indicator engine speed on the
driver's cab.
3.7 Exhaust gas system o Exhaust pipe for firm seating
and leaks.
3.8 Ventilation filter on o see 3.10 - 1
fuel tank
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 11

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
4. Steering and dump/hoist hydraulic system

component.
4.2 Oil level in On the level indicator with dri-
hydraulic oil tank. ving engine running and
o retracted cylinders.
Top up oil, if necessary
see 3.17 - 1 and 3.17 - 2
4.3 Return filter cartridge o Filter cartridge is integrated
with the hydraulics oil tank.
see 3.17 - 4
4.4 Oil on hydraulic oil Drain oil while still warm. filling volume
tank. With driving engine switched 150 l
o off and retracted dump cylin-
der. Vent hydraulik system
after each change of hydraulic
oil. see 3.17 - 3
4.5 Steering pressure Measuring point H24. 130+5 bar
steering direction left Steering at end stop. engine speed
o see 3.17 - 3 and section 4, dra- 1500 min-1
wing for steering and dump/
hoist hydraulic system.
4.6 Steering pressure Measuring point H25. 130+5 bar
steering direction Steering at end stop. engine speed
right o see 3.17 - 3 and section 4, dra- 1500 min-1
4.7 Working pressure Measuring point H1 and H2. 150+5 bar
Hang out the arrester cables, engine speed
o bypassed limit switch and 1500 min-1
dump cylinder at end stop.
see 3.17 - 3 and section 4, dra-
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 12

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
5. Converter-transmission hydraulic system

component.
5.2 Oil level Check oil level at service tem-
converter-transmission perature and with driving
engine running. Oil level bet-
o ween MIN and MAX marks on
dipstick.
Top up oil, if neseccary.
see 3.12 - 2
5.3 Oil cooler o Blow through with compressed
air
5.4 Oil filter cartridge o see 3.12 - 4
5.5 Converter and trans- Check for damage, if neces-
mission ventilation o sary, change component.
see 3.12 - 1
Remarks
5.6 Oil converter-transmis- Drain oil while still warm. filling volume
sion Check oil level at service tem- circuit appr. 36.5 l
o perature and with driving
engine running. Oil level bet-
ween MIN and MAX marks on
dipstick.
see 3.12 - 3
5.7 Intake strainer o on transmission sump
see 3.12 - 1 and 3.12 - 3
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 13

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
6. Service brake
component.
6.2 Brake pressure Measuring point B6 front axle. 110±3.5 bar
Treadle brake valve o see section 4, drawing for
max. 0,5 bar, at
high idling speed.
Measuring point B5 rear axle. 110±3.5 bar
max. 0,5 bar, at
high idling speed.
o front axle. actuated
Measuring point B26 and B27 Service brake ac-

o rear axle. tuated
6.4 Dynamic pressure Measuring point B11. max. 12 ± 2 bar,
o see 3.16 - 3 and section 4, at high idling
drawing for brake system speed.
6.5 Pressure switch Measuring point B4. Warning lamp
Available pressure of brake “available braking
o system = 140+10 bar, operat- pressure” in dri-
ing voltage switched on. Re- ver's cab lights up
duce the pressure by repeat- when pressure
edly actuating the service drops below 100
brake. bar
brake system
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 14

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

change Remarks/ Quantity/ perfor-
check
clean Cross references Dimensions mance
6.6 Available brake pres- o Measuring point B4. 120+10 bar- ON

sure, switching pres- see section 4, drawing for 140+10 bar- OFF
sure of shut-off valve. brake system
Check pressure gauge

manometer/indicator
6.7 Functional test of Measuring point B4. Residual pressu-
diaphragm accumula- Available pressure of brake re min. 80 bar
tor system = 140+10 bar. Driving
engine switched off. Service
o brake actuated 5 times with
max. pressure at 10 sec inter-
vals.
brake system
6.8 Brake system for Measuring point B4. After one-hour
leakage Available pressure of brake immobilization
system = 140+10 bar. Driving time:
engine switched off. min. 100 bar
brake system
6.9 In-line filter cartridge o see 3.15 - 10
6.10 Pressure gradient Measuring point pressure
o B24 and B28 B24 > B28
B25 and B29 B25 > B29
B26 and B30 B26 > B30
B27 and B31. B27 > B31
see section 4, drawing for at high idling

brake system speed.
6.11 Wear of the multi-disk Dimensional check. Actual dimension
o Brake pedal depressed. = 1.2 mm greater
than control di-
rear wheel right/left mension. Inspect
brake.
front wheel right/left
nent. see 3.15 - 11
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 15

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
6.12 Braking deceleration Dynamic brake measurement, min. 47%

o with recording instrument.
Brake test in highest gear,
vehicle laden.
Inspect brake, if necessary.
6.13 Brake response time Dynamic brake measurement, 1 sec. after
with recording instrument. actuating the
o Brake test in highest gear, brake the retarda-
vehicle laden. tion must have
Inspect brake, if necessary. reached 38%
Remarks
7. Parking brake
7.1 Braking deceleration Dynamic brake measurement, min. 44%
o with recording instrument.
Brake test in 4th gear, vehicle
laden.
Inspect brake, if necessary.
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 16

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check Remarks/ Quantity/ perfor-
clean
7.2 Brake response time Dynamic brake measurement, 1 sec. after

o with recording instrument. actuating the
Brake test in 4th gear, vehicle brake the retarda-
laden. tion must have
Inspect brake, if necessary. reached 38%
Remarks
8. Electrical system
8.1 Battery Check visually for leaks and
o firm seating of connections.
Liquid level.
o Top up with distilled water if
necessary
o Coat poles with grease.
Use acidproof grease.
8.2 Function of instruments When driving engine running.
and signal lamps in the Press signal lamp test push-
driver's cab. o button.
8.3 Function of the lighting front
system o rear
Remarks
9.1 Lubrication of drivelines Converter-transmission 2 grease fittings
Note Transmission-front axle 2 grease fittings

see 3.13 - 1 Transmission- 3 grease fittings
Intermediate bearing-rear axle 2 grease fittings
Flange bearing 1 grease fitting
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 17

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
change
check
clean
left 2 grease fittings

dump cylinder maintenance free
swivel joint top 1 grease fitting

on distributor
Remarks
Remarks
Remarks
Remarks
3_5-9_18_en MK-A20 3.5 - 18

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Measuring-point plan, location of the control valves
H25
H1 H24 H2, H22 B6, B27 B31 B5, B25, B29
B4 B6 B11 B5, B24, B28

B26,
B30
Measuring-points
Steering- dump/hoist hydraulic system Brake system
H1 system pressure steering- dump/hoist hydraulic B4 available brake pressure,
H2 system pressure dump/hoist hydraulic switching pressure of shut-off valve.
H22 working pressure hoist hydraulic pressure switch B53.1+ B53.2
accumulator test
H24 steering pressure left B5 brake pressure rear axle,
H25 steering pressure right B6 brake pressure front axle
B11 dynamic pressure cooling multi-disk brake
B24-B27 and B28-B31
cooling pressure, pressure gradient
3_5-19_en MK-A20 3.5 - 19

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Check measurement of slewing rim bearing clearance

To check the bearing clearance, the distance between the drive unit and the swivel hinge has to be measu-
red at the upper and lower measuring points. These measuring points are arranged in the extension of
the vertical slewing rim axis and marked in red.
The check dimension is punch-marked on the left-hand side of the vehicle in the area of the respective
measuring point.
Warning Make ckeck measurement only at the measuring points marked in red.
Check measurement:
- Park vehicle unladen on a level surface in straight-ahead position. The marked points must be located
at the same level.
- Measure distance at the upper and lower measuring point and record.
- Maximum admissible variation against check dimensions: -1,8 mm at the upper measuring point
+1,8 mm at the lower measuring point
Warning If the admissible variation should be exceeded, a slewing rim check by the manufacturer
must be arranged.
Upper measuring point
Check dimension punch--marked
Travel direction
Marked points
Drive unit Swivel hinge
Check dimension punch--marked
Lower measuring point
032010_en MK-A20 3.5 - 20

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.6 Maintenance work carried out

Hours in Hours in Hours in

Data Signature Data Signature Data Signature
service service service
150 7950 15750

300 8100 15900
450 8250 16050
750 8550 16350
900 8700 16500
1050 8850 16650
1350 9150 16950
1500 9300 17100
1650 9450 17250
1950 9750 17550
2100 9900 17700
2250 10050 17850
2550 10350 18150
2700 10500 18300
2850 10650 18450
3150 10950 18750
3300 11100 18900
3450 11250 19050
3750 11550 19350
3900 11700 19500
4050 11850 19650
4350 12150 19950
4500 12300 20100
4650 12450 20250
4950 12750 20550
5100 12900 20700
5250 13050 20850
5550 13350 21150
5700 13500 21300
5850 13650 21450
6150 13950 21750
6300 14100 21900
6450 14250 22050
6750 14550 22350
6900 14700 22500
7050 14850 22650
7350 15150 22950
7500 15300 23100
7650 15450 23250
030381_en MK-A20 3.6 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Maintenance work carried out

Maintenance intervals: 600/1200/1800/2400 Bh ............
Hours in Hours in Hours in

Data Signature Data Signature Data Signature
service service service
600 8400 16200

1200 9000 16800
1800 9600 17400
2400 10200 18000
3000 10800 18600
3600 11400 19200
4200 12000 19800
4800 12600 20400
5400 13200 21000
6000 13800 21600
6600 14400 22200
7200 15000 22800
7800 15600 23400
030381_en MK-A20 3.6 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.7 Engine operating instructions
Before carrying out any maintenance and servicing work on the diesel engine, please carefully read the
attached engine manufacturer's operating instructions.
Satisfactory operation of the diesel engine in the long term can only be ensured by investing a certain
amount of work in maintenance.
This work is a prerequisite for long engine service life and for maintaining the performance, consumption
level and exhaust gas quality.
Warning It is recommended to contact the GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH customer service to eliminate
failures and to carry out checks, adjustment or repair works. As regards inquiries by
phone mind page 1.2-1.
030390_en MK-A20 3.7 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.8 Air intake system
Note The vehicle is equipped with a dry-air filter. Whenever the filter is serviced, the connec-
ting points of the intake pipes have to be checked for leaks.
The dry air filter is equipped with an integrated pre-separator, a 6-stage vacuum indicator and, depending
on the type, a main and safety element. The main element respectively main element and safety element
must also be replaced outside the maintenance intervals as soon as the display of the underpressure indi-
cator changes to the red area.
Note The maximum service life of the main element must not exceed one year.
Damaged filter elements and seals must be in any case be replaced forthwith.
Note With every third maintenance of the main element, the safety element, if present, must
be replaced as well. The number of maintenances must be marked on the safety ele-
ment, e.g. by means of a bar drawn with a felt-tip pen.
Depending on the filter type, either a dust collecting vessel or a dust discharge valve is fitted.
- Dust collecting vessel (2) (fig. 1)
- Dust discharge valve (5) (fig. 2).
To protect the paper cartridge from overloading, the dust collecting vessel should be emptied when half
full, however, at least once a day. For emptying, remove the lid of the dust collector (see fig. 3). On this
filter type, however, the discharge slot of the dust discharge valve should be cleaned periodically. Any
baked dust that may be present must be removed by compressing the valve.
1 2 3 4
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
9 5
Fig. 3 Fig. 4 7
6
8
3_8-1_2_en MK-A20 3.8 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Filter servicing includes following operations:
Note All maintenance work on the air intake system must be carried out with the engine
turned off. Do not start the engine when the main element has been removed.
- Loosen clamp ring (9) and remove the dust collector (1) or loosen the wing nuts on the lid (4) and re-
move the main element (2). The safety element (3) remains in the filter housing.
- Dispose of the main element in accordance with the applicable regulations. Clean the filter housing,
especially the sealing area for the main element, using a damp cloth.
Note The main element (2) may be cleaned up to 6 times. Cleaned elements are, however,
no longer covered by the warranty. To protect the engine, we recommend the use of
new main elements.
- With every third replacement of the main element (2) the safety element (3) must be removed and re-
placed as well.
Note The safety element must not be cleaned and reused.
- Cleaning with compressed air

A pipe with its end angled at 90°should be fitted to the air pis tol for cleaning the filter cartridge with
compressed air. The pipe should be long enough to reach the element bottom. Blow out the main ele-
ment from the inside to the outside using compressed air of max. 5 bar until no more dust is formed.
Warning Never wash or brush out the main element. When blowing out, make sure that no dust
gets on the inside of the main element.
- Prior to fitting, the cleaned main element should be checked for any damage.
- Install main element respectively main element and safety element.
- Fit dust collector and secure with clamp ring or screw on lid with the wing nuts.
- Reset vacuum indicator (6) to its initial position by pressing the reset button (7). The indicator in the
display window (8) changes to green.
See operating instructions issued by the engine manufacturer for further information.
3_8-1_2_en MK-A20 3.8 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.9 Exhaust gas system
Note Check exhaust manifold and pipe regularly for firm seating and leaks.
Exhaust back pressure measurement
The max. exhaust back pressures indicated here refer to rated power and rated speed per exhaust gas
side. They are measured at the converter stall torque. To do so, connect a suitable measuring instrument
(e.g. U-tube filled with water) to the socket (G 3/8”) arranged right on the exhaust pipe flange.
The following exhaust back pressure values are admissible:
DEUTZ engine F6 L 413 F/FW max. 650 mm WC

F8 L 413 F/FW max. 750 mm WC
BF 4 L 1011 max. 750 mm WC
BF 12 L 413 FW max. 750 mm WC
F6 L 912 W max. 750 mm WC
F6 L 914 max. 750 mm WC
Cummins engine QSB 6.7 max. 1010 mm WS
The exhaust back-pressure limit values also apply to the use of catalytic converters. Check exhaust back
pressure at regular intervals.
Silencer, exhaust gas catalyst

The silencer and catalytic converter require no special maintenance and have to be replaced if defective.
Check regularly for proper condition and firm seating.
CO-measurement
The maximum admissible CO level depends on the official regulations applicable at the jobsite.
030420_en MK-A20 3.9 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.10 Fuel system
1
2
4
6 3
1 Screw cap
2 Intake nozzle
3 Drain plug
4 Tank lid
5 Intake filter
6 Ventilation filter
030430_en MK-A20 3.10 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Caution Shut off engine before working on the fuel system, including filling up fuel and checking
the fuel line.
Do not smoke or use open flame.
Do not spill fuel on hot engine parts (exhaust pipe, etc.).
Checking of fuel level
- Clean intake nozzle and screw cap.
- Turn screw cap open and remove strainer.
- Check fuel level with a clean dipstick.
Note Never let the fuel tank run completely dry. If, for example, the tank is emptied for clea-
ning, the fuel system has to be vented.
Filling up fuel
Never remove the strainer when filling up fuel and do not extract fuel from the bottom of a barrel as this
will stir up the slurry at the bottom of the barrel. Provide a fine-mesh filter in the filling hose, if possible.
Note To prevent inflammation due to static charges, the intake nozzle and the mouth of the
filling nose must be in contact with each other.
Draining fuel
Use the drain plug on the tank underside to drain fuel or slurry. Make sure that the plug seals well.
Cleaning the intake filter
- Clean surroundings of the intake nozzle.
- Mark location of nozzle relative to the tank.
- Release fuel lines from tank lid and plug.
Release tank lid and lift off filler nozzle. Wash out intake filter with diesel fuel.
Mount nozzle and, while doing so, make sure that the gasket is properly seated. Replace gasket, if requi-
red.
Warning Do not mix up lines.
Injection pump, fuel filter
Clean injection pump strainer and fuel filter cartridge. See engine manufacturer's operating instructions.
030430_en MK-A20 3.10 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.11 Speed adjustment
Speed adjustment of the diesel engine between idling and full load speed is accomplished with the foot-
operated treadle on the driver's place floor, via a hydraulic system
Note Check treadle for ease of movement.
treadle
3_11-1_en MK-A20 3.11 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.12 Torque converter, power shift transmission
7 3
1
5
6 1
2
4
1 Oil level check screw / dipstick

2 Oil drain Tightening torques
3 Transmission vent fastening bolts
4 Intake strainer torque converter 48 Nm
5 Converter-transmission oil filter Drive-plate / engine 70 Nm
6 Oil cooler Drive-plate / torque converter 75 Nm
7 Oil filler nozzle
032360_en MK-A20 3.12 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Maintenance of converter-transmission
Warning Ensure absolute cleanliness when working on the converter and transmission system.
No foreign matter is allowed to penetrate the system.
The oil content in the converter-transmission circuit is to a large extent determined by the associated com-
ponents (converter, transmission, cooler, piping and hosing).
When the drive engine is switched off, part of the oil in the circuit flows back into the transmission, so that
the oil level exceeds the MAX marking on the dipstick and as such is not relevant for the oil level check.
The amount of oil that flows back depends upon the size and the position of the components used.
When the drive engine is started, first the converter-transmission circuit is filled again. The residual oil in
the transmission sump then represents the actual oil level, which with idling engine must always be be-
tween the MAX and MIN markings on the dipstick and may never fall below the MIN marking.
Warning Too low an oil level causes damage to the components.
To prevent dry-running of the pumps when topping up the oil after maintenance or repair works, make sure
that the oil level with the drive engine running does not fall below the MIN marking on the dipstick. This
is also the first step to be performed when refilling the system. That is why, based on the experience gained
with the vehicle, the oil level should be topped up with the drive engine switched off, if necessary via the
MAX marking on the dipstick.
Checking of oil level
Torque converter and power shift transmission have a common oil circuit. The oil is to be checked at opera-
ting temperature (82-93 °C) with the engine running. (idlin g speed)
Warning Under no circumstances check oil level with cold hydraulic oil.
The following work is to be performed:
- Park the vehicle on a level surface and run engine at idling speed for two minutes.
- Pull out the oil dipstick and wipe it off with a lint-free cloth.
- Insert the oil dipstick up to the stop, pull it out and check the oil level between the markings on the
stick.
030462_en MK-A20 3.12 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Changing oil
Note Park the vehicle on a level surface. The converter-transmission hydraulic oil is to be
drained with the oil at operating temperature.
The following work is to be performed:

- Turn out transmission oil drain plug and allow oil to drain completely.
Note Also drain all oil in the circuit of the multi-disk brakes when the oil is supplied from the
converter-transmission hydraulics.
- screw cleaned oil drain plug back on and tighten. Replace seal.
- top up the oil through the filling orifice at least up to the MAX marking on the dipstick. If necessary,
based on the experience gained, top up to beyond the MAX marking. Remove dipstick and wipe off
using a lint-free cloth.
- start engine and let run briefly (3 to 5 seconds) at idling speed to fill the torque converter and the hy-
draulic lines with oil. Turn off engine.
- just before turning off the engine, fully insert the dipstick and immediately pull it out again. Check the
oil level.
- if the oil level has fallen below the MIN marking, top up, again let the engine run briefly and repeat the
oil level check.
- if the oil level exceeds the MIN mark, let the engine run twice as long (approx. 10 seconds) and repeat
the oil level check.
Note Repeat starting the engine, letting it run briefly and checking the oil level until the oil level
exceeds the MIN marking when the engine is running.
- Check the oil level when the engine is running (at idling speed).
- After the operating temperature (82-93 °C) is reached, che ck the oil level again and top up to the MAX
marking on the dipstick.
Cleaning the intake strainer
Remove intake strainer, clean and re-install with new gasket fitted.
030462_en MK-A20 3.12 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Changing the filter element in the oil filter
The following work must be performed to replace the filter element:
- Stop the system and relieve the filter on the pressure side.
- Clean the complete filter on the outside.

- Screw off cover (1), remove spring (3) and the complete filter insert consisting of (4 - 7 and 10).
- Screw off drain plug (12) on filter housing (8) and drain the oil.
- Clean filter housing with suitable medium and screw on drain plug (12); use new gasket (11) if
necessary.
- Disassemble filter insert by unscrewing the fixing nut (10) and pulling off the sleeve (7) together with
the filter element (6). Make sure that the sleeve (7) is not damaged.
- Remove filter element (6) from the sleeve (7) and dispose of the filter element in an environmentally-
friendly manner. Clean the remaining parts of the filter insert.
- Fit new filter element (6) in the sleeve (7). Make sure that the filter element stands upright on the bottom
of the sleeve and comes flush with the upper side of the sleeve.
- Assemble filter insert (4, 6, 7 and 10) and fit in the filter housing (8) with new gasket (5). Make sure
that the gasket sits correctly.
- Install spring (3), screw on cover (1) with new gasket (2) and tighten up.
1
2
5
5
6
10
11
12
033680_en MK-A20 3.12 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.13 Drivelines
The vehicle is fitted with three driveline assemblies:

Converter-transmission
Transmission-front axle
Transmission-rear axle
Maintenance of drivelines
All drivelines are fitted with taper grease fittings. Each universal joint is lubricated by one grease fitting;
a third fitting serves for lubrication of the spline profile, which is dispensed with where plastic-coated length
equalisers are provided. Pedestal and flange bearings are each fitted with a grease fitting.
Double-joint drivelines with locating bearing

These double-joint drivelines consist of two individual joints whose outer carriers are connected to each
other by a locating bearing in an articulated arrangement. Both individual joints and the locating bearing
are each furnished with a grease fitting.
Grease fitting of
location bearing
Grease fitting
Grease fitting of
individual joint
Lubrication
Drivelines and intermediate bearing points have to be greased at regular intervals according to the manu-
facturer's maintenance instructions. As the lubrication path extending within the spider and through the
spaces between the rolling elements is long and narrow, the grease takes time to expand. Only slow grea-
sing at low pressure will ensure a uniform distribution of the grease.
Warning Clean grease fittings before lubrication!

Use only lithium-saponified greases!
Lubricate needle bearings until used grease comes out at the rubber seals.
To prevent damage to the seals, avoid pressure shocks while greasing.
030473_en MK-A20 3.13 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Universal joints with pressure relief valve

Drive lines with universal joints of special design are provided with a pressure relief valve located next to
the grease fitting. Because of the special-design sealing, the gaskets must be protected from damage due
to excessive pressure when lubricating is performed.
For this reason, this type of drive line requires stopping of the greasing operation when grease emerges
at the pressure relief valve.
Whenever lubrication is performed, the drivelines must be checked for external damage and the universal
joints for inadmissible clearance. The bolted connections of the drivelines must be checked for firm sea-
ting.
Warning Replace damaged drivelines immediately. Repaired drivelines must be balanced.
Lubricants
For lubrication use only lithium-saponified greases with a penetration of 265/295 and a thawpoint of ap-
prox. 180 °C. The lubricants must not contain any MoS2 additives.
Installation diagram of drivelines
drive unit
flange bearing
converter front axle transmission rear axle
payload unit
030473_en MK-A20 3.13 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.14 Axles
Differential
Fig. 1 o
1+2 3 1+2 3
Planetary gear
1+2
Fig. 2
1 = Oil filling port

2 = Checking screw
3 = Drain plug
031580_en MK-A20 3.14 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Note To check the oil level and change the differential and planetary gear oil, park the vehicle
on a level surface.
Note Drain differential and planetary gear oil while still warm.
Planetary gear oil change
To drain the oil, turn the wheel end so that the drain plug is at the lowest point possible. To change the
oil, unscrew drain screw and drain oil. Clean the drain plug (replace if necessary) and fill up with fresh oil.
See Checking of oil level, Topping up planetary gear oil. For filling volume see Technical Data.
Differential gear oil change
To change the oil, unscrew drain screw and drain oil. Clean the drain plug (replace if necessary) and fill
up with fresh oil.
See Checking of oil level, Topping up differential gear oil. For filling vollume see Technical Data.
Warning Whenever oil has been changed: Check differential and planetary gear oil level again
after waiting for a few minutes.
Checking of oil level, Topping up planetary gear oil
To check the planetary gear oil level, turn the wheel end so that the drain plug is at the lowest point possi-
ble. Remove the checking screw. The oil level should be at the bottom edge of the bore (top up oil, if neces-
sary).
Checking of oil level, Topping up differential gear oil
To check the oil level remove the check screw. The oil level should be at the bottom edge of the bore (top
up oil, if necessary).
Warning Whenever oil has been topped up: Check differential and planetary gear oil level again
after waiting for a few minutes.
Venting the differential gear
A vent/breather fitted with a cap is provided on the differential gear. Clean vent/breather at regular inter-
vals.
031730_en MK-A20 3.14 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.15 Brake system
The vehicle is equipped with four built in the axle ends, spring operated and hydraulically released disc
brakes. Controlled by the service brake and parking brake valve, they serve as a service brake and parking
brake.
Brake system : Hydraulic spring brake system
Units of the brake system
Service and parking brake: Front axle, Spring-operated multi-disk brake

Rear axle, Spring-operated multi-disk brake
General notes
Caution Prior to works on the brake system, release pressure on the diaphragm accumulator
on the fluid side and check that the system is pressure-free.
Always bear in mind that the pressure-free condition indicated on the manometer (P12)
in the swivel joint does not mean that the entire system is pressure-free.
Note For setting data, check points and notes see “Brake system drawing”.
All instructions relating to the maintenance, disassembly and re-assembly of brakes and brake compo-
nents are issued on the condition that the relevant work is carried out by trained personnel.
- Brakes are first-rank components in terms of safety
- Work carried out improperly may lead to failure of brakes.
- Change multi discs as the wear-down limit of these parts is reached.
- Use only manufacturer-approved original spares.
- Bleed complete brake system and check for leaks after maintenance work has been carried out.
Warning Mounting and dismounting the brakes must be carried out in accordance with the
Kessler+CO installation instructions (see page 3.15 - 12).
3_15-1_en MK-A20 3.15 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Bleeding of hydro brake system (NLB)
Caution Prior to works on the brake system, secure vehicle against any self-initiated movements
by placing wedges or similar objects in front of the wheels. Make sure the pressure in
the system has dropped.
Warning Before starting the unit for the first time and after repair work has been carried out on
the hydraulic pump or on the intake line, oil has to be filled up at the filling connector
of the intake line.
Bleed brake at all four bleed valves of the wheel brake using a portable hose and on all four existing test
fittings using a mini measuring hose.
Note Collect the oil in a suitable container.
Bleeding of service brake
Note When bleeding the individual wheel brakes, you must also bleed the stub pipes, if pre-
sent.
- Connect a manometer to test connector ”Mv2” on the hydraulic block (item 703) and another one to
test connector ”Mv1” on the hydraulic block (item 20) at the converter-transmission hydraulic system
(see system drawing).
- Apply the parking brake manually via the control lever ”parking brake”. The additional brake is now
inactive. Manometer on the test connector ”Mv2” indicates a pressure of zero bar.
- Use a pedal arrestor or a suitable object to block the brake pedal in fully depressed position.
- Connect the hose on the bleeder connection (service brake) to a wheel brake, open the bleeder valve,
allow the residual pressure to drop and close the bleeder valve again. The manometer (item 9) in the
driver's cab indicates a pressure of zero bar.
- Start the engine and switch it off as soon as the manometer in the driver's cab indicates 50-60 bar.
Open bleeder valve again, allow the preloaded oil to drain out and close the valve again as soon as
the manometer in the driver's cab indicates a pressure of zero bar.
- Repeat this process until the oil leaves the bleeder valve without any bubbles being formed.
- Bleed the other wheel brakes by proceeding in the same way.

After bleeding the last wheel brake, leave the hose on the locked bleeder connector.
Bleeding of additional brake
- Remove pedal arrester.

Do not operate the service brake during the bleeding.
3_15-2_4_en MK-A20 3.15 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
- To release the parking brake with the drive engine switched off, a servo pressure of at least 9 bar (max.
150 bar) needs to be built up at the 3/2-way solenoid valve (item 16) via an external pressure supply.
To this end, the line connection between the 3/2-way solenoid valve (item 16) and the converter trans-
mission hydraulics must be removed. The connection on the line to the converter transmission hy-
draulics must be sealed off (see Fig.1, page 3.15 - 3).
- Release the parking brake manually via the control lever ”parking brake”, pulling down the arm rest
and put the gear shift lever to neutral position. The servo pressure indicated on the manometer of test
connector ”Mv1” should be 0 bar and on the manometer of ”Mv2” at least 9 bar.
Warning The vehicle is now no longer braked.
- Start the engine and switch it off as soon as the manometer (item 26) in the swivel joint indicates 50-60
bar. Open the last opened bleeder valve again, allow the preloaded oil to drain out and close the valve
again as soon as the manometer in the swivel joint indicates a pressure of zero bar.
- Remove manometers at test connectors ”Mv1” and ”Mv2”.
Bleeding of parking brake

The vehicle is designed so that the parking brake cannot be released when the driving engine is switched
off. To bleed the corresponding brake circuit, however, the parking brake has to be released when the
driving engine is switched off. The sequence of operations described below to release the parking brake
is therefore only an auxiliary measure.
Note A sufficient dimensioned electro wire with connected device plug is required, well fitting
to the coonection on the 3/2-way solenoid valve (15) (a52).
- Driving engine and operating voltage switched off.

- A servo pressure of at least 9 bar (max. 150 bar) needs to be built up at the 3/2-way solenoid valve
(item 16) via an external pressure supply.
- Release the parking brake manually via the control lever ”parking brake” and pulling down the arm rest.
- Connect the hose on the bleeder connection (parking brake) to a wheel brake, open the bleeder valve,
allow the residual pressure to drop and close the bleeder valve again. The manometer (item 9) in the
driver's cab indicates a pressure of zero bar.
- Start the engine and switch it off as soon as the manometer in the driver's cab indicates 50-60 bar.
Open bleeder valve again, allow the preloaded oil to drain out and close the valve again as soon as
the manometer in the driver's cab indicates a pressure of zero bar.
Caution Restore the line connection between the 3/2-way solenoid valve (item 16) and the con-
verter transmission hydraulics and check the operation of the parking brake before the
system is put back into service.
3_15-2_4_en MK-A20 3.15 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
connection external
pressure supply
16
Fig. 1
Checks
Check the bleeder valves for leakage.
Check oil level of converter transmission hydraulic system.
With the engine running, charge brake system up to the shut-off pressure of the shut-off valve and with
depressed service brake and released parking brake check tightness of bleed points.
Operate service brake and parking brake for 2 to 3 times. Repeat bleeding operation if there is a creaky
noise in the treadle or hand brake valve.
Checkfunction ot the service brake and parking brake.
3_15-2_4_en MK-A20 3.15 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Diaphragm accumulator
Warning When using diaphram accumulators (pressure vessels), attention must, as a matter of
principle, be paid to the pressure vessel regulations in force in the country in question.
The diaphram accumulators are preloaded with nitrogen to a predefined pressure. As certain gas losses
occur during operation, it is necessary to check and, when appropriate, correct the preload pressure at
regular intervals. The periods for the periodic tests must be determined by the operator in accordance with
the legal provisions.
Because of its safety-critical function and taking into account the service conditions, the diaphragm accu-
mulator shall not be used for more than three years. Experience may, however, show that it needs to be
replaced at shorter intervals.
Caution Prior to working on equipment fitted with diaphram accumulators, it is essential to re-
duce the pressure in the appropriate system.
Caution The gas preload pressure may be corrected by authorized personnel only.
Only nitrogen may be used at the filling gas.
Risk of explosion if oxygen or air is used.
Note The diaphram accumulator filling device for checking or correcting the preload pressure
is obtainable from our after-sales service department.
3_15-5_6_en MK-A20 3.15 - 5

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Diaphragm accumulator in brake system
Note During this following check several interconnected diaphragm accumulators are
checked in one operation, so that only provide a coarse indication of the operativeness
of the diaphragm accumulators is obtained. It is thus not possible to check each individ-
ual diaphraghm accumulator.
Checking the gas preload pressure in the individual diaphragm accumulators is only
possible with the aid of a suitable device. (see page 3.15 - 8).
Checking the gas preload pressure of the diaphragm accumulators on the analog indicator in the driver's
cab.
- Start the driving motor and switch off again when the analog indicator displays a available braking pres-
sure of at least 100 bar.
- Repeatedly actuate the brake pedal to decrease the available braking pressure. Actuate the brake
pedal so that the pressure decreases slowly.
- The indicator on the manometer abruptly drops to zero when the available braking pressure falls below
a gas preload pressure of 55±5 bar.
Note If the indicator on the manometer abruptly drops to zero outside the specified tolerance
range, the gas precompression must be corrected (see page 3.15 - 9).
Diaphragm accumulators speed adjustment
- Driving engine switched off
- Install manometer on the measuring point “G1“.
- Repeatedly actuate the travel pedal to decrease the available pressure. Actuate the travel pedal so
that the pressure decreases slowly.
- The indicator on the manometer abruptly drops to zero when the available braking pressure falls below
a gas preload pressure of 6±1 bar.
Note If the indicator on the manometer abruptly drops to zero outside the specified tolerance
range, the gas precompression must be corrected (see page 3.15 - 9).
3_15-5_6_en MK-A20 3.15 - 6

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Pressure reduction armature and filling device
15
3_15-7_9_en MK-A20 3.15 - 7

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Checking the gas preload pressure on the diaphragm accumulators
Note The gas preload pressure must be checked with the driving motor switched off.
- Relieve the diaphragm accumulator to zero bar on the fluid side and check the unpressurized condition.
- Remove the protective cap (2) from the diaphragm accumulator and loosen the gas filling screw (4)
max. one-quarter turn using a hexagon socket wrench.
- Lock up the drain screw (5) on the filling device (6) by screwing it in as far as the stop.
- Screw the filling device (6) without hose (7) onto the diaphragm accumulator, making sure that the O-
ring (8) is located in the groove.
Warning The non-return valve (9) mounted on the hose connection is only active if the hose (7)
is not screwed on.
- Move the toggle (11) to and fro until the screwdriver (10) clicks into hexagon socket of the gas filling
screw (4).
- Loosen the gas filling screw (4) as far as necessary to allow the gas to flow into the filling device (6).
Note When the filling device is screwed on completely the gas filling screw (4) cannot be
turned out of the threaded hole.
- On the manometer (12) read off the gas preload pressure present in the diaphragm accumulator.
Note Gas preload pressure of the individual diaphragm accumulators (see 3.15 - 5).
- Screw down the gas filling screw (4) using the screwdriver (10). Open the drain screw (5) and let ni-
trogen escape from the filling device (6).
- Unscrew filling device (6) from the diaphragm accumulator.
- Retighten the gas filling screw (4) with a hexagon socket wrench and press on the protective cap (2).
Warning If the measured gas preload pressure lies more than 25% below the set pressure, it
must be assumed that the diaphragm accumulator is defective. Replace the diaphragm
accumulator.
3_15-7_9_en MK-A20 3.15 - 8

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Correcting the gas preload pressure
Pressure reduction
- To drain the nitrogen, slowly open the drain screw (5) until the nitrogen escapes.
- If the manometer (12) indicates the correct precompression pressure, lock up the drain screw (5) until
no more nitrogen escapes.
- After about one minute check the precompression pressure again and correct if necessary.
Pressure increase
- Screw the pressure reduction armature (15) onto the nitrogen bottle valve (16). Make sure that the
shut-off valve (17) and the adjusting screw (18) are locked up.
- Screw down the gas filling screw (4) using the screwdriver (10), so that the gas valve is closed.
- Connect the pressure reduction armature (15) and the filling device (6) with the hose (7).
- Open the nitrogen bottle valve (16) and set the required gas precompression pressure of the dia-
phragm accumulator with the aid of the adjusting screw (18) and under control of the manometer (19).
- Open the shut-off valve (17).
- Loosen the gas filling screw (4) as far as necessary to allow the gas in the diaphraghm accumulator
to overflow.
- Let the gas overflow until the manometer (12) indicates the required gas preload pressure.
- Close the shut-off valve (17), unscrew hose (7) from the filling device (6) and wait for temperature
equalization in the diaphragm accumulator.
- In case of pressure decrease, repeat the filling sequence; in case of pressure increase, reduce the too
high gas precompression to the required value via the drain screw (5). Lock up the drain screw (5)
again.
3_15-7_9_en MK-A20 3.15 - 9

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Changing of in-line filter element
When starting from cold it is possible that the red button of the maintenance indicator will spring out. Do
not press the red button in again until the correct operating temperature has been reached! If, however,
the button springs out again, change the filter element. Where an electrical maintenance indicator is fitted,
the driver will be informed of the filter change by an signal lamp.
- Stop the system and relieve the filter on the pressure side.
- Clean the complete filter on the outside.

- Unscrew and empty the filter cup (2).
- Remove with the light turn the filter element (3) and dispose the element as per environmental require-
ments.
- Use a suitable medium to clean all other parts.
- Insert a new filter element (3) into the filter head.
- Check the O-ring (4) and the supporting ring (5) for damage and replace, if necessary.
- Mount the filter cup (2) together with the O-ring (4) and supporting ring (5) on the filter head and tighten
by hand, always ensuring the correct position of the seal.
Warning After works on the brake system, bleed the entire brake system and check for leaks and
operation.
Maintenace indicator Maintenance indicator

electrically optically
3_15-10_en MK-A20 3.15 - 10

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Service brake - Checking for disk wear
Warning Checking for disk wear is to be performed with the brake pedal depressed. Operate
service brake with maximum braking pressure.
Method
While applying the brake, the cap nut (see arrow) to remove and press the now visible indicator pin inside.
The supernatant of the indicator pin (Dimension X, lower graph) shows the maximum allowable residual
lining wear. The end face of the indicator pin is flush with the threaded bushing, the maximum pad wear
is reached and a check of the brake required!
The control dimension "X" is measured by the measuring bore on the piston.
Warning If the maximum lining wear achieved, it is essential to contact the company Kessler.
Wear control-disc brake
Aggregateträger am Motorteil im Bereich

oberhalb der Hinterachse
Gasvorspanndruck 55±5 bar
1 threaded bushing
2 indicator pin
3 cap nut
X maximum permissible
1 rest pad wear
3_15-11_en MK-A20 3.15 - 11

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
KESSLER+CO installation instructions
Warning Preloading or unloading of the springs shall not be carried out via the brake screwing
(12). Opening of the brakes should preferably be carried out at Kessler+Co.
The complete brake can be removed from the axle trumpet by loosening the screwing
(13).
12 11
8 10
7 9
6 13 4
3
5
2
1
Mounting brakes
1. Check brake parts for cleanliness and burrs.

2. Oil centering and sealing surfaces.
3. Insert internal and external discs (2,3) into the brake housing (1) according to the lateral wheel dra-
wing.
4. Fit piston seals and guide rings (7) in intermediate piece (6).
5. Mount O-ring (4) on the brake housing.
6. Fit intermediate piece (6) taking into account the hole spacing on the brake housing (1).
7. Fit piston (5) taking into account the hole pattern of the springs and the screw holes of the interme-
diate part (6). Caution: do not tilt the piston!
8. Insert springs (8) into the piston. The number of springs is indicated on the installation drawing.
(When using fewer springs than the number of holes provided, make sure that they are distributed
symmetrically!)
9. Mount O-ring (9) on the brake support (10).
10. Put brake support (10) on the springs (8). Pay attention to the location of the cooling oil inlet or oil
outlet hole! Screw in partially 4 screws (12) for accurate positoning of the brake support.
11. Using an appropriate press and die (11), press together the brake support (10) and the brake hou-
sing (1). For the required preloading force, see installation drawing.
12. Put all screws under the press (11) and screw down at the specified tightening torque. Slowly raise
the press die.
13. Fix the warning plate to the brake and imprint the preloading force as indicated on the installation
drawing.
3_15-12_13_en MK-A20 3.15 - 12

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Dismounting brakes
Dismounting of the brakes occurs in the reverse order specified in the installation instructions for mounting
of the brakes.
Caution The brake is preloaded. Preloading force see warning plate. Before loosening the
screwing (12) of the brake, the brake must be held together using a press and die (11)
suitable for the preloading force specfiied. After all screws have been removed, the
press die (11) can be slowly raised until the springs are unloaded.
3_15-12_13_en MK-A20 3.15 - 13

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.16 Brake system description
Legend to brake system
Item Qty. Description
1 1 gear pump
2 1 high-pressure filter
3 1 accumulator charge valve
5 1 brake valve
8 5 diaphragm accumulator, preload pressure 55 bar
9 1 pressure gauge
10 1 pressure relief valve
12 1 non-return valve
15 1 3/2-way solenoid valve
19 1 valve
22 1 nozzle
23 4 nozzle
24 1 nozzle
26 1 directional control valve
27 1 ball valve
Lebrems_en MK-A20 3.16 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Functional description of hydraulic brake system
Pressure supply system
The operating fluid is tapped from the converter transmission hydraulic system. For pressure supply a
gear pump (1) is flanged to the diesel engine.
Hydraulic oil is taken in from the transmission sump through the intake pipe fitted with an intake filter and
non-return valve and supplied to the diaphraghm accumulators via the in-line filter (2) and shut-off valve
(3).
On reaching the cut-off pressure the shut-off valve (3) returns the entire pump flow via the cooling system
of the multi-disk brakes to the transmission oil sump.
After the cut-off pressure has fallen by approx. 15%, the diaphragm accumulators are recharged via the
shut-off valve (3).
The pressure is indicated to the drive by a pressure gauge (9). At a pressure drop to below the cut-in pres-
sure, the “Available pressure” signal lamp in the driver's cabin lights up as a warning, turned on by the
pressure switch (30) (S53).
The pressure relief valve (10) protects the whole system against excess pressures.
Service brake
To operate the service brake, the brake pedal (5) is depressed. The hydraulic pressure controlled by the
force exerted by the foot flows via circuits I+II to the front-axle brakes and rear-axle brakes. As the brakes
are released, the brake pressure is decreased towards the transmission sump.
A mechanical stop arranged on the treadle limits the service brake pressure.
Residual brake pressure monitoring
One brake light switch (33) (S52) each is installed in the 24” and 25” connections of the treadle brake valve.
At a hydraulic brake pressure of 3 to 6 bar this switch will turn on the “Service brake” signal lamp in the
driver's range of vision.
This device is intended to remind the driver to take his foot off the brake pedal after each braking operation.
Caution In case the foot remains slightly leaned against the brake pedal after braking, a residual
brake pressure will remain. This pressure causes severe dragging which will heat up
the brakes and may lead to their destruction.
3_16-2_en MK-A20 3.16 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
External cooling of multi-disk brakes
Caution Operation without cooling will destroy the multi-disk brakes.
The pump flow is distributed via the shut-off valve (3) for charging of the diaphragm accumulator and coo-
ling of the disk brakes. With filled diaphragm accumulators of the pressure supply system, the entire pump
flow is routed via the shut-off valve (3) to the distributor block (22) where the hydraulic pressure is built
up and evenly distributed over the multidisk brakes via 4 nozzles (23).
The cooling flow is introduced at the centre of the multi-disk brake and flows through the disks. Through
the outlet arranged on top the cooling flow is returned to the transmission oil sump. A sufficient oil flow
is a precondition for cooling of the disk brakes.
Fouling of the nozzles or any restriction in the cooling pipes causes the built-up pressure in the distributor
block to rise.
To avoid damage to the seals of the disk brake, the cooling pressure within the brake housing shall not
exceed 1.0 bar at high idling speed.
Warning If the “LCB cooling dynamic pressure” as measured during maintenance should be in
excess of the maximum pressure indicated in the system drawing, check the cooling
system and repair a fault.
In case the nozzles should be clogged completely, the pump flow returns to the transmission oil sump via
the pressure relief valve (10) and the brakes are uncooled.
This is indicated to the driver by the pressure as indicated by the pressure gauge (9) rising to 180 bar.
Monitoring of high-pressure filter

To protect the brake system against damage caused by contamination, a line filter (2) with a fine-filter el-
ement is mounted between the gear pump (1) and the shut-off valve (3). An optical or optico-electrical
maintenance indicator is used to monitor the filter plugging. As the filter element becomes more plugged
the pressure difference between the input and the output side increases. When a pressure difference of
3.1 bar is reached the maintenance indicator indicates the necessary filter-element change.
Warning If the differential pressure rises to 3.5 bar due to further fouling, the integrated safety
valve opens and lets the medium flow unfiltered into the circuit of the brake system. This
may cause damage to the components of this system and lead to failure of the service
brake.
Parking brake
To release the parking brake, press the pushbutton “Parking brake”. This will energise the solenoid valve
(15) and cause the required hydraulic release pressure to built up in the spring-loaded cylinders. When
applying the parking brake, the solenoid valve (15) is de-energised and the release pressure in the spring-
loaded cylinders removed towards the gearbox sump. To apply the parking brake, press again the push-
button “Parking brake”.
The vehicle may only be moved when the parking brake is completely released.
Caution If the parking brake is not released completely there will remain a residual brake pres-
sure. This pressure causes significant scuffing, which may heat up and even destroy
the brakes.
The pressure switch (30) (S51) activates the ”Parking brake” signal lamp in the driver's cabin, thereby
indicating that the parking brake is actuated or not released completely.
3_16-3_en MK-A20 3.16 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Filling of brake system for towing of vehicle
The hydraulic brake system is supplied with oil from the converter transmission circuit by a hydraulic pump
flanged to the diesel engine.
For towing over longer distances and on slopes the brake system of the loader being towed may be
charged from the towing vehicle, provided both vehicles are fitted with the same brake system.
Oil is fillled in via the B4 test fittings. A DN 4 hose with suitable connecting couplers is required for this
purpose.
The following work operations are required:
- n the vehicle to be towed, top up hydraulic oil of converter transmission hydraulic system to maximum
level.
Warning Absolute care must be taken to ensure that the hydraulic oil in the converter transmis-
sion system of the towing vehicle does not drop below minimum level.
- Decrease available brake pressure of brake system by pumping with the brake pedal. This has to be
done on both vehicles.
- First connect filling hose to connection B4 of the vehicle being towed and vent hose by starting the
engine. (Hydraulic oil comes out bubble-free).
- Connect hose to test fitting B4 of vehicle to be towed.
- Restart engine of towing vehicle and charge brake system of both vehicles.
- Turn on the electrical master and control switch of the vehicle to be towed. The service and parking
brakes are now ready for operation.
At approx. 20 full brake applications, roughly the amount of hydraulic oil which corresponds to the dif-
ference between maximum and minimum fill-level mark on the transmission oil dipstick is pumped out
of the brake system of the towing vehicle into that of the vehicle being towed.
Caution At the end of the towing operation the hydraulic oil level of the converter transmission
hydraulic system has to be corrected on both vehicles.
031310_en MK-A20 3.16 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.17 Hydraulic system
The hydraulic system includes the
Steering and dump/hoist hydraulic systems
Converter transmission hydraulic system

The steering and dump/hoist hydraulic systems are supplied with oil by a pump from a common hydraulic
tank. The hydaulic tank is mounted to the engine chassis and in addition to all connections includes the
fill-level indicators and the oil return filter.
Steering and dump/hoist hydraulic system
The vehicle is equipped with a swivel-joint hydraulic power steering system. The oil flow from the pumps
is directed to the steering valve and to the dump/hoist valve. The steering valve or a steering lever opera-
tes the steering valve, while the control lever (dump/hoist control) operates the dump/hoist valves and
pressurizes the hydraulic cylinders.
Hydraulic tank
3 4 5
1
max
2
min.
1 Filler screw cap

2 Level indicator
3 Screw
4 Bar
5 Cover
6 Return filter
7 Drain plug
030540_en MK-A20 3.17 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Checking of oil level
Note To check the oil level, park the vehicle on a level surface. Check the oil level with the
engine running and with retracted cylinders.
The oil level check must be carried out on the level gauge of the hydraulic reservoir. The oil level must
lie between the top and bottom level marks. If the oil has dropped below the bottom level, the hydraulic
system must be checked for leaks and the oil topped up to the top level mark on the level gauge.
Level monitoring
The oil level in the hydraulic tank is continuously monitored by a level switch. If the oil drops below the
min. level, this is indicated by signal lamp (H10) ”Hydraulic oil level”. Check the hydraulic system for leaks
and top up oil to the max. mark on the oil level indicator.
Topping up hydraulic oil
Note Top up hydraulic oil to maximum mark with engine stopped and retracted cylinders.
The oil may only be topped up at the special filling screw plug on the hydraulic tank. Only here is it ensured
that impurities are filtered out by the return filter before the oil flows into the hydraulic tank.
Return filter
To protect the hydraulic system against fouling damage a return filter with magnetic element has been
fitted in the hydraulic reservoir. An electric service signal monitors the filter plugging. As the plugging of
the filter element increases the filter flow resistance also increases. If the flow resistance is too high, the
indicator light (H8) “return pressure” indicates that the filter element must be replaced. To prevent the filter
inset from bursting it releases itself under excessive overpressure and allows the oil to flow unfiltered in
the reservoir chamber. This may cause the hydraulic components to be damaged.
3_17-2_3_en MK-A20 3.17 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Changing of hydraulic oil
Note Change hydraulic oil with stopped engine and the hydraulic cylinders retracted.
The drain plug is arranged on the rear side of the hydraulic tank. After the tank has been completely emp-
tied and cleaned, fill up to the maximum mark.
Warning Vent hydraulic system after each change of hydraulic oil.
Venting the hydraulic system
After components of the hydraulic system have been replaced, it is necessary to expel the air that has
entered.
To do so, subject the hydraulic tank to a slight overpressure of 0.5 bar. As soon as oil flows out of the vent
port bubble-free, screw on plug and tighten firmly. Only then is the tank to be de-pressurized. After chan-
ging the oil, start engine and operate hydraulic equipment. Check oil level again and top up, if necessary.
The cylinder lines and the cylinders themselves should be vented well to prevent the diesel effect and to
preserve the sleeves. Under pressure, the oil contained in the system dissolves in the hydraulic oil. This
oil penetrates the sleeve fabric. As soon as the system pressure drops, the air comes out of the sleeve
again and destroys it.
The intake pipes must be observed with special care.
- If there is an intake pipe leak, the vacuum in the pipes will draw in air. Air in the hydraulic system causes
cavitation damage to pumps, valves and cylinder seals.
- A restricted suction cross-section, caused for example by a restricted hose, causes an increased in-
take vacuum and hydraulic pump failure.
Steering and dump/hoist hydraulic system pressure test
Note Carry out pressure measurements while the hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.
To measure the steering pressure, a pressure gauge with a measuring range between 0 and 250 bar has
to be connected to the measuring points provided. The pressure indicated is the currently used steering
pressure. With the steering mechanism fully locked, the maximum pressure is measured.
To measure the working pressure, a pressure gauge with a measuring range between 0 and 250 bar has
to be connected to the measuring points provided. The pressure indicated is the currently used working
pressure. The maximum pressure is measured when the respective cylinder is operated against its stop.
3_17-2_3_en MK-A20 3.17 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Changing the filter element in the return filter
The filter element must also be replaced outside the maintenance intervals if the ”Return pressure” signal
lamp (H8) lights up.
To change the filter element, open the cover on the hydraulic reservoir by loosening the screws and remov-
ing the catch (see page 3.17-1).
The following work must be performed to replace the filter :

- Remove spring (1) and the complete filter insert consisting of (2 -5, 8 and 10).
- Disassemble filter insert by unscrewing the fixing nut (8) and pulling off the sleeve (5) together with
the filter element (4) and the inner tube (10). Make sure that the sleeve (5) is not damaged.
- Remove inner tube (10) and filter element (4) from the sleeve (5) and dispose of the filter element in
an environmentally-friendly manner. Clean the remaining parts of the filter insert.
- Fit new filter element (4) together with the inner tube (10) in the sleeve (5). Make sure that the filter
element stands upright on the bottom of the sleeve and comes flush with the upper side of the sleeve.
- Assemble filter insert (2, 4, 5, 8 and 10) and fit in the filter housing (9) with new gasket (3). Make sure
that the gasket sits correctly.
- Install spring (1) and assemble the cover on the hydraulic oil tank by using the screw and the catch.
3
10
6
Gasket for
hydraulic oil tank
033690_en MK-A20 3.17 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.18 Steering and operating hydraulic system description
Legend to steering and operating hydraulic system
Item Qty. Description
1 2 steering cylinder
2 1 damp cylinder
5 1 gear pump
6 1 pump
8 1 electrohydraulic pump
9 1 electrohydraulic pump
12 1 pressure transmitter



35 1 non return valve
40 1 filter, cpl.
60 1 hydraulic block
Lehydr_en MK-A20 3.18 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Pressure oil supply
The steering and operating hydraulic system is supplied with pressure oil by the gear pumps (6) mounted
on the torque converter.
The intake of each pump is connected to the hydraulic tank via the intake pipes.
The oil flow from the pumps is supplied to the steering valve and the dump/hoist valve. With all control
pistons in neutral position, the oil flow is directed through the valves via the return filter (40) to the tank.
Filtering of hydraulic oil
A full-flow return filter is installed in the return chamber of the hydraulic reservoir for filtration of the entire
pump delivery flow.
Filter Filter mesh Soiling indicator
electrical type
or
Return filter 10 µm
analog indicator
see section 2.3
Steering hydraulic system
The hydraulic power steering system consists of the pumps flanged to the converter, the steering valve
operated via the steering lever and one steering cylinder.
A 6/3-way directional control valve effects directional control of the steering and operating hydraulic sys-
tem. This valve includes the control pistons of the steering and operating hydraulic system. The steering
hydraulic system piston is arranged in front of the operating hydraulic system piston. In this manner the
oil supply to the steering system is always ensured and cannot be influenced by the operating hydraulic
system. Excess oil during steering and the entire oil flow if the steering is not operated is available to the
operating hydraulic system.
Operating hydraulic system
Directional control valve
The operating valve incorporates a mechanically operated directional control valve. For precision adjust-
ments of the body, fine-control grooves are machined in the valve piston, which allow the driver to set any
raising and lowering speed between zero and maximum.
In the body's end position, shut-off valve a5 is activated via a roller switch. The shut-off valve stops the
raising movement.
Primary-pressure relief
The primary-pressure relief valve is arranged in the inlet line of the directional control valve and controls
the dump/hoist pressure at the preset level.
033550_en MK-A20 3.18 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.19 Converter-transmission hydraulic system description
Converter charging pump
The converter charging pump is mounted to the torque converter and is directly driven by the diesel en-
gine. The pump takes in oil from the transmission sump and delivers it via the pressure filter into the con-
verter housing.
Pressure filter
The pressure oil is cleaned by the pressure filter. If the filter is soiled, the overflow valve allows the oil to
pass unfiltered.
Torque converter
The torque converter is bolted to the drive engine to form a unit.

The rotating parts are coupled to the engine flywheel via an elastic coupling. At the rear end of the torque
converter, flanging points for the connection of hydraulic pumps are provided in addition to the output
flange for the drive unit.
The oil flow from the converter charging pump is preloaded to 16.9 to 19.7 bar by a valve mounted to the
converter. This pressure is admitted to the multi-disc clutches in the power shift transmission.
The surplus oil flows to the torque converter for filling and cooling it. A safety valve protects the internal
parts of the torque converter against excessive pressure. The spur gears in the converter housing are
lubricated by spray nozzles. The oil flowing off is collected in the converter oil sump from where it flows
unpressurized to the transmission.
Oil cooler
The oil flowing out of the torque converter has the highest temperature and is directed straight to the oil
cooler. The cooled oil flows to the lubricant distributor of the power shift transmission. The maximum tem-
perature of the converter/transmission hydraulic system must not exceed 120 °C.
Power shift transmission
The travel direction valve switches the neutral position or pressurizes the forward or reverse clutch, re-
spectively.
Depending on the gear selected, the gear selector valve pressurizes the relevant clutches. The lubricant
distributor distributes the oil coming from the cooler over the lubrication points of the power shift transmis-
sion.
030572_en MK-A20 3.19 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.20 Torque converter operation
1 Driven by the engine

2 Turbine wheel
3 Stator (nozzle ring)
4 Hydraulic pump
5 Auxiliary drive main gear
6 To transmission
030580_en MK-A20 3.20 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Description of torque converter
Configuration and requirements
The torque converter is connected to the drive engine. Flanging points for hydraulic pumps are located
on the rear end of the torque converter together with the output flange for the transmission.
The primary function of the torque converter is to ensure smooth tramming over the selected speed
ranges, to automatically match the vehicle speed to changes in tramming and gradient negotiation
resistance and to increase the torque to a multiple of engine torque.
The actual converter section comprises the following three major items which form the hydraulic transmis-
sion:
impeller
turbine wheel
Stator (nozzle ring)
In the impeller, which is rigidly coupled to the engine flywheel, the fluid (ATF oil) is accelerated outwards
and then led to the turbine wheel where it is decelerated again owing to the arrangement and curvature
of the blades. This causes the kinetic energy of the fluid to be converted back to mechanical torque and
speed. The turbine is coupled to the converter output flange which in turn is coupled to the transmission
input. The output torque of the torque converter is a function of to which extent the input speed exceeds
or falls below the output speed.
Oil delivered by the turbine is led to the stator which is stationary in the converter and has the task of delive-
ring oil to the impeller by means of its blades such that the inlet losses on the impeller are reduced to a
reasonable level. At this point, too, torques occur which are not utilized, however. The sum of all torques
in the converter is zero, which means that the stator absorbs the difference between impeller and turbine
torque.
High relative velocities occur in the converter section between impeller, turbine and stator, resulting in oil
turbulences which, in turn, cause localized pockets of insufficient pressure which suddenly collapse. This
collapse of the resulting vapor locks causes pressure peaks of such an intensity that the blading would
be subject to excess mechanical loading. For this reason the fluid is preloaded, thus preventing vapor
locks and their resulting negative consequences (cavitation). Oil leaving the hydraulic transmission has
gained temperature in the converter substantially and is directed to the oil cooler.
From the preloaded converter section, ducts branch off to provide sufficient lubrication to roller bearings
and gears by means of injector nozzles.
Pump drives
Torque converters in our loaders always also accomodate the pumps for filling the converter and supplying
the transmission, steering and dump/hoist pumps. As can be seen from the diagram, the pumps are di-
rectly driven by the engine.
The power flow is from the impeller to the central auxiliary drive main gear. Each pump drive, in turn, is
provided with its own gear which is coupled to the corresponding pump and mates with the main gear.
Hints on operation
The torque converter considerably facilitates vehicle control to the operator.

The operator, therefore, need not change gears immediately for a change of incline. The operator may
also run the engine at a relatively high speed, thus ensuring that sufficient quantities of oil are always
available for the steering and dump/hoist hydraulic systems. In normal operation the oil temperature
should be between 80 °C and 90 °C. It may be heated up to 120 °C fo r short periods of time.
030580_en MK-A20 3.20 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.21
3_21_en MK-A20 3.21 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.22 Electrical equipment
Caution Disconnect electrical equipment before beginning to work on it and protect it against
unauthorized restarting.
The alternator, which is driven directly by the engine, supplies 24V for the vehicle's electrical equipment.
Two series-connected batteries will assist in starting the engine.
Electrical equipment components
Battery
The two series-connected 12 V batteries of the electrical system are arranged in the battery compartment.
For maintenance and servicing of batteries observe the following:
- Keep batteries clean and dry to avoid leakage currents.
- The terminals of the batteries must have good contact.
- Loose clamps or sulphatized battery poles (green-white coating) will affect current transmission.
- Keep contact faces clean and grease with acid-proof grease.
- Check liquid level and charging condition of batteries regularly.
- There must be an approx. 10 mm liquid level on top of the battery lead plates.
- Top up with distilled water only.
- Check charging condition using a voltage tester or an acid siphon.
- Make sure that there is correct polarity when charging batteries.
Charging the batteries

The batteries can be re-charged either by operating the vehicle for several hours (via alternator and con-
troller) or by using an externally connected charger.
For re-charging with a charger note the following:
- Disconnect batteries from onboard system (battery switch).
- Maximum charging current: 10 % of battery capacity (e.g. charge 165 Ah battery with a maximum char-
ging current of 16.5 A).
- Check acid level, fill up distilled water, if necessary.
Caution Explosive gases are developed during charging. Do not smoke, use open flame and
make sure there are no sparks.
3_22-1_2_en MK-A20 3.22 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Three-phase alternator
Apart from regularly servicing the V-belts, mind the following instructions:
- Operate the alternator only with appertaining controller and connected battery.
- When testing the engine without batteries, disconnect V-belt and cables from alternator.
- Before carrying out electric arc welding on the vehicle disconnect all cables from the alternator.
- The resistor connected in parallel to the LED of the alternator charging control lamp serves for pre-exci-
tation of the alternator.
Circuit breakers/Plug-in fuses
Circuit breakers or plug-in fuses protect the various circuits.
Battery switch
The battery switch installed in the battery box insolates the two series-connected batteries from the onbo-
ard elecrical system. The battery switch should only be switched on or off when the engine is standing
still.
External starter socket
If the battery is discharged, the engine of the MK-A20.1 can be started using an external power supply
and jump-start cable at the external starter socket on the driver's cab.
Lighting system
At the front of the drive unit, four headlamps and two flashing lamps are installed. At the rear end of the
payload unit two headlamps and two three-unit lamps are installed. The three-unit lamps comprise flash-
ing, reversing and brake lamps.
In the neutral and forward position of the gear shift selector the front-end headlamps are turned on. When
setting the gear shift selector to reverse, the reversing headlamps are turned on and the two front head-
lamps are turned off.
Warning equipment
A horn is installed as acoustic warning device.
Electro-hydraulic gear shifting
The vehicle is equipped with an electro-hydraulic gear shift mechanism in which the gear selector acts
via solenoid valves on the hydraulic part of the gear shift mechanism.
3_22-1_2_en MK-A20 3.22 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.23
3_23_en MK-A20 3.23 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.24
3_24-1_2_en MK-A20 3.24 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
2
1
4
10
8
2
Fig. 2 Hand fire extinguisher

1 Quick-release lock 6 Filling opening with striking valve
2 Hose with extinguishing pistol 7 Safety valve
3 CO2-bottle 8 Handle
4 Dunlop-valve 9 Hinged protective cap
5 Riser pipe 10 Extinguishing-substance vessel
3_24-1_2_en MK-A20 3.24 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Handling of TOTAL powder-type fire extinguisher
Caution It is absolutely necessary to follow, in the g iven order, the notes on the extinguisher
for operating the device.
For an extinguishing service open the quick-release lock of the protective cap, fold up the cap and clear
the hose with the extinguishing pistol. Then press down with force the nickel-plated button of the striking
valve or strike it down by hand. This will cause piercing of the seal foil of the CO2 bottle inside the outer
container of the extinguisher. The carbon dioxide (CO2) will then flow into the holding chamber of the CO2
bottle and is discharged, via the Dunlop valve attached to the chamber, into the extinguishing-substance
vessel, where it fluidizes the extinguishing powder and pressurizes at the same time the vessel to the
necessary service pressure. Only then, i.e. after pressing down the striking valve, must the extinguishing
pistol be operated and the fire be fought with the emerging powder cloud.
The extinguishing pistol can be stopped, allowing for repeated interruption of the extinguishing procedure
for short times.
Warning As a matter of principle, the extinguisher must be refilled after each use, even if the fill
has not been completely used up. Only this will ensure complete readiness for service
at any time.
Note The easily destructible green control foil under the striking head serves for checking
whether the valve has been actuated.
3_24-1_2_en MK-A20 3.24 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Refilling of the extinguisher
- Release the extinguishing-substance vessel and hose from pressure after each extinguishing service,
by operating the extinguishing pistol
- First loosen lightly the closing cap with striking valve, using a suitable spanner, by 1 - 2 turns, to let
escape any pressure still present through the pressure release holes provided at the side of the closing
cap.
- Open the closing cap, completely and remove the striking valve together with the CO2 bottle and the
holding chamber from the extinguisher vessel. Take off the rubber guide sleeve loosely placed on the
neck of the CO2 bottle and put it aside for placing it on the new, filled bottle.
- Unscrew the pressure hose from the vessel and remove powder remainders still present in the hose
and in the riser pipe and also the pierced control foil.
- Empty completely the extinguishing-substance vessel.
- Clean the extinguishing-substance vessel, the fittings and the hose
Note Never rinse with water.
- Fit riser pipe and new control foil and screw the hose tightly on the nipple of the vessel top. Check
extinguishing pistol for proper functioning, i.e. for free movement.
- Fill 10 kg of well fluidized dry extinguishing powder, preferably by using a strainer funnel, into the vessel
(don't tamp it).
Warning Only the TOTALIT-G-type extinguishing powder from TOTAL Foerstner & Co. must be
used.
- Fit new CO2 bottle (original charge from manufacturer's works) into the holding chamber, after placing
the rubber guide sleeve onto the bottle neck, i.e. with the metal plate facing upwards.
Note Ensure, by weighing, that the CO2 bottle (without sleeve) contains the specified charge
weight. The charge weight is stamped on the bottle.
- Fit the holding chamber with the CO2 bottle into the extinguishing-substance vessel. Make sure that
the flange edge of the chamber is properly and flatly supported and that the sealing face is free from
any powder residues.
- Screw on tightly closing cap with striking valve and seal it together with the screwed cap of the spraying
hose.
- Place the green control foil around the striking valve between striking head and cap, and seal it likewise.
- Place the hose without kinks on the top part. When doing so, take care that the striking head remains
clear and avoid its actuation. Finally, close the protective cap and seal the quick-release lock tightly.
Note Always heed the safety guidelines for inspection and maintening the fire extinguisher.
Refer to the inspection service of TOTAL for any further questions arising.
3_24-1_2_en MK-A20 3.24 - 4

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.25 Fault-finding table
Brake system LCB
Service brake
Fault Reason Remedy

Insufficient effect Low brake pressure Check and correct available
pressure and brake pressure
Brake disks worn Check for wear, replace brake

disks
Air in brake hydraulic system Bleed brake system
Unsuitable brake disks Use original GHH Fahrzeuge

GmbH spares
Overbraking - brakes blocked Annular piston stuck in brake Remove multi-disk brake and
disk housing repair
Excessive brake pressure Check and correct available

pressure and brake pressure
Brakes overheated Check coolant flow to brake

disks
Check residual brake pressure
with released brake - max. 0.5
bar
The driver must take his foot off
the brake pedal after each brak-
ing operation
031050_en MK-A20 3.25 - 1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Hydraulic system
Fault Reason Remedy

Noise in hydraulic system Not enough oil in hydraulic tank Top up with same oil grade
Pump draws air Check intake pipe
Oil foaming Check intake pipe
Pressure pipes vibrating Tighten clip
Pressure relief valve buzzing Check valve, replace if necessary

Movements of dump/hoist equip- Air in system Check oil level
ment or steering too sluggish Check intake pipe
Hydraulic activation faulty Check activation
*) Electric activation faulty Check activation
Pipe cross-section restricted Replace pipe
Low hydraulic pressure Adjust pressure
Pump defective Replace pump

Hydraulic system too hot Not enough oil in hydraulic tank Top up with same oil grade
Hydraulic activation is not reset. Check activation
*) Electrical activation is not reset. Check activation
Control piston of dump/hoist valve Replace valve

will not return to neutral position
Pipe cross-section restricted Replace pipe
Check laying of lines Remove bends in lines laid

Low hoisting or steering force Pressure valve soiled Clean valve, adjust pressure
Pressure valve misadjusted Adjust pressure
Activation of raising function Check activation

defective
Pump defective Replace pump
Piston seal rings of hydraulic cylin- Replace piston seal rings

ders defective
No oil pressure Pump defective Replace pump
Not enough oil in hydraulic tank Top up with same oil grade
Clutch between converter and Replace clutch

pump defective
*) For electric-hydraulic activation only.
030630_en MK-A20 3.25 - 2

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Torque converter-power shift transmission
Fault Reason Remedy

Low clutch pressure Low oil level Top up with same oil grade
Valve slide on clutch pressure con- Clean valve slide and housing
trol valve jammed open
Charging pump defective Replace charging pump

Low clutch pressure in one gear Piston seal rings broken or worn Replace seal rings
Clutch defective Repair clutch

Low converter pump power strainer Low oil level Top up with same oil grade
Intake strainer clogged Clean intake strainer
Charging pump draws air Tighten connections

Check intake pipe

Converter operates noisily Clutch wheels worn out Replace clutch wheels
Bearings damaged in converter Repair converter

High converter oil temperature Converter oil cooler soiled Clean oil cooler
Low oil level Top up with same oil grade
Charging pump draws air Tighten connections

Check intake pipe
Oil seals worn Repair converter

Insufficient power Low engine speed Adjust engine
Converter overheated see - High converter oil temperature

Transmission cannot be shifted Electric activation faulty Check electric activation
Control valve defective Repair control valve
*) Gear shift lever or rod jammed Adjust gear shift lever or rod
or movement restricted
Vehicle will not tram with gear *) Gear shift lever or rod bent Straighten gear shift lever or rod
engaged
Electric activation faulty Check electric activation
Directional control valve not acti- Check electric activation

vated
Directional control valve soiled Repair directional control valve
Low clutch pressure see - Low clutch pressure
Clutch defective Repair clutch
*) For mechanical gear shifting only.
030640_en MK-A20 3.25 - 3

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
3.26 Appendix
Gradeability diagram
Lubrication system
Notes Kessler axles
3_26_en MK-A20 3.26 - 1

03.18
M202x072960x001.xls Seite 4
909-9-072960/001
50
Gradeability Steigleistungen MK-A20.2
max.tract.effort: max.Zugkraft: 236502 N (in 1.gear) / ( im 1.Gang)
45 Operating weight: Leergewicht: 19000 kg
Total weight: Gesamtgewicht: 39000 kg
Engine: Motor: Cummins QSB6.7 194kW / 2300 U/min
40 Converter: Wandler: CL8542 Offset: 0,895 i Pumpen 0,946
Transmission: Getriebe: R32421 i: 4,643 2,24 1,29 0,75
Axles: Achse: D81PL488 i: 30,75
35 Tyres: Reifen: 16,00-25 rsta 0,676 m
Roll.resistance: Rollwiderstand: 0,02 (incl.)
Gradient / Steigung ( %)
Lock up
30
25
20
15
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Tramming speed / Geschwindigkeit ( km/h )
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH Vertraulich 03.09.2013 T2-Huvers

M202x072960x001.xls Seite 5
50 909-9-072960/001
Gradeability Steigleistungen MK-A20.2

45 max.tract.effort: max.Zugkraft: 236502 N (in 1.gear) / ( im 1.Gang)
Operating weight: Leergewicht: 19000 kg
Total weight: Gesamtgewicht: 39000 kg
40 Engine: Motor: Cummins QSB6.7 194kW / 2300 U/min
Converter: Wandler: CL8542 Offset: 0,895 i Pumpen 0,946
Transmission: Getriebe: R32421 i: 4,643 2,24 1,29 0,75
35 Axles: Achse: D81PL488 i: 30,75
Tyres: Reifen: 16,00-25 rsta 0,676 m
Roll.resistance: Rollwiderstand: 0,02 (incl.)
Gradient / Steigung ( %)
30 Lock up
25
20
15
10
0
0,00 5,00 10,00 15,00 20,00 25,00 30,00
Tramming speed / Geschwindigkeit ( km/h )
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH Vertraulich 03.09.2013 T2-Huvers

Benutzerinformation
Betriebsanleitung
Operating Instructions 2.1L-38002-K11

Instructions de service
Quicklub®
Instrucciones de funcionamiento
Istruzioni per il Funzionamento
Zentralschmierpumpe 203 DC
Centralized Lubrication Pump 203 DC
Lubrification centralisée pompe 203 DC
Bomba de lubricación central 203 DC
Lubrificazione Centralizzata Pompa 203 DC
Änderungen vorbehalten
B-P203-000a10
810-55168-1K
LINCOLN GmbH • Postfach 1263 • D-69183 Walldorf • Tel +49 (6227) 33-0 • Fax +49 (6227) 33-259
Benutzerinformation
Betriebsanleitung
2.1L-38002-K11
Diese Benutzerinformation wurde erstellt im Auftrag des Her-
stellers
This User Manual was compiled on behalf of the manufactu-

rer
Le présent manuel d’utilisation a été réalisé sur ordre du

Fabricant
Este manual para el usuario ha sido elaborado por encargo

del fabricante
Le presenti istruzioni d'uso sono state redatte su incarico del

produttore
Lincoln GmbH
Heinrich-Hertz-Str. 2-8
D-69190 Walldorf
DE
Alle Rechte vorbehalten.
Jegliche Vervielfältigung dieser Benutzerinformation, gleich
nach welchem Verfahren, ist ohne vorherige schriftliche Ge-
nehmigung durch die Fa. Lincoln GmbH, auch auszugsweise,
untersagt.
Änderungen ohne vorherige Ankündigung bleiben vorbehal-
ten.
EN
All rights reserved.
Any duplication of this Owner Manual, in its entirety or in part,
by whatever means is prohibited without the prior consent in
writing of Lincoln GmbH.
Subject to modifications without prior notification.
FR
Tous droits réservés.
Toute reproduction, même partielle, du présent manuel, quel
que soit le procédé utilisé, est interdite sans l’autorisation
écrite préalable de la société Lincoln GmbH.
Sous réserve de modifications sans notification préalable.
SP
Reservados todos los derechos.
Ninguna parte de este manual para el usuario puede ser
reproducida, almacenada o transmitida, de manera alguna ni
por ningún medio, ya sea eléctrico, químico, mecánico,
óptico, de grabación o de fotocomposición, sin el permiso
previo y por escrito de los la empresa Lincoln GmbH.
Salvo modificaciones sin aviso previo.
IT
Tutti i diritti riservati.
E‘ vietata qualsiasi riproduzione, anche parziale, del presente
manuale d‘uso senza previa approvazione scritta della ditta
Lincoln GmbH.
Con riserva di apportare modifiche senza previa notifica.
Telefon: +49 (6227) 33-0

Telefax: +49 (6227) 33-259
© 2011 by Mail: Lincoln@lincolnindustrial.de
LINCOLN GmbH • Postfach 1263 • D-69183 Walldorf • Tel +49 (6227) 33-0 • Fax +49 (6227) 33-259
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Table of Contents
Page Page
Introduction Mode of Operation

Explanation of Symbols Used ........................................... 4 Pump elements with fixed lubricant output ...................... 10
User's Responsibility ........................................................ 4 Pump element B7 with Bypass-Check Valve ............. 11
Environmental Protection .................................................. 4 Pump element with adjustable lubricant output ............... 11
Service ............................................................................. 4 Setting of lubricant output ......................................... 12
Pressure Relief Valve ..................................................... 13
Safety instructions without grease return ................................................ 13
Appropriate Use ............................................................... 5 with grease return (optional) ..................................... 13
Misuse ............................................................................. 5 Return Line Connection .................................................. 14
Exclusion of Liability .................................................... 5 Control Unit .................................................................... 14
Regulations for Prevention of Accidents ............................ 5 Commissioning .............................................................. 14
General Safety Instructions ............................................... 5
Operation, Maintenance and Repair ................................. 5 Maintenance, Repair and Tests
Repair ......................................................................... 6 Maintenance .................................................................. 15
Disposal ...................................................................... 6 Pump Filling .............................................................. 15
Operation with bayonet plug ........................................ 6 Electrical Connection ..................................................... 16
Installation ........................................................................ 6 Operation with bayonet plug ..................................... 16
ADR ................................................................................. 6 Repair ............................................................................ 16
Pump ....................................................................... 16
ADR Installation Replace pump element ............................................. 17
Specifications ................................................................... 7 Tests ............................................................................. 17
Lines ........................................................................... 7 Operational Test /
Certificate ......................................................................... 7 Triggering an Additional Lubrication .......................... 17
Mounting of the Pump – Areas of Risk .............................. 8 To Check the Pressure Relief Valve .......................... 17
Description Troubleshooting ........................................................... 18

The Quicklub 203 central lubrication pump ....................... 9
Low-level control (option) ............................................ 9 Technical Data
Rating ............................................................................ 19
Electrical Data ................................................................ 20
Connection Diagrams ............................................... 20
EC Declaration of conformity ...................................... 23
For further information refer to:
User Manual Progressive Metering Devices for Grease and Oil, model SSV, SSVM and SSV D
User Manual for ”Electronic Control Units” of pump 203:
1)
- Printed Circuit Board 236-10697-1 - Model V10-V13
1)
- Printed Circuit Board 236-13857-1 - Model H
1)
- Printed Circuit Board 236-13870-3 - Model M 08-M 15
1)
- Printed Circuit Board 236-13870-3 - Model M 16-M 23
- Control Unit PSA 02
- External Control Unit 236-13894-1
Installation Instructions
Parts Catalogue
Parts Catalogue Pump 203
Subject to modifications
User Manual P203 AC

User Manual P203 with 15 litre Reservoir
User Manual P203 with Follower Plate
Lubricants
1)
The model designation of the printed circuit board is part of the pump model designation code mentioned on the pump nameplate.
Example : P 203 - 2XN - 1K6 - 24 - 1A1.10 - M08, - V10, - H or
Page 3 of 24
LINCOLN GmbH • Postfach 1263 • D-69183 Walldorf • Germany • Tel +49 (6227) 33-0 • Fax +49 (6227) 33-259
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Introduction
Explanation of Symbols Used

The following description standards are used in this manual: Furthermore, you will find the following text symbols in this
Safety Instructions manual:
Structure of safety instructions: Listing of applicable statements
Pictogram - Subpoint of applicable statements
Signal word 1. Determination of the number or sequence of contents
Danger text Procedural instruction
- Danger note
- How to avoid danger User's Responsibility
The following pictograms are used in this manual and are To ensure the safe operation of the unit, the user is responsi-
combined with the corresponding signal words: ble for the following:
1. The pump / system shall be operated only for the intend-
ed use (see next chapter "Safety Instructions") and its
design shall neither be modified nor transformed.
2. The pump / system shall be operated only if it is in a
proper functioning condition and if it is operated in ac-
cordance with the maintenance requirements.
1013A94 4273a00 6001a02 3. The operating personnel must be familiar with this User
- ATTENTION - ATTENTION - NOTE Manual and the safety instructions mentioned within and
observe these carefully.
- CAUTION - CAUTION - IMPORTANT
The correct installation and connection of tubes and hoses, if
- WARNING - WARNING not specified by Lincoln GmbH, is the user's responsibility.
The signal words give the seriousness of danger if the follow- Lincoln GmbH will gladly assist you with any questions per-
ing text is not observed: taining to the installation.
ATTENTION refers to faults or damages on

Environmental Protection
machines.
CAUTION refers to bad damages and possi- Waste (e.g. used oil, detergents, lubricants) must be dis-
ble injuries. posed of in accordance with relevant environmental regula-
WARNING refers to possible dangerous inju- tions.
ries.
NOTE indicates improved operation of the Service
device.
IMPORTANT indicates special operating fea- The personnel responsible for the handling of the pump /
tures of the device. system must be suitably qualified. If required, Lincoln GmbH
offers you full service in the form of advice, on-site installation
Example: assistance, training, etc. We will be pleased to inform you
about our possibilities to support you purposefully.
ATTENTION! In the event of inquiries pertaining to maintenance, repairs
and spare parts, we require model specific data to enable us
When making use of other than the tested
to clearly identify the components of your pump / system.
spare parts, serious damage may affect
Therefore, always indicate the part, model and series number
your device.
of your pump / system.
Therefore, for the operation of your device
always use original parts made by Lincoln
1013A94
GmbH.
Page 4 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Safety Instructions
Appropriate Use General Safety Instructions

Use the 203 pumps only for dispensing lubricants in cen- Lincoln Quicklub centralized lubrication systems
tralized lubrication systems. The pump is designed for in- - are designed state-of-the-art.
termittent operation. - can be assembled for safe operation
Incorrect use may result in bearing damage caused by
Misuse poor or over-lubrication.
Any use of the 203 pumps that is not expressly mentioned in Unauthorized modifications or changes to an installed
this User Manual will be regarded as misuse. system are not admissible. Any modification must be
If the 203 pumps are used or operated in a different manner subject to prior consultation with the manufacturer of the
other than specified, any claim for warranty or liability will be lubrication system.
null and void.
NOTE Operation, Maintenance and Repair
If personal injury or material damage
occurs as a result of inappropriate opera- ATTENTION!
tion, e.g. if the safety instructions are
ignored or resulting from an incorrect Risk of bursting if the reservoir is over-
6001a02
installation of the 203 pumps, no claims or filled! When filling the reservoir by means
legal actions may be taken against Lincoln of pumps with a large delivery volume do
GmbH. not exceed the max. filling mark.
1013A94
Exclusion of Liability
The manufacturer of the pumps 203 will not accept any liability Afterwards switsching off the filling pump lubricant will
for damages further runs after into the reservoir.
caused by a lack of lubricant due to an irregular refilling of
the pump WARNING!
caused by the use of contaminated lubricants Before maintenance or repair of pumps
caused by the use of greases which are not or only condi- switch off their power supply.
tionally pumpable or not suitable for machines or hydraulic
devices (see User Manual „2.0-40001“) 4273a00
caused by chemical or biological modifications of the
lubricant used
CAUTION!
caused by inadequate disposal of used or contaminated
lubricants as well as of components that have been in It is not allowed to use the pump in poten-
touch with lubricant tially explosive fields.
caused by unauthorized modification of the system com-
1013A94
ponents
caused by the use of unapproved parts CAUTION!
caused by incorrect installation, electrical connection or Danger of squeezing in case of pumps

programming to be filled from the reservoir top:
Never put your hand into the open res-
caused by inappropriate reaction (e. g. also ignoring) to ervoir while pump is running!
malfunction indications
6445b05
caused by ignoring this User Manual
Lincoln Quicklub centralized lubrication systems

Regulations for Prevention of Accidents - must be operated only with installed pressure relief
valve.
To prevent accidents, observe all city, state and federal
safety regulations of the country in which the product will - must be refilled in regular intervals with clean and rec-
1)
be used. ommended lubricant without air entrapments
1)
see recommendation of the user or the manufacturer of the
Avoid the operation with machine
- unapproved parts.
- insufficient or contaminated lubricants. operate automatically. However, a regular check (approx.

every 2 days) should be made to ensure that lubricant is
emerging from all lubrication points.
Page 5 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Safety Instructions, continuation
Repair Installation
Repairs should only be performed by authorized personnel
Any safety equipment already fitted to the vehicle or the
who are familiar with the repair instructions.
machine:
- should not be modified or made ineffective;
Disposal - should only be removed for the purpose of fitting the
Dispose of used or contaminated lubricants as well as of parts system;
that were in touch with lubricant according to the legal regula- - must be reinstalled after fitting the system.
tions pertaining to environmental protection. Make sure to
Keep the components of the central lubrication system
observe the safety data sheets of the lubricants used.
away from sources of heat. Adhere to the operating tem-
perature.
Operation with bayonet plug
Use only original Lincoln spare parts or parts approved by
Protective measures to be applied for appropriate operation Lincoln.
with bayonet plugs:
"Functional extra-low voltage with safe isolation" / Adhere to:
"Protective Extra-Low Voltage" (PELV) - the installation instructions of the vehicle or machine
Standards: manufacturer as regards all drilling and welding
DIN EN 60204 Part 1: 2007-07 / IEC 204-1 / procedures.
DIN VDE 0100 Part 410: 2007-06 / IEC 364-4-41 - the specified minimum distances between the boreholes
and the upper/lower rim of the frame or between two
Dangers due to direct current VDC boreholes.
CAUTION! IMPORTANT
The centralized lubrication system may be Route supply lines professionally.
installed and started up by authorized
Firmly bolt together pressurized com-
personnel only.
1) ponents.
Non-observance of the safety indications 6001a02
may result in injuries and destroy connected Consider the torsion torques.
4273a00 electrical components.
Pumps that are provided with power via a bayonet plug may ATTENTION!
be operated with safety extra-low voltage SELV only.
Consider residual ripple of max. ±5 % to
Pumps that are provided with power via a square plug connect pumps with direct current version
including grounding (PE) can be operated as follows: (in relation to the operating voltage acc. to
- PELV protective extra-low voltage: with protective separation DIN 41755).
2)
- FELV functional extra-low voltage : 4273a00
.. without protective separation
1)
e. g. by touching live components while the centralized
lubrication system is open or by handling the centralized
lubrication inappropriately
2)
In the case of FELV the protective conductor of the square plug
must be connected to the protective conductor of the primary
system in order to warrant protection by cutoff.
ADR 4. Install the ADR Quicklub centralized lubrication pump, the

metering devices, lines and tube fittings as well as the
1. The ADR Quicklub central lubrication pump complies with electrical connection parts in accordance with the Instal-
1)
the design regulations of annex B of the ADR and with lation Instructions. Use only original Lincoln parts.
2)
the GGVS . 5. After completion of the proper installation and commis-
1) ADR = act governing the road haulage of hazardous materials sioning, the installation of the system must be certi-
valid for Europe.
2) fied by means of a stamp and signature of the spe-
GGVS - Regulation on carriage of dangerous goods by road
(valid for the Federal Republic of Germany) cialized workshop or expert. For this purpose, use the
following form.
2. Moreover, the pump and its electrical equipment comply
with the regulations of annex B.2 (ADR / GGVS regula- 6. If the pump and the installation do not comply with the
tions for electrical equipment) according to Rn 220000 in construction regulations of ADR and GGVS, the type ap-
conjunction with the transport units mentioned in Rn proval is no longer valid.
10251. 7. The Operating Instructions along with the certificate duly
3. The ADR central lubrication pump is in conformity with the filled in must be added to the vehicle papers. It is to be
protection class IP6K9K. submitted at the inspection in accordance with § 6, clause
4 GGVS.
Page 6 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
ADR Installation
Specifications for the installation of electric Lines

equipment in ADR vehicles - must be fixed by means of clamps or strips to prevent
them from rubbing, sagging or getting loose,
- must be protected from shocks, stone impact and heat,
- other than in a fixed installation, must be sufficiently
flexible in spite of their covering.
The electric circuits can optionally be interrupted by single-
or double-pole disconnecting switches.
In case of single-pole disconnecting switches, the negative
conductor must be able to be interrupted.
To avoid short-circuits, please note the following:
current return lines must be insulated
they must be connected to the vehicle frame (MASS 31)
below the driver’s cab (up to the back wall).
4244a99
housings and connectors must be of protection class IP 54
ADR-1 Measures of protection for electric lines according to DIN 40050
1- Conductor insulation 3- Frame coating (pos. 3) of tube lines must be of polyurethane
2- Conductor 4- Coating according to DIN VDE 0250 (only use original Lincoln ADR
tubes).
Certificate for Pump 203--ADR

th
Essen, January 17 , 2002
Report: 054-01
Component designation: TÜ.EGG.054-01
th
For presentation at the inspection performed according to ADR chapters 9.2.2, 9.3.7 and 9.7.8 (status 15 modification);
VdTÜV-explanatory leaflet 5205; ISO 6722-4; ISO/DIS 14572; EN 40050 and EN 60079-14 by an officially authorized expert of
automotive traffic.
This is to certify that the P 203-ADR Centralized Lubrication Pump has been properly installed by us in the following vehicle:
Type ...................................................................................
Manufacturer .......................................................................
Model ..................................................................................
Vehicle Ident. No. ................................................................
in accordance with the works installation instructions using original parts of the manufacturer.
The original parts of Lincoln GmbH

include: D-69190 Walldorf
a) Centralized lubrication pump with integrated control unit, model P 203--ADR
Component designation: TÜ.EGG.054-01
b) Add-on lubricant metering device and lubricant lines
c) Electric lines for the centralized lubrication pump in accordance with the regulations of chapter 9.2.2 of the ADR
Furthermore, this is to certify that the system has been properly installed in consideration of the construction regula-
tions of ADR.
.., date

(Signature and stamp of workshop that has installed the system)
Page 7 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
ADR Installation, continuation
Mounting of the Pump – Areas of Risk

According to paragraph 9.7.8 of the ADR directive, vehicles
with hazardous goods type FL are divided into zones, ac-
cording to the EX prescriptions.
These are the correspondences: Zone 2 is located around zones 0 and 1.
- tank inside zone 0, The installation of the centralized lubrication system is
- fitting cabinet zone 1 allowed outside of zones 0, 1 and 2, only, whereby the
extension is not determined in the ADR directive.
- shut-off devices zone 1
Regarding this use the form to confirm the ADR-concurring
- venting devices zone 1 installation.
T-ADR-010a08
ADR-2 Areas of risk

Page 8 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Description
The Quicklub 203 central lubrication pump

is a compact multiline barrel pump consisting of the fol-
lowing components:
- Housing with integrated motor
- Reservoir with stirring paddle
- Control p.c.b. (optional)
- Pump element with pressure relief valve
- Filling nipple
- Electrical connection parts
can be mounted right from the beginning or as a retrofit kit.
can drive up to 3 pump elements.
operates according to operating cycles (pause and lubri-
cating times).
can be equipped with a low-level control.
can supply up to 100 lubrication points depending on the
line lengths.
is designed for the automatic lubrication of the connected
Fig. 1-1 Components of the pump 00002618b
(esp. with 2 litre reservoir) lubrication points.
1- Reservoir is designed for the delivery of greases up to NLGI 2 at
2- Pump element temperatures from –40 °C ... +70 °C or of mineral oils of at
2
3- Pressure relief valve least 40 mm /s (cST).
4- Filling nipple, system emergency lubrication possible
5- Plug 2A, piston detector
can be used at low temperatures down to – 40 °C
6- Filling nipple, pump (depending on the used grease).
7- Control p.c.b., integrated During the lubricating time the pump dispenses lubricant to the
8- Plug 1A, power supply connected lubrication points via one or several metering de-
9- Return line connection vices.
Low-Level Control (optional)
Pump 203 can be equipped with a low-level control for the

supply of oil or grease.
The following versions are available:
- Low-level control in conjunction with printed circuit board
2) 2) 2)
M08-M23 , V10-V13 or H
- Low-level control for pumps without printed circuit
board
When the reservoir is empty, the signal lamp flashes, thus
indicating the low level (see User Manual of the corres-
ponding control p.c.b.).
2)
The designation indicates the version of the printed circuit
board. It is part of the pump type designation code mentioned on
the nameplate of each pump, e. g.
P203-2XN-1K6-24-1A1.10-M08, V12, H or
T-P2038L-011a08
Fig. 1-2 P203 wiht 8 litre reservoir
Page 9 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Mode of Operation
Pump elements with fixed lubricant output

The electric motor drives the eccentric 1 (fig. 2-2 and 2-3).
During the lubricating time:
- piston 2 sucks in lubricant from the reservoir (fig. 2-2).
- piston 2 dispenses the lubricant to the connected lubri-
cation points via the metering device (fig. 2-3).
The following designs are available:

- Piston diameter, K5 ............................................5 mm
Lubricant output ............................ approx. 2 ccm/min
- Piston diameter K6 (standard) ............................6 mm
Lubricant output ......................... approx. 2.8 ccm/min
20002068a
1) 2)
- Piston diameter, C7 , S7 , K7 ..........................7 mm
Fig. 2-1 Pump element
Lubricant output ............................ approx. 4 ccm/min
2- Piston 3- Return spring
4- Check valve - Piston diameter, B7 ............................................7 mm
1) Lubricant output ............................ approx. 2 ccm/min
NOTE
Das ver knüpfte Bild kann nicht angezeigt wer den. Möglicher weis e wurde die Datei verschoben, umbenannt oder gelöscht. Stellen Sie s icher, dass die Ver knüpfung auf die korrekte Datei und den kor rekten Speicherort
zeigt.
2)
Pump elements with piston diameter C 7 suitable for lubricants containing silicone
must be used for supplying of chisel paste.
The design and the mode of operation are
the same as those of the pump elements
with piston diameter K 7.
6001a02
1003a95
Fig. 2-2 The pump element sucks in lubricant
Page 10 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Mode of Operation, continuation
Pump elements with fixed lubricant output, continuation

Pump element B7 with bypass check valve
6251b04 6250b04
Fig. 2-4 Pump element B7 Fig. 2-5 Sectional diagram - pump element B7
Pump element B7 suits especially applications in contam-
1- Check valve
inated environments as the supplied lubricant is passing
2- Bypass
through a bypass bore 2 (fig. 2-5) on the check valve 1. 3- Pump piston
The output is 2 cm³/min. 4- Return spring
Pump element with adjustable lubricant output

The mode of operation (suction and supply phase) is the
same as that of the pump elements with an invariable lub-
ricant output.
The lubricant outputs are adjustable from 0.04 to
0.18ccm/stroke, or 0.7 to 3 ccm/min.
The pump elements are factory-adjusted to the maximum
lubricant output; the adjusting dimensions “S” should be
29 ± 0.1 mm (see fig. 4-2).
Fig. 4-1 Adjustable pumpelement

Page 11 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Adjustment of the lubricant output
B-P203-020d08
Fig. 4-2 Sectional view: adjustable element

1 - Adjusting spindle SW 16 (width over flats) Determine deviation for maximum adjusting measure “Smax“:
2 - counternut SW 24
Loosen counternut 2 (fig. 4-2).
3 - pump element body SW 27
4 - gasket 5 - pump cylinder Unscrew adjusting spindle 1 out of pump element body 3.
6 - control piston 7 - delivery piston
S max - max. adjusting measure of the adjusting spindle
Screw counternut 2 completely onto the adjusting spin-
dle 1.
Determine and note down maximum adjusting measure
IMPORTANT “Smax“. Deviation = Smax – 29 mm
Before adjusting the output volume exactly, IMPORTANT
determine the maximum adjusting measure
The determined deviation must be consid-
“Smax“.
6001a02
ered for each adjusting measure:
max. adj. measure “Smax“, e.g. .. 29.5 mm
- deviation ........... + 0.5 mm
6001a02
required output volume, e.g. 0.14 ccm/stroke
- adjusting measure “S“ (fig. 4-3) .. 28 mm
S0,14 = S + deviation
Adj. measure “S0,14“ . 28 + 0,5 = 28,5 mm
Adjustment of the lubrication output:

Remove pressure relief valve from pump element KR.
Determine adjusting measure S (including deviation) for
the required output volume by means of the output diagram
(fig. 4-3).
Loosen counter nut 3 (fig. 4-2) while holding in position
pump element body 2.
Adapt adjusting measure S at the adjusting spindle 1.
- Increase “S“ ... increase output
- Reduce “S“ .... reduce output
4179a99
Fix pump element body 3 and secure position of adjusting

Fig. 4-3 Lubrication output diagram
3
spindle with counternut 2.
A- Lubrication output cm /min
3
B- Lubrication output cm /stroke
S- Adjusting measure in mm (without deviation)
Page 12 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Pressure relief valve

without grease return
IMPORTANT
Each pump element must be secured with
a pressure relief valve.
The pressure relief valve is not contained
6001a02 in the scope of supply of the pump.
The pressure relief valve
- limits the pressure build-up in the system.
- opens, if the specific overpressure is reached.
- is to be selected according to the requirements to the
lubrication plant (see “Parts Catalogue”, different open-
ing pressures: 200, 270, 350 bar).
Fig. 5-1 Pressure relief valve B-P203M-020c08
If lubricant is leaking at the pressure relief valve, this indi-
cates that the system or a lubricating point is malfunction-
ing.
Despite existing fault monitoring devices a regular visual
and function control must be carried out on the lubrication
system.
with grease return (optional)

If the system is blocked, grease will leak from the pressure
relief valve. This grease quantity is returned to the reser-
voir.
In the case of a blockage in the system, the grease pushes
out the red pin at the pressure relief valve, thus indicating
that there is a fault.
Afterwards the fault has been removed the pin has to be
pressed back to its starting position.
Fig. 5-2 Pressure relief valve with grease return T-P203-020a11

B-P603M-030e08
Page 13 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Return Line Connection

The lubricant quantities which cannot be dispensed by the
metering device must be returned to the pump via the re-
turn line connection.
Fig. 6-1 Return Line Connection 10032618
C o n tro l U n its
NO TE
D a s v e r k n ü p ft e B il d k a n n n i c h t a n g e z e i g t w e r d e n . M ö g li c h e r w e is e w u r d e d i e D a t e i v e r s c h o b e n , u m b e n a n n t o d e r g e l ö s c h t . S te l l e n S i e s ic h e r , d a s s d i e V e r k n ü p f u n g a u f d i e k o r r e k te D a te i u n d d e n k o r r e k t e n S p e ic h e r o r t
z e i g t.
T h e p r e s e n t U s e r M a n u a l d e s c r ib e s th e
p u m p w it h o u t c o n t r o l u n it I n f o r m a t i o n c o n -
c e r n in g t h e d e s i g n a n d o p e r a t i o n o f t h e
in d iv i d u a l c o n t r o l u n it s ( V 1 0 - V 1 3 , M 0 8 - M 2 3 ,
H ) c a n b e f o u n d in t h e r e s p e c t iv e U s e r
M a n u a l.
F ig . 7 - 1 P r in t e d c ir c u it b o a r d in t e g r a t e d i n t h e h o u s in g 00002 616
60 01a02
I f t h e p u m p is t o b e e q u i p p e d w i t h a c o n t r o l u n it , it is p o s -
s ib l e t o u s e a n in t e g r a t e d p r in t e d c ir c u it b o a r d o r a n e x -
t e r n a l c o n t r o l u n it .
Commissioning Depending on its application, the pump is ready to operate,

either:
as soon as the machine contact is switched on
(after the voltage supply is applied) or
as soon as the driving switch is switched on
(after the voltage supply is applied) and
as soon as the trailer/semitrailer begins to move
Page 14 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Maintenance, Repair and Tests
Maintenance
The maintenance is essentially limited to refilling the res- NOTE
ervoir with clean lubricant in good time. However, check
Whenever work is done on the centra-
regularly whether the lubricant is really dispensed to all
the lubrication points. lized lubrication system, particular atten-
tion should be paid to absolute cleanli-
Also check the main lines and lubricant feed lines for 6001a02 ness. Dirt in the system will cause prob-
damage and replace them, if necessary. lems.
For cleaning the system use benzine or petroleum. Do not
use tri-, perchloroethylene or similar solvents.
Also do not use polar organic solvents such as alcohol,
methylacohol, acetone or similar.
Pump Filling
Fill the reservoir with grease via the filling nipple (see
fig. 9-1), via the filling fitting for cartridges (see fig. 9-2) or
via the upper filling opening with oil up to the ”Max.” mark.
It is possible to use greases up to penetration class

NLGI 2 or mineral oils of at least 40 mm²/s (cST).
IMPORTANT
When filling the reservoir, vent bore A
must not be closed:
- in order to enable the escape of air
6001a02 - in order not to impede the proper suc-
tion behaviour of the pump during opera-
tion
Fig. 9-1 Fill pump reservoir B-P203-030a09
A - Vent bore
NOTE
If the reservoir has been completely
emptied, the pump may require up to
10 minutes before it operates at full out-
6001a02 put.
IMPORTANT
The grease or oil must be free from im-
purities and must not be liable to change
Fig. 9-2 Manual bottom filling of pump reservoir T-P2034L-040b08 its consistency in the course of time.
6001a02
ATTENTION!
Risk of bursting if the reservoir is over-
filled! When filling the reservoir by means
of pumps with a large delivery volume do
not exceed the max. filling mark.
1013A94
CAUTION!
Danger of squeezing in case of pumps

to be filled from the reservoir top:
Never put your hand into the open res-
ervoir while pump is running!
6445b05
Page 15 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Maintenance, Repair and Tests, continuation
Electrical Connection
WARNING!
Before maintenance or repair of pumps ATTENTION!
switch off their power supply. Consider residual ripple of max. ±5 % to
connect pumps with direct current version
Consider the safety instructions (page 5 (in relation to the operating voltage acc. to
and 6)! DIN 41755).
4273a00 4273a00
CAUTION!
Before starting, make sure that the general
power supply is off. The device must never
be connected or disconnected when the
power is on. The protective conductor must
always be connected. Take care that this
line section is undamaged and conforms to
standards and the contacts are safe.
NOTE
The protection IP6K9K is guaranteed when
the socket (X1:, X2: & X3:) is tightened on
the housing cover with flat packing.
6001a02
Make sure of the connection and the type of construction

Operation with bayonet plug
of your pump.
Protective measures to be applied for appropriate operation
- type of connection (VDC / VAC)
with bayonet plugs:
- low-level indication "Functional extra-low voltage with safe isolation" /
- type of connection plug "Protective Extra-Low Voltage" (PELV)
Connect the electrical wires according to the following Standards:
electrical connecting diagrams (see chapter „Technical DIN EN 60204 Part 1: 2007-07 / IEC 204-1 /
Data“). DIN VDE 0100 Part 410: 2007-06 / IEC 364-4-41
Repair
Pump Use only original Lincoln spare parts for repair on the
pumps.
The pump should be returned to the factory for warranty
work or major repairs.
Page 16 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Maintenance, Repair and Tests, continuation
Replace pump element

Remove the the connection parts from the pump element.
Unscrew the pump element.
IMPORTANT
Take care that the piston, the return spring
and the washer are not left lying in the
grease. If these parts remain in the lubri-
6001a02
cant, the motor may seize. In the case of a
later removal of the parts, the reservoir will
have to be disassembled.
NOTE
Pump elements with adjustable lubricant
output are to be set to the required output
before installation.
Install a new pump element with a new sealing ring.
5026a96
Fig. 9-3 Replace pump element
Tests
Operational Test / To check the pump operation it is possible to perform an
Triggering an Additional Lubrication additional test (see User Manual of the external or internal
control unit).
Check the Pressure Relief Valve

1st option
Connect the pressure gauge C (0-600 bar; 0-8708 psi) to
the pressure relief valve 3 (see Fig. 9-4).
IMPORTANT
Do not connect the pressure gauge di-
rectly to the pump element 3. Use a hose
line A of min. 1 m length. High pressure
6001a02 may exceed the above-mentioned range,
causing the motor to stall The motor is
designed in such a way that it can stall for
about 30 minutes without being damaged.
Trigger an additional lubrication.
2nd option
Connect the manual pump of the pressure and checking
set 604-36879-1 to the pressure relief valve and check the
opening pressure by means of the manual pump.
T-P2034L-040d08
The pressure relief valve should open at a pressure of 200,
Fig. 9-4 Check the pressure relief valve 270 or 350 bar depending on its design.
3 - Pressure relief valve
A - Hose line, min. length 1m
B - T-piece
C - Pressure gauge (0-600 bar / 0-8708 psi)
D - Relief cock
Page 17 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Troubleshooting
NOTE
The pump operation can be checked from the outside by
- the stirring paddle is rotating (e.g. by triggering an additional lubrication)
- an internal or external control unit (see corresponding User Manual)
6001a02 - the signal lamp (operator's responsibility)
Fault: The pump motor does not run

Cause: Remedy by service personnel
Power supply to the pump
interrupted
Check the power supply and fuses to the pump.
If necessary rectify the fault and/or replace the fuses.
Check the line leading from the fuses to the pump plug.
4273a00
Electric motor defective Check the power supply to the motor. If necessary, replace the motor.
Fault: The pump does not deliver lubricant

Cause: Remedy by operator personnel
NOTE
If a lubricant low-level is available, the low level is indicated by
the flashing light of the signal lamp in the case of pumps with
printed circuit board.
6001a02
Reservoir empty Fill up the reservoir with clean grease. Let the pump run (via internal or external
control unit) until lubricant shows at all lube points.
NOTE
Depending on the ambient temperature and/or sort of lubricant it
may take 10 minutes of operation before the pump elements
reach their full lubricant output. Therefore, trigger several addi-
6001a02 tional lubrications.
Cause: Remedy by service personnel

Air bubbles in the lubricant Trigger an additional lubrication (via internal or external control unit). Loosen the
outlet fitting or the main line on the pressure relief valve. The lubricant must
penetrate without air bubbles.
NOTE
When push-in type fittings are used, the high-pressure hose,
which is under pressure, cannot be easily disconnected from
the pressure relief valve. For this purpose, loosen the pressure
6001a02 relief valve or, if exists, the filling nipple on the pressure relief
valve in order to relieve the high-pressure hose.
Unsuitable lubricant has been used Renew the lubricant (see User Manual „Lubricants“, 2.0-40001-).
Suction hole of the pump element Remove pump element. Check suction hole for foreign particles. If there are any,
clogged remove them.
Pump piston worn Replace pump element.
Check valve in the pump element Replace pump element.
defective or clogged
Other damages For repair return the pump to the factory.
Page 18 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Technical Data
Rating 1)
2)
Adm. operating temperature ..................... –40 °C ... +70 °C Weight
Number of outlets ....................................................... 1, 2, 3 The weights below include the following ‘‘individual weights”:
Reservoir capacity ......................................... 2 l, 4 l, 8 l, 15 l
- Pump kit with one pump element,
Filling .................... via hydraulic lubrication fitting or from top
3) pressure relief valve, grease filling (0.75 kg, 1.5 kg)
Lubricant ................................ greases up to NLGI grade 2
- and ................................... oils with min. 40 mm²/sec (cST) - Packing (cardboard box)
Protection ......................................... DIN 40050 T9: IP6K 9K - Attaching parts
- ................................ UL type 4X only for indoors, 12 and 13 - Operating Instructions
- 2 l reservoir, standard (0.75 kg)
Proximity switches
P203 without connection cable ................................ 5.4 kg
SVETVT-350-G 1/4A-D6 .................................. 624-28894-1 P203 version 1A1.10 ............................................... 6.5 kg
SVETVT-350-G 1/4A-D8 .................................. 624-28774-1 P203 version 2A1.10 ............................................... 7.1 kg
- 4 l reservoir, standard (1.5 kg)
Tightening Torques
P203 without connection cable ................................ 8.3 kg
Install pump................................................................. 18 Nm P203 version 1A1.10 ............................................... 9.3 kg
Electric motor on housing ........................................... 12 Nm P203 version 2A1.10 ............................................... 9.9 kg
Pump element in housing ........................................... 20 Nm
Closure plug in housing .............................................. 12 Nm - 8 l reservoir, standard (1.5 kg)
Return line connector in housing ............................ 10-12 Nm P203 without connection cable ................................ 8.6 kg
Tie rods for 15-l reservoir ............................................ 10 Nm P203 version 1A1.10 ............................................... 9.6 kg
P203 version 2A1.10 ............................................. 10.2 kg
Pump element with fixed lubricant output - 15 l reservoir, standard (1.5 kg)
Piston diameter K5 ...................................................... 5 mm P203 without connection cable ................................ 9.2 kg
- Output, apporx. ................................................. 2 ccm/min P203 version 1A1.10 ............................................. 10.2 kg
Piston diameter K6 ...................................................... 6 mm P203 version 2A1.10 ............................................. 10.8 kg
- Output, apporx. ............................................... 2,8 ccm/min
A) B)
Piston diameter K7, S7 , C7 ................................... 7 mm In the case of pump versions deviating from those mentioned,
- Output, apporx. .................................................. 4 ccm/min add the weights of the following components to the
Piston diameter B7 ...................................................... 7 mm mentioned weights:
- Output, apporx. .................................................. 2 ccm/min - per pump element ............................................... + 0.2 kg
max. admissible operating pressure .......................... 350 bar - per pressure relief valve ...................................... + 0.1 kg
Connection thread ...................................................... G 1/4" - 10 m monitoring cable, 5-core (2A4.13) ............... + 1.1 kg
- suitable for tube diameter ......................................... 6 mm - 10 m monitoring cable, 4-core (2A4.12) ............... + 0.4 kg
- Connection cable with piston detector .................. + 0.1 kg
A)
suitable for lubricants containing silicone - Reservoir version with cover .............................. + 0.15 kg
B)
suitable for chisel paste - 2 l flat-type rerservoir ........................................... + 0.5 kg
(contact the manufacturer of the lubrication system)
Pump element with adjustable lubricant output 1)

IMPORTANT
Output ............................................. 0.04 0.18 ccm/stroke The rating listed refers to grease of NLGI
- or ............................................................. 0.7 3 ccm/min grade 2 measured at 20°C, backpressure
max. admissible operating pressure .......................... 350 bar 100 bar and nominal voltage 12/24 V
Connection thread ...................................................... G 1/4" (motor). Any differing pressures or tem-
- suitable for tube diameter ......................................... 6 mm 6001a02
peratures result in different lubricant
- and ........................................................................... 8 mm outputs. Any system design must be
based on the above values compete.
2)
IMPORTANT 3)
IMPORTANT
The specified “admissible operating The pump reservoirs are factory-primed
temperature” refers to the pump and the with lubrication grease Renocal FN745
components of the entire lubrication (down to –25 °C) and EP additives make
6001a02 system, but not to the lubricant to be Fuchs. This composition is compatible to
supplied. 6001a02
most of the commercial greases and
Therefore, please observe that the transportation of the helps to prevent faults. If requested by the
lubricant in a system depends on the lubricant’s flow prop- customer, the pumps can either be
erties. The “admissible operating temperature of the lubri- primed with another type of lubrication
cant” may differ from the system operating temperature and grease or be supplied without priming.
has to be verified separately! For applicable lubricants also
see User Manual 2.0-40001, chapter “Approved lubricants”.
Page 19 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Technical Data, continuation
Electrical Data
1)
Motor
DC gear motor (interference-suppressed) 1)
Operating voltage ..................................................... 24 VDC IMPORTANT
Max. current input at 12 VDC ........................................ 6,5 A The pump motor is suitable for
Max. current input at 24 VDC ........................................... 3 A intermittent operation only.
Speed, dependent on the backpressure ................ 21 ±3 rpm 6001a02
Noise emission .................................................... < 70 dB(A)
EMC
Radio interference suppression
2)
......................................... VDE 0875 T11, EN 55011 class A NOTE
EMC 2009/19/EC (vehicles) The pumps correspond to the following
EMC 2004/108/EC EMC directives:
a) for industrial environment: A)
3)
- for vehicles . EMC 2009/19/EC
- Emitted interference acc. to ................ DIN EN 61000-6-4 6001a02 - for industry ... EMC 2004/108/EC
- Noise immunity acc. to .......................... DIN EN 61000-6-2 A)
marked with the EC approval symbol (e-icon) on the type
b) for residential, commercial and light industry:
3) identification plate.
- Emitted interference acc. to ................ DIN EN 61000-6-3
- Noise immunity acc. to .......................... DIN EN 61000-6-1
VDC connection diagram for industrial or mobile application
without integrated control unit
with low-level control
Supply voltage 12/24 VDC
Type of connection 2A1 Square-type plug (X1 & X3)
B-P203-052w09
Connection diagram Quicklub P203 XLBO VDC without integrated control unit
Connection X1: Square-type plug, left 1A1

socket, 4/3-pole for power supply 12/24 VDC
Connection X3: Square-type plug, right 2A1
socket, 4/2-pole for low-level control
B- Pump housing M- Electric motor
C- Connection plug X1 L- Low-level control
D- Socket X1 with cable, 4/3-core (alternatively: connecting cable from the user) Switching capacity max. 60 W/VA
K- Connection plug X3, 4/2-pole Switching voltage max. 230 VAC

R- Socket X3, 4/2-core (alternatively: connecting cable from the user) Switched current max
rt - red gr - grey br - brown

bl - blue ws - white sw - black gn/gb - green/yellow
Page 20 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
VDC connection diagram for industrial or mobile application
without low-level control
Type of connection 1A5 Bayonet plug, 4/2-pole (X1)
B-P203-054b09
Connection diagram Quicklub P203 XNBO without integrated control unit
Connection X1: Bayonet plug, left 1A5

socket, 4/2-pole for power supply 12/24 VDC

C- Connection plug
D- socket with connecting cable, 4/2-pole
- alternatively: connecting cable from the user
rt - red br - brown gr - grey

Page 21 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
VDC connection diagram only for industrial application
with low-level control
Type of connection 1A2 M12 plug, 5/5-pole (X1)
T-P203-040d08
Connection diagram Quicklub P 203 VDC without integrated control unit
Connection X1: M12 plug, left 1A2

Socket, 5/5-pole for power supply 12/24 VDC and low-level control

C- Connection plug L- Low-level control
D- Line socket 1 with connecting cable, 5 pole (1-5) Switching capacity max. 60 W/VA
- alternatively: connecting cable from the user Switching voltage max. 230 VAC
Switched current max. 1 A
rt - red gr - grey br - brown
bl - blue ws - white sw - black gn/gb - green/yellow
Page 22 of 24
User Manual
2.1EN-38002-K11
Original Language
D GB F E I
EG- EC Declaration Déclaration CE Declaración CE Dichiarazione CE
Konformitätserklärung of conformity de conformité de conformidad di conformità
Hiermit erklären wir, dass die Herewith we declare that the Par la présente, nous décla- Por la presente, declaramos Si dichiara che il prodotto da
Bauart von model of rons que le produit ci-dessous que el modelo suministrado noi fornito
P203
in der von uns gelieferten in the version supplied by us dans la version dans laquelle en la versión suministrada nella versione da noi fornita
Ausführung den Bestimmun- corresponds to the provisions nous le livrons est conforme corresponde a las è conforme a tutti i requisiti
gen allen einschlägigen of all pertinent fundamental aux réglementations régissant disposiciónes de los requisitos basilari prescritti in termini di
grundlegenden Sicherheits- health and safety require- toutes les exigences fonda- pertinentes y fundamentales sicurezza e di salute, incluse
und Gesundheitsanforderun- ments, including all modifica- mentales de sécurité et celles de salud y seguridad en su le modifiche vigenti al
gen entspricht, einschließlich tions of this directive valid at relatives à la santé, y compris redacción vigente en el momento della dichiarazio-
deren zum Zeitpunkt der the time of the declaration. les amendements en vigueur momento de instalación. ne.
Erklärung geltenden Ände- au moment de la présente
rungen. déclaration.
Angewendete harmonisierte Applied harmonized stand- Normes harmonisées, notam- Normas armonizadas Norme armonizzate applica-
Normen, insbesondere: ards in particular: ment : utilizadas, particularmente: te in particolare:
Maschinenrichtlinie Machinery Directive Directive machines Directiva de máquinas Direttiva Macchine

2006/42/EG 2006/42/EC 2006/42/CE 2006/42/CE 2006/42/CE
DIN EN ISO 12100 – Teil 1 & 2 – Part 1 & 2 – Parties 1 & 2 – Parte 1 & 2 – Parte 1 e 2
Sicherheit von Maschinen Safety of machinery Sécurité de machines Seguridad de máquinas Sicurezza delle macchine
Grundbegriffe, allgemeine Basic terms, general design Notions fondamentales, direc- Términos básicos, axiomas Concetti basilari, principi
Gestaltungsleitsätze guidelines tives générales d’élaboration generales de diseño guida generali
DIN EN 809
Pumpen und Pumpengeräte Pumps and pump units Pompes et groupes Bombas y equipos de Pompe e dispositivi
für Flüssigkeiten for liquids de pompes pour liquides bombas para líquidos di pompaggio per liquidi
Allgemeine sicherungs- Exigences en matière Prescripciones generales Requisiti generali di sicurezza
General safety requirements
technische Anforderungen de sécurité technique referente a la seguridad tecnica
EMV-Richtlinien EMC directives Réglementations CEM Directivas CEM Direttive EMC

2009/19/EG 2009/19/EC 2009/19/CE 2009/19/CE 2009/19/CE
Kraftfahrzeug Automotive véhicules automobile vehículo autoveicolo
2004/108/EG 2004/108/EC 2004/108/CE 2004/108/CE 2004/108/CE
DIN EN 61000-
Fachgrundnormen: Generic emission standards: Normes fondamentales : Normas especiales fundam.: Norme specifiche fondam.:
- Störaussendung - Emitted interference - Emission de parasites - Emisión de interferencias - Emissione di interferenze
a) a) a) a) a)
Teil 6-4 Part 6-4 Partie 6-4 Parte 6-4 Parte 6-4
b) b) b) b) b)
- Störfestigkeit - Noise immunity - Résistance aux brouillages - Resistencia a interferencias - Resistenza alle interferenze
a) a) a) a) a)
b) b) b) b) b)
a) a) a) a) a)
für Industriebereiche for industrial environment pour domaine industriel para áreas industriales per settore industriale
b) b) b) b) b)
für Wohnbereich, Geschäfts- for residential, commercial pour domaines de l’habitation, para áreas resi denciales, per il settore residenziale,
und Gewerbebereiche sowie and light industry des magasins et de l’artisanat comerciales e industriales commerciale, industriale e
Kleinbetriebe ainsi que des petites tanto como pequeñas per le piccole imprese
entreprises empresas
Dokumentations- Responsable du Service Encargado/a de la Responsabile della

Documentation agent
bevollmächtigter de documentation documentación documentazione
Wolfgang Studer • Heinrich-Hertz-Str. 2-8 • 69190 Walldorf
Lincoln GmbH
D-69190 Walldorf
Walldorf, Nov 30, 2009, ppa. Dr.-Ing. Z. Paluncic
Director Research & Development
Page 23 of 24
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
4 System drawings
Service brake 909-1-081245 B
Engine brake 909-1-073245 B
Converter-transmission hydraulic system 909-1-073169 D

Translation sheet pertaining to drwg. 909-1-073169
Steering-operating hydraulic system 909-1-073599 E
Electrical equipment 909-3-081193 B
4_en MK-A20 4-1

03.18
GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Converter-transmission hydraulic system
Kühler / Cooler
Durchfluss von aussen nach innen
Flow from inside to outside.
Wandler / Converter
Regulationsventil in BG / Regulator valve in assy.
Lastschaltgetriebe / Power shift transmission
Gang / Gear
Lieferumfang Wandler BG 2601
see assy. 2601, converter
Rücklauf / Return line assy.
Temperaturfuehler / Temperature sensor
Sumpf / Connection for sump piping
Modulationsventil Lock-up Kupplung
Modular valve for Lock-up clutch
Anschlüsse Regulationsventil
Connections for regulator vale

Steering-operating hydraulic system
Fahrerstand / Driver's cab
Motorteil / Drive unit
Lenkleitung
Piping for steering hydraulic
Tankleitung Arbeitshydraulik
Tank piping for operating hydraulic
Kuehlerleitung Wandlerhydraulik
Cooler piping for converter hydraulic
Sumpfleitung Wandlerhydraulik
Sump piping for converter hydraulic
Lastteil / Payload unit
Mulde heben / Mulde senken
Body raising / Body lowering
Kippzylinder / Dump cylinder
Lenkzylinder / Steering cylinder
Wandler / Torque converter
Saugrohr / Intake pipe
Behälterbelueftung / Tank ventilation
4_en MK-A20 4-2

03.18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Prepared using project planning system ProPlan

A
A
MK-A20
B
B
Vehicle number: P00353-54
Customer number:
C
C
Cummins QSB6.7 (COM 3A) / multi disc brake with treadle valve
Vehicle control / LED lights / Reversing camera
D
D
This drawing is property of GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH
Options: Enclosed cab, air conditioning, heating, autom. lubrication

system, rotating beacon light, fire extinguishing system, electr. emergency
pump, dead man function, neutral brake, exhaust temperature warning,
and only use with their aggrement
steering lock
E
E
# = optional equipment
date: 24.08.2017
F
F
A s. Änd.-verm. 12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date 09.03.2016 status of 24.08.2017 Type: MK-A20 Order No assy =A1.1
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien Overview 9193851-52 2401
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 cover
Branch Drawing No sheet 1
Cond. Revision Date name IEC 61436-2
Standard Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with T 909-3-081193 B of 10
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Overview change notices
page nr.
A
A asset functionalgroup sheet Date name change notices
no.
7 28.06.2016 Schult Fuse F11.1 wired to terminal block X4: 5 17
11 28.06.2016 Schult B90 Terminal designation changed at the sensor 21
7 28.06.2016 Schult Diodes R12 and R13 for the drive exhaust damper 17
1 28.06.2016 Schult Add the potential designation F7 11
B
B
16 28.06.2016 Schult Surveillance device Ansul fire extinguishing system integrated 26
7 29.06.2016 Rudolf OUT12 from K1 (CR7032) to X4_K1: 6 \ via R12 to X4_K1: 59 17
11 11.07.2016 / 8:02 Schulte Sasse B90.2 (body not below) supplemented 21
6 25.07.2016 / 8:54 Rudolf Instead of the savings circuit, connection to K52a over the dice plug 16
C
C =A1 .2 04.08.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse Flange socket 5-pin included in U3 for B52. 30
20
08.08.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse Deadman switch -B66 as an optional version. 30
7 08.08.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse The function is omitted from OUT 12 of K1 (CR7032). Diodes R12 and R13 are omitted. 17
1 16.08.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse F3 = 15A when the heat exchanger (heat exchanger) is installed as a roof unit. 11
6 16.08.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse -K55 a/b Steering block valve is added 16
D
D
14 16.08.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse -BK55b Position request steering lock valve on -K15: Ch4. 24
21 16.08.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse Sheet 21 inserted: included heating (heat exchanger) in cabin. 31
16 12.10.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse Wire No. 11 of WU3 via XU3: 11 is no longer used for GND. 26
21 12.10.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse Wire No. 11 from WU3 via XU3: 11 is newly integrated. 31
=A2 5 12.10.2016 / Index A Schulte Sasse Wiring overview updated. 171
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 change notices - overview Branch Drawing No sheet 2
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Gesamtanzahl aller Orte: 16

local overview
A
A main place main place comment under place under place comment
+M1 engine frame +M1 engine frame
+M1 engine frame +M1.BAT battery area
+M1 engine frame +M1.KLI Air Condition

+M1 engine frame +M1.U4 Terminal box
+M1 engine frame +M1.UE41 Distribution box, LED lamps
B
B
+M2 Driver's cab +M2 Driver's cab
+M2 Driver's cab +M2.1 camera

+M2 Driver's cab +M2.2 windscreen wiper
+M2 Driver's cab +M2.K1 Option controller in the cab
+M2 Driver's cab +M2.U3 Instrument panel

+M3 loaded frame +M3 loaded frame
C
C +M3 loaded frame +M3.OP4 option weighing system
+M3 loaded frame +M3.U1 Cavity
+OP Option +OP Option

+OP Option +OP.3 Data logger
+OP Option +OP.4 weighing system
D
D
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 local overview Branch Drawing No sheet 3
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

project overview
A
A
asset asset comment F - group functionalgroup comment page comment place sheet
=A1 MK-A20 .1 Overview cover 1
change notices - overview 2

local overview 3
project overview 4
project overview 5
B
B
project overview 6
project overview 7
project overview 8
project overview 9
project overview 10
.2 Circuit diagramm battery / starter / alternator +M1 1
C
C preheater / coolant level
External starting plug socket
Cummins engine control +M1 2

QSB6.7
hose system Cummins QSB6.7 +M1 3
fuse +M1 4
Master CR7032 +M1 5
D
D I / O Master CR7032 +M1 6
gear shift / parking brake
volume flow / lock up
I / O Master CR7032 +M1 7

Temperatur- / Pressuremonitoring
fire exting / emergency stop
sensor systen / starter / alternator +M1 8

brake
E
E CR7032 I/O +M1 9
throttle pedal
Gear switch
supply CR7032 +M1 10

speedometer, fuel level
RS232 - USB interface
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 project overview Branch Drawing No sheet 4
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

project overview
A
A
Lighting, load section +M1 11

reversing alerter / switch-off cavity
Coolant break
modul K14 +M1 12

sensorik
Node -K3 +M1 13
B
B
horn, lighting LT
modul K15 CR2033 +M1 14

Lights/sensoric front
Display Opus A3 / Nodes K12 CR2012 +M2 15

Battery On Off +M2 16
supply Display / Nodes K12 CR2012
CAN connection
C
C Display OPUS A3 Wachendorff +M2 17
control elements +M2 18

windscreen wiper optional +M2 19
auxiliary head lamp
signal lamp vehicle status +M2 20

rear view camera
Air heater (heat exchanger in cabin) +M2 21
D
D
Compact unit heating/air conditioner +M2 22
weighing system +M3 23
.3 Cable- / wiring list Cable list 1

Cable list 2
Cable list 3
Cable list 4
E
E Cable list 5
-WB65# 6
-WK1_U4 7
-WK16.1a -WK42-E1 -WXL -WG1 -WGND -WM1 -WQ46+ 8

-WQ46-
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

project overview
A
A
-WQ75+ -WQ75- -WQ75-KM1 -WFIL# -WUSW# -CU -WB2.1 9
-WB2.2 -WB4 -WB9 -WB16 -WB64# -WB82.1 10

-WG3 -WG3 B+ -WHZG# -WK3 -WK5a -WK14 -WK15 11
-WK16a -WK25a -WK51a -WK52a -WK54a# -WK55a# 12

-WK55b# -WK56a
B
B
-WK85a# -WKM1 -WM1 -WQ75 -WS98.2 -WS98.3 13
-WU3 -WU3.1 -WU8 14
-WXKA# -WXL -WB54 -WB66# -WE46 15
-WE51# -WHZG# -WM6# -WSup# -WP61 -WM4.1# 16
-WM4.2# -WM4.3# -WM5# -WB54 -WE46 -WE51 17

-WKLI -WM5 -WM6 -WP61 18
C
C -WU3 -WU3.1 -WUSW 19
-WX22 -WXF1# -WB90.1 -WB90.2 -WB90 -WB113.3 20

-WB113.4 -WE42.1 -WE42.2 -WE43.1 -WE43.2 -WP52 21
-WXL 22
Wiring diagram dashboard U3 23

D
D
Wiring diagram Cummins QSB6.7 26
Wiring diagram terminal box U4 27

.4 Terminal diagram terminal parts -X3 1
terminal parts -X3 2

E
E terminal parts -X4 5
terminal parts -X4_K1 7

terminal parts -X4_K1 8
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

project overview
A
A
terminal parts -XKLK 11

.5 part list engine frame 1
engine frame 2
engine frame 3
B
B
engine frame 4
engine frame 5
engine frame 6
engine frame 7
engine frame 8
engine frame 9
C
C engine frame 10
engine frame 11
Terminal box U2 12
Terminal box U2 13
Terminal box U2 14
Terminal box U2 15
D
D Terminal box U2 16
Terminal box U2 17
Terminal box U2 18
Terminal box U2 19
Terminal box U2 20
Terminal box U2 21
Terminal box U2 22
E
E
Terminal box U2 23
Terminal box U2 24
Terminal box U2 25
Terminal box U2 26
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

project overview
A
A
Terminal box U2 27
Terminal box U2 28
Terminal box U2 29
Terminal box U2 30
Terminal box U2 31
B
B
Terminal box U2 32
Terminal box U2 33
Terminal box U2 34
Terminal box U2 35
Terminal box U2 36
Terminal box U2 37
C
C Terminal box U2 38
Terminal box U2 39
Terminal box U2 40
Terminal box U2 41
Terminal box U2 42
Terminal box U2 43
D
D distribution box U8 44
distribution box U8 45
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

project overview
A
A
B
B
C
C distribution box U8 66
D
D distribution box U8 72
terminal box U4 76
terminal box U4 77
terminal box U4 78
E
E
terminal box U4 79
terminal box U4 80
Driver's cab 81
Driver's cab 82
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

project overview
A
A
Driver's cab 83
Instrument panel U3 84
B
B
loaded frame 92
loaded frame 93
C
C loaded frame 94
Terminal box U1 95
=A2 Vehicle overview assembly dashboard U3 1
editing dashboard U3 2
assembly terminal box U4 3

editing terminal box U4 4
D
D wire overview 5
Overwiew equipment 6
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Circuit brakers

starter
Batterys External starting plug socket Emergency pumps (option) Preheating coolant level
F3 - abhängig von Ausführung Steering pump Steering-/break lifting pump Generator 28V-70A
A
A
-KF10:+
/4.1A
/21.2E
-K4
86
87
/16.2E
1
576 -F3#
85
30
2x156 637
203
15A
B
2
B rd16 mm²
rd16 mm²
rd2.5 mm² -F7 2 1 -WU3 1 F7

/16.1F
31 7,5A
rd16 mm²
rd2.5 mm² -K45
/22.2E
rd2.5 mm²
/8.3C
30 86
-WG3 B+ gr
bu1.5 mm²
-X4
1
12
15
31
32
28
21
2
-
-
87 BG180085
-F1 -F6 -F3# -F4 -F5 -F2
37 637 34 101 49 102 :-
C
391 391 391 391 391 391 /4.2D
C
bu0.75 mm²
gn0.75 mm²
bn0.75 mm²
gn0.75 mm²
bn0.75 mm²
bk0.75 mm²
ye0.75 mm²
rd0.75 mm²
gr0.75 mm²
50A 15A 40A 125A 30A 80A
2
CU
-U4
bu2.5 mm²
bu2.5 mm²
563
2091 / (95mm²)
.U4-WB9 br(1)
-X46
bl(2)
-WQ46+ sw +
gg
1
-WK42-E1 sw
2091 / (95mm²)
-F31# -F32#
D
-
2060 / (10 mm²)

-WQ46- sw
D 100A 100A
-WQ75 gr
2
2091 / (95mm²) 371 371
46
2046 / (35mm²)
1721 1721
-WGND sw 102 102
2091 / (95mm²)
-WQ75-KM1 sw
-Q31# -Q32#
86
88
86
88
+
-Q75
30
-KM1
10 mm² für GK 900 mm

2 /8.2E
31a
01
02
03
04
40
42
02
12
15
31
32
28
21
2x183
-XK35_J3 -XK35_J2
+
2x184 711 711

/11.7E /11.8E /2.1A /2.2A
88a
88a
85
85
E
2091 / (95mm²)
E
ab Welldraht
2091 / (95mm²) 2091 / (95mm²) -WM1 sw
/11.7E
/11.8E
-WQ75+ sw -WQ75- sw
C
A
B
659
-XB9
+
+
1
B+
30
-G1.1 -G1.2 -B9
s
+
-
-M1 50 -M31 -M32 -G3
M /8.3F
/8.2F
1 1 # M # M in BG1800 G
in BG1800
151 151 -E1

152 152 BG_1814
31
31
+
-
2
-
2091 / (95mm²)
-WG1 sw
F
F
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien Circuit diagramm 9193851-52 2401 +M1
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 battery / starter / alternator
preheater / coolant level
Standard Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with external start socket T 909-3-081193 B of 23
1
8
F
E
B
A
D
C
A
-XK35_J3
Cond. Revision
01
1
1 ECM Battery Return 01 /1.5E
s. Änd.-verm.
02
ECM Battery Return (optional) 02 /1.6E
3 2
Date
03
1
27 48 16
03 /1.6E
Speed
ECM Battery Supply
Sensor
Sensor Supply Number 3
3
26
04
name
ECM Battery Supply (optional) 04 /1.6E
2
OEM Power Connector
Sensor
Position
-XK35_J2
Test
Des.
12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date
39
2
25
Key Switch Ignition 39 /8.1F
Standard
P
2
1
2
Sensor
Crankshaft Camshaft Rail Fuel
Pressure
Wait to start Lamp 50
09.03.2016
14
50 /4.7F
IEC 61436-2
Brandenstein
Yellow Diag Lamp
Schulte Sasse
1 2
1 2
Serv Lamp 2 44
Fuel
44 /4.8F
Sensor
Yellow Diag / WIF Lamp
Water in
Serv Lamp 1 43
Origin
Red Stop Lamp 43 /4.8F
status of
Cust No:
Customer
2
Sensor Supply Number 2
P/T
3
02
Sensor
4
Diagnostic switch (no)
Pressure
44 37 23 47
Sensor Return Number 2 02 /1.7E
3
Intake Manifold
Air Temperature
3 07
909-3-074298
SK Wien
Clutch Switch / Brake Switch 07 /7.4F
13
P00353-54
24.08.2017
08
P
2 1
Engine Brake Switch 08 /7.5F
3
18
ISC3 Switch with Validation 18
presión del
aceite de motor
3
03
15
Replace for
EPF Override Switch (no) 15 /1.7E
P
2
12
1
OEM Switch (no) 12 /1.7E
Sensor
34
Switch return 34 /9.3F
T
4
4 Sensor Supply Number 1

11
2
15 33 38
ON IDLE Switch 11 /9.4F
sensor
Sensor Return Number 1
01
1
OFF IDLE Switch
01
01 /9.4F
OEM Connector
Replace with
23
Accel Position Return 23 /9.3F
Pressure mittelstands- Pump

11
Barometric Motorkühl- Fuel Lift

09
1 Accel Position Signal 09 /9.3F
17
22
P
Accel Position Sypply 22 /9.3F
Cummins QSB6.7
2
1
02
31
5
OEM Temperature Signal 31 /1.7E

Electronic Control Module (ECM)
Type:
5
P
Engine Oil Pressure Switch

2
32
21
Actuator
Electronic Control Module Cummins QSB6.7
OEM Sensor Supply +5V 21 /1.7E

Fuel Pump
1
08
28
datos + Coolant Level Input 28 /1.7E
32
SAE
2
06
32 /1.7E
J1939
Coolant Level Return

datos -
QSB6.7
MK-A20
Circuit diagramm
3
40
Intake Air Heater Output 40 /1.6E
Cummins engine control

4
45 53
42
2
Intake Air Heater Return 42 /1.7E

6
6
1
54 51
37
T
3
SAE J1939 Datalink shield 37 /9.4F

4
55 52
46
Branch
SAE J1939 Datalink (+) 46 /9.4F

Order No
2
47
SAE J1939 Datalink (-) 47 /9.4F
9193851-52
1
56 58
20
SAE J1587 Datalink (-) 20
4
46 60
10
SAE J1587 Datalink (+) 10
2
7
7
1
57 59
Drawing No
04
Injector 1 Injector 2 Injector 3 Injector 4 Injector 5 Injector 6
ISC1 Switch 04 /19.7F

-XEX
Exhaust Brake
2401
2
B
909-3-081193 B
Exhaust Brake PWM

22 31
1
A
assy
952 Ko
Real Time Clock Battery Supply

+M1
=A1.2
Real Time Clock Battery Return

35 42
8
.U4-X4_K1:1
.U4-XU4_res.:2
8
-K35
of
/7.5F
/7.5F
sheet
23
2
F E D C B A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

hose system Cummins QSB6.7
A
A
CM 850
J2
J3 J1 OEM
1 10
a c d CM 850 Single wire FLRY labeling single wire
B
B 41 50
bl 2.5 mm² XK35:01 --> X4:-
- NW13 bl 2.5 mm² XK35:02 --> X4:-
-NW13 -NW17 - NW17 J3 a rt 2.5 mm² XK35:03 --> F5
Länge: 380 b Länge: 175 Länge: 200 rt 2.5 mm² XK35:04 --> F5
3903 3904 3904 ge 0.75 mm² (XK35:31) XEX1 --> Res.
3903 (J1) b
sw 0.75 mm² (XK35:22) XEX2 --> X4_K1:1
Länge: 250
Y-VERTEILER, SCHLAUCH-
rt 0.75 mm² XK35:01 --> X4:1
Coil1 br 0.75 mm² XK35:02 --> X4:2
sw 0.75 mm² XK35:11 --> X4:11
4014
rt 0.75 mm² XK35:12 --> X4:12
C
C Coil2 sw 0.75 mm² XK35:15 --> X4:15
Y-VERTEILER, SCHLAUCH- br 0.75 mm² XK35:21 --> X4:21
sw 0.75 mm² XK35:22 --> X4:22
4013 gn 0.75 mm² XK35:23 --> X4:23
-NW 17 c Coil3 rt 0.75 mm² XK35:04 --> X4:45
Länge: 100 bl 0.75 mm² XK35:__ --> Res.
- NW17
3904
U4 J2
OEM
Coil4
gn 0.75 mm²
gr 0.75 mm²
XK35:31 --> X4:31
XK35:32 --> X4:32
Länge: 50 bl 0.75 mm² XK35:34 --> X4:34
- NW23 gn 0.75 mm² XK35:42 --> K45:86
bl 0.75 mm² XK35:43 --> X4:43
D
D Bund5
3904 sw 0.75 mm² XK35:44 --> X4:44
3906
Länge: gr 0.75 mm² XK35:08 --> X4:8
Bund6 ge 0.75 mm² XK35:09 --> X4:9
4015
Y-VERTEILER, SCHLAUCH-
ge 0.75 mm² XK35:07 --> X4:18

Bund7 rt 0.75 mm² XK35:__ --> Res.
400 ab Welldraht sw 0.75 mm² XK35:__ --> Res.
200 vor Motorfuß
d ge 0.75 mm² XK35:28 --> X4:28

Bund8 br 0.75 mm² XK35:39 --> X4_K1:12
bl 0.75 mm² XK35:40 --> K45:85
E
E CAN H XK35:46 --> X4:46
CAN L XK35:47 --> X4:47
Bund9 gr 0.75 mm² XK35:37 --> X4:..
rt 0.75 mm² XK35:50 --> X4:50
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 hose system Cummins QSB6.7
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Circuit brakers windscreen wiper sensor system vehicle VBBs
K1 VBBr K1 VBBs optional K15 VBBo K3 VBBo indicator lights Cummins otion
K1 VBBo
A
A
rd16 mm²
P15 rd16 mm²
/1.8A
37 37
-KF10 -KF11
36 36
-F10.1
-F10.2
-F10.3
-F10.4
-F10.5
-F11.1
-F11.2
-F11.3
-F11.4
-F11.5
100 100
35 35
7,5A
7,5A
7,5A
7,5A
7,5A
7,5A
7,5A
7,5A
10A
829
912
5A
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
34 34
33 33
B
B
/16.2E
/19.7E
/16.4E
/10.1C
/10.2C
/11.2C
/10.2C
/10.2C
/11.3C
/9.5D
/8.3C
/6.6D
/7.3D
/6.6D
bu1.5 mm²
bu1.5 mm²
bu1.5 mm²
bu1.5 mm²
C
C -PWTS# -PDIAG# -PST#
875 875 874
876 gelb 876 gelb 876 rot
2
-X4
-
-
:- :-
/1.6C /6.1D
D
D
-X4
50
44
43
sw
sw
sw
gg
bn
gg
bn
gg
bn
-U4
-WK14 gr
-WK15 gr
-WK3 gr
563
bu0.75 mm²
bk0.75 mm²
rd0.75 mm²
E
E
K14_GNDo
K15_GNDo
K14_GNDs
K15_GNDs
K14_VBBo
K15_VBBo
K14_VBBs
K15_VBBs
K3_GNDo
K3_GNDs
K3_VBBo
K3_VBBs
50
44
43
-XK35_J2
/2.2A
/12.1D
/12.1D
/12.1D
/12.1D
/14.1D
/14.1D
/14.1D
/14.1D
/13.1D
/13.1D
/13.1D
/13.1D
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 fuse
1
8
F
E
B
A
D
C
A
Cond. Revision
1
s. Änd.-verm.
Date
-K1
CR7032
798
-XK1
805
name
01
/10.1B VBBr -Versorgung
10
VBBs
Test
/10.2B -Versorgung
Des.
12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date
19
/10.2B VBBo -Versorgung
CR7032
Standard
32
2
2 /10.2B VBB15 -VBB15

20
/8.6B GND -Masse
37
/10.3B GNDo -Masse OUT
09.03.2016
42
IEC 61436-2
Brandenstein
GNDo
Schulte Sasse
/10.3B -Masse OUT
50
/10.6B TEST -Programmierung
18
/6.1B OUT 00 -KF / forward first gear
17
Origin
/6.2B OUT 01 -KR / reverse first gear
status of
Cust No:
16
Customer
/6.3B OUT 02 -K1 / 2nd gear
15
/6.3B OUT 03 -K2 / 3rd gear
14
/6.4B OUT 04 -K3 / 4th gear
13
3
3 /6.4B OUT 05 -K52a / Parking brake
909-3-074298
SK Wien
12
/8.1B OUT 06 -K35 / Cummins QSB 6.7
P00353-54
24.08.2017
11
/8.7B OUT 07 -K54a / Betribs-(Neutral-)bremse
02
/6.5B OUT 08 -K16a / lock up valve
03
/8.6B OUT 09 -K85a Speich- / zuschaltung Notpumpe
04
Replace for
/8.8B OUT 10 -K56a / pre-bleeding break
05
/8.2B OUT 11 -M1 Anlasser / Starten
06
/6.8B OUT 12 -K55a / Lenksperre deaktivieren
07
/6.8B OUT 13 -K55b / Lenksperre aktivieren
08
/11.7B OUT 14 -M32.1 / Notlenkpumpe 1
4
09
4 /11.8B OUT 15 -M32.2 / Notlenk-/Bremslösepumpe 2
55
/7.7B IN 00 -S98 ( +24V DC ) / Emergency stop circuit
36
/11.2B IN 01 -B113.3 (100°C SP) / Kühlung Radbr. hi. li.
54
Replace with
/8.3B IN 02 -G3 Lichtmaschine / D+ Signal
35
/10.5B IN 03 -B7 / fuel level
5 -WC1-14# 1102 / 2,0m 47 53
.6D C1 /8.6B IN 04 -B34 / Druck Lenkpumpe
5 -WC1-13#1102 / 2,0m 29 34
Master controller CR7032
/16.8E /8.5B IN 05 -B53 / supply pressure

5 -WC2-S44#1101 / 1,0m 46 52
/9.5C C2 /10.5B IN 06 -B2.2 / converter speed frequency
5 -WS44# 1100 / 0,3m 28 33
/9.8B /10.4B IN 07 -B2.1 / speedometer
45 24
C3 /7.7B IN 08 -S98 ( +24V DC ) / Emergency stop circuit
5
27 41
Type:
5 /11.3B IN 09 -B113.4 (100°C SP) / temp. wheel br. ba.right
5 -WC4-1# 1102 / 2,0m 44 23
/11.7B IN 10
Option -K1 in Kabine
/17.5E C4 -M31 / Überhitzung Lenkpumpe

5 -WC4-2# 1101 / 1,0m 26 40
/9.5E /11.8B IN 11 -M32 / Überhitzug Lenkpumpe
22
/7.2B IN 12 -B64 / Abgastemperatur 0,5...4,5V
39
/7.3B IN 13 -B16 (16 bar SP) / gear clutch pressure
-WC1-14# 2,0m 21
5 1102 /10.8B IN 14 -S32# / Not Pumpe
38
MK-A20
.5E
/10.8B IN 15 -B65 / Feuerlöschanl. ausgelöst
Master CR7032
Circuit diagramm
5 -WC1-14 1103 / 5,0m 47
/12.2B C1
5 -WC1-13 1102 / 2,0m 29 CAN 1 -CAN OPEN / ID:101
/16.8D
46
-RC2 44 120
6
C2
6 5 -WC2-S441100 / 0,3m 28 CAN 2 -CAN OPEN / ID:102
/9.6E
45
.5D
C3
T
27 CAN 3 -CAN OPEN / ID:103

5 -WC4-1 1102 / 2,0m 44
Branch
/17.5E C4
Order No
5 -WC4-2 1100 / 0,3m 26 CAN 4 -SAE J1939 / ID:104

/9.4E -Datenbus Deutzmotor
25
9193851-52
/10.5B RS232 RxD

43 -interface
/10.5B RS232 TxD
30
/10.6B USB_P
48
/10.6B USB_N -USB Interface
31 -USB Interface
7
/10.7B USB_5V -USB Interface

7 49
/10.7B USB_GND -USB Interface
Drawing No
51
/8.7B Vref OUT -5/10V 400mA
2401
909-3-081193 B
assy
+M1
=A1.2
8
8
of
sheet
23
5
F E D C B A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

gearshift loeaded pressure activate
Parking brake Lock - Up lock up off operating hydraulik volume flow Steering disabled
optional
A
A
Lenksperre deaktivieren
Lenksperre aktivieren
forward first gear
reverse first gear

-K1 -K1 -K1 -K1 -K1 -K1 -K1 -K1
Parking brake
lock up valve
OUT 00
OUT 01
OUT 02
OUT 03
OUT 04
OUT 05
OUT 08
OUT 12
OUT 13
2nd gear
3rd gear
4th gear
-K52a
-K16a
-K55a
-K55b
-KR
-KF
-K1
-K2
-K3
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
18
17
16
15
14
13
02
06
07
-WK1_U4 18
B
B
17 16 15 14 13 2 6 7
-X4:5
/7.1C
-X4_K1 -X4_K1
18
18
17
16
16
15
15
14
14
13
2
2
7
:17
15
30
C
/11.5C
C
Stufe 1
1 sek.
-KT1
K K K K K 578
-R2 -R3 -R11 -R5 -R6 155
45 45 45 45 45 4x156
87a
31
87
A A A A A
-X4 -X4
-
-
-
-
:-
D
:-
D -X4
13
/4.6D /7.6D
-F10.5 -F11.1
829 31
10A 7,5A
-WK52a 2
1
-WK16a 2
1
-WK16.1a 2
1
-WB4 1
-WK25a 1
2
-WK55a# 2
-WK55b# 2
-WU8 6 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5
/4.3B
/4.4B
-U4
563
/14.5D
E
E
-WBK55b#
163 164
F 1 -KF -KR - K1 - K2 - K3 -XB4 165 165
a
b
-XK25a
c
523 KO 166 166
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
915 915 915 915 915 163 163
ws
sw
165 165
-B4 -K55#
rt
2
1
Ventilplatte 166 166

4 Gang 20 bar P a/b
Getriebe -K52a -K16a -K16.1a -K25a
15 56 20 in
in BG 2201 in BG 2342 BG 2342 a b
R 2 3
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 I/O Master CR7032
gear shift / parking brake
Standard Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with volume flow / lock up T 909-3-081193 B of 23
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

exhaust temperature gear clutch pressure Control signal engine break Valve Emergency stop circuit
-40°...+950° C fuel cut-off exhaust valve exhaust valve
A
Abgastemperatur 0,5...4,5V
A
Emergency stop circuit
Emergency stop circuit

gear clutch pressure
-S98 ( +24V DC )
-S98 ( +24V DC )
-B16 (16 bar SP)
-K1 -K1 -K1
IN 12
IN 13
IN 00
IN 08
-B64
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
22
39
55
24
B
B
22 39 -WK1_U4 55 24
ye0.75 mm² -X4:52

-X4_K1 /19.8F -X4_K1
22
39
55
24
gr0.75 mm² -X4:53
/19.8F
bk0.75 mm²
-WS98.3 gr
bl
-KT1:15 bu0.75 mm² bu0.75 mm² -K7:30
/6.7C /11.7B
rd0.75 mm²
-X4_K1
A1 59
emergency stop (+)
1
Replace for /16.5F
A1
A1
11
11
11
1 2 3 4 1112 5 6 7 8
+ + emergency stop (+S)
C
A1
A2
-T64# - T64# -K55 -K56 -K57

Out
C /16.5F
127 127 H1
-S98.3
11
11
H2
217 217 217
+.2
+.1
S1: .2D
E2
E1
-.1
-.2
A2
A2
A2
88
14
12
14
12
14
12
5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4
S2: .2D
12
12
205
bu0.75 mm² bu0.75 mm² bu0.75 mm²
205
473
sw
-WS98.3 br
-X4
18
5
bu0.75 mm²
:5
/8.5D
-F11.1
D
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D S1 31
ye0.75 mm²
ye0.75 mm²
gr0.75 mm²
ON 7,5A
-X4
37
38
7
OFF
-
.2C
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
S2 :- :-
/4.4B
ON /6.7D /8.2D
-U4 OFF
.2C
563
.U4-WK51a 2
1
sw
br
gr
bl
.U4-WB64# 1
2
.U4-WB16 1
11 -WS98.2
E
E
.U4-WU3 8
21
-XK51a
-XB16 -S98.2
2
1
-XEX:1
163
a
b
c
523 KO 165
EX2
166
-XB46
1
2
ws
sw
951 Ko
-B16
rt
+ -K51a
07
08
/2.8E 89
1
2
-B64# -XK35_J2
/2.8E
16 bar P
126 KO /2.2A
12
22
- 50
in BG 2303
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 I/O Master CR7032
Temperatur- / Pressure
Standard Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with fire exting / emergency stop T 909-3-081193 B of 23
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Cummins QSB6.7 Alternator storage engage Pressure service-(neutral-) pre-bleeding
Controller / starter supply pressure brake Steering pump brake brake
nur bei Notlenkpumpe
A
Betribs-(Neutral-)bremse
A
zuschaltung Notpumpe
-G3 Lichtmaschine
pre-bleeding break
Cummins QSB 6.7
Druck Lenkpumpe
supply pressure
-5/10V 400mA
-K85a Speich-
-K1 -K1 -K1 -K1
-M1 Anlasser
Vref OUT
OUT 06
OUT 11
OUT 09
OUT 07
OUT 10
D+ Signal
-Masse
Starten
IN 02
IN 05
IN 04
GND
-K54a
-K56a
-K35
-B53
-B34
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
12
05
54
34
03
20
53
51
11
04
B
B -WK1_U4 12 5 54 34 3 20 53 51 11 4
-R4
K A
-X4_K1
12
57
57
54
54
56
34
20
53
51
11
6A
5
4
bk1.5 mm²
bn0.75 mm²
wh1.5 mm²
gn1.5 mm²
bk1.5 mm²
86
30
bk1.5 mm²
/22.1E
C
C -K6
24
86
30
155
87a
85
87
-F6 -F10.4
1
637 31
-K3 15A 7,5A
-X4
2
5
20
155 :5 :5
/4.3B
156
/1.2C
85
87
87
/7.3D /10.4C
-X4 -X4
-
-
-U4 :-
D
:-
D /7.6D /9.6D
563
.U4-WKM1 1
.U4-WM1 2
1
.U4-WG3 2
1
.U4-WK85a# 2
1
.U4-WK54a# 2
1
.U4-WK56a 2
1
bl
bl
br
br
ws
sw
ws
sw
5,0m offen
1266
412
5,0 m
-WB34#
-WB53
.U4
85
-KM1
86
/1.2E
E
E 22
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
B (L)
C (I)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
-B53 -X85a# -B34#
2
1
2
1
2
1
39
951 Ko 951 Ko 951 Ko

-XK35_J2
/2.2A 901 P 12 P
-G3
50
in BG 2201 in BG2342
-M1 -K85a# -K54a# -K56a
M /1.5F
G 34 33 32
/1.2F 0-250bar/4-20mA 0-250bar/4-20mA
in BG 2201 in BG 2201 in BG 2201
in BG1800 in BG1800
2,0 m + internal wirering 5,0 m
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Sensorik / Anlasser / Generator
Bremse
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Pedal position sensor gear switch impuls
Speed
A
A
ID 36
+M2 -S44 125 kb
-B82.1 18
1
in BG1703 -RC2
120
44
0,3m
1
2
3
4
-XS44#
1
2
3
4
5
-XB82.1 -XB82.2 PIN1 UB +10 - 30V DC
661 -XS44
B
662 PIN2 GND 0V DC 850 KO
A
B
A
B
B
C
790
1
2
3
4
517 516
PIN3 CAN-H
518 518
shld
sw
ws
bl
PIN4 CAN-L
rt
1
2
3
4
5
PIN1 PIN2
PIN3 PIN4
1
2
3
4
5
1100
-WS44#
0,3m
/5.5E
1,0m
shl
sw
ws
-WC2-S44#
bl
rt
/5.5F
1101
+M1 5,0m
C
C -WS44 1103
-XS44-O
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
936
bl
br
gr
ws
sw
-WB82.1 1
2
3
4
5
6 -X4
35
35
-R1
189
120
D
-F10.3
120
D -RS44
31
189
7,5A
-X4
23
22
34
11
46
46
47
47
36
36
9
-
/4.2B
:- :-
/8.7D /10.3D
gn0.75 mm²
bu0.75 mm²
bn0.75 mm²
ye0.75 mm²
bk0.75 mm²
bk0.75 mm²
ye0.75 mm²
rd0.75 mm²
gr0.75 mm²
E
E
-U4 -XC4 -XS44-I

ws
sw
ws
sw
br
gr
br
gr
bl
bl
937 937
563
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1100
1101
1100
1,0m
-WC2-S44
-WC4-2#
-WC4-2
0,3m
0,3m
23
09
22
34
11
01
47
46
37
-XK35_J2
/5.6E
/5.6E
/5.5F
/2.2A
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 CR7032 I/O
accelerator
Standard Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with gear switch T 909-3-081193 B of 23
1
8
F
E
B
A
D
C
A
563
-U4
-K1
Cond. Revision
-F10.1
31
7,5A
1
s. Änd.-verm.
01
-WK1_U4 1
/4.2B VBBr
/5.2B -Versorgung
OUT_00 - OUT_07
Date
-F10.3
31
7,5A
-X4_K1
gr1.5 mm² 10
/4.2B 10 VBBs
10
name
/5.2B -Versorgung
sensor system / modul
-F10.3
31
7,5A
Test
Des.
12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date
/4.2B 32 VBB15
Standard
32
2
2 /5.2B -VBB15
Terminal
-F10.2
31
7,5A
09.03.2016
IEC 61436-2
Brandenstein
19
Schulte Sasse
/4.2B VBBo
19
Master CR7032
supply connector
/5.2B -Versorgung
:-
OUT_08 - OUT_15
-X4
/9.6D
Origin
-
37 GNDo
status of
Cust No:
37
Customer
/5.2B -Masse OUT
42 GNDo
42
3
3 /5.2B -Masse OUT

413
-R9
909-3-074298
SK Wien
2 1 10
P00353-54
24.08.2017
1k
33
413
-B2.1
in
-XB2.1
-R10
650
649
BG2701
-X4_K1
-K1
Replace for
sw/rt 1 1 -WB2.1 1 58 2 1
1k
sw/ws 2 2 gg 33
33 IN 07
33
sw 3 3 2 -
/5.2B -B2.1
4 4
speedometer
speedometer
4
-B2.2
80
270
:5
-X4
4
/8.5D
C -WB2.2 br(1) 5
+
A gg
S
:5
/11.2C
B bl(2)
-K1
Replace with
shld
52
52 IN 06
52
-B7
105
/5.2B -B2.2
1
1 -WB7 br converter speed frequency
2
2 1266 ws 35
35 IN 03
5,0 m
35
-
3
3 bl
/5.2B -B7
converter speed frequency
596 mm
fuel level
4...20mA
4 n.c.
5
:-
fuel level
n.c.
Type:
5
/11.4C
RxD -WU3 10 25
/17.2F 25 RS232 RxD
3,5 m + internal wirering

25
/5.2B -interface
TxD 9 43
/17.2F 43 RS232 TxD
43
interface
/5.2B -interface
MK-A20
Test 4 50
supply CR7032
Circuit diagramm
/17.2F 50 TEST
50
RS232 - USB interface

speedometer, fuel level
/5.2B -Programmierung
with 24V DC
6
30
6 30 USB_P
30
/5.2B -USB Interface

T
48
48 USB_N
Branch
48
Order No

9193851-52
31
31 USB_5V
31
49
49 USB_GND
49
7
7 /5.2B -USB Interface

Drawing No
2401
909-3-081193 B
assy
S32 21
/19.7F 21 IN 14
21
+M1
=A1.2
/5.2B -S32#
Not Pumpe
FIRE 38
/16.6F 38 IN 15
8
38
8 /5.2B -B65
Feuerlöschanl. ausgelöst
of
sheet
23
10
F E D C B A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Coolant break switch-off cavity Reversing alerter Reverse headlight emergency pump
Power unit back left Power unit back right Cavity lowered left right emergency steering pumpsNotlenk-/Bremslösepumpe
Notlenk-/Bremslösepumpe 2
A
A
Überhitzung Lenkpumpe
temp. wheel br. ba.right
Überhitzug Lenkpumpe
Kühlung Radbr. hi. li.
-B113.3 (100°C SP)
-B113.4 (100°C SP)
Notlenkpumpe 1
-K1 -K1 -K1
OUT 14
OUT 15
-M32.1
-M32.2
IN 01
IN 09
IN 10
IN 11
-M31
-M32
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
/5.2B
36
41
23
08
40
09
B
B
-WK1_U4 36 41
23 8 40 9
gn1.5 mm² -K57:11
/7.6C
or1.5 mm²
vio1.5 mm²
-X4_K1
23
40
8
9
-X4_K1 -X4_K1
36
41
17
86
30
-X4
49
86
30
:17
-F10.2 -F11.1 /6.2C
31 31
-K7
7,5A 7,5A -K5
87 mm²
85 mm²
C
24
C 24 155
gr1.5
155 5x156
87a
85
bu1.5
bu1.5 mm²
/4.2B
/4.4B
5x156
87a
87
-X4
5
-X4
24
20
-
-
:5 :5
/10.4C /22.1D :- :- :- :-
-U4 -WXL 2 3 4 5 11
/10.5D
-WXL 1 gg .8C
10
.5C /16.3E
ws
sw
br
bl
1182
-XL
11
12
10
563
2
1
Codierung A 1605
1606
/12.7C
11
12
10
2
1
-WB90
D
D -WXL 2 3 4 5 11 1 gg 10
-X1
5
5
-
-
-X1
36
41
24
20
20
:-
3
86
86
/13.4E
-Q31# -Q32#
85
85
/1.3E /1.4E
-X1
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
711 711
gg
gg
1
2
1
2
-U1
1 -WB90
A-WB113.3
A-WB113.4
2
1
-WP52 1
2
-WE42.1 2
1
-WE42.2 2
1
E
2 +M1.U4-WK5a
1
2
1
2
E 245 -XB90 -XM31 951 Ko -XM32 951 Ko
2
3
4
5
6
+M3 +M3 1601 KO 952 Ko 952 Ko

1602 KO
1
2
1
2
-XB113.3 -XB113.4
C
C
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
+M3 1620 KO +M3 1620 KO
1
2
1
2
/1.3F /1.4F
gg
gg
1
2
1
1618 KO 1618 KO +M3

A
B
A
B
C
-XK5a
-B113.3 -B113.4 M M
1
ws
ws
bn
gn
bn
gn
163
3
1
4
3
1
4
2
1
2
1
905 + - S 905 + - S 165 +M3 951 Ko 951 Ko
in BG 2201 in BG 2201 -B90.1 -B90.2# 166
1
2
476 + - S 476 + - S -P52

T
T
T
T
247 247 -E42.1 -E42.2
100°C 100°C -K5a 836 605 605 -M31 -M32
# #
SP = 100°C SP = 100°C DIP 2 and 6 on
F
F rest off
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 lighting loaded frame
reversing warner / switch-off cavity
Standard Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with temperature wheel brake T 909-3-081193 B of 23
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Temperature Temperature automaticly
brake cleaner Parking brake pressure left front wheel brake right front wheel brake Operating brake pressure Cavity lowered Lubrication system
optional
A
A
/5.6D /13.2A
5,0m 1,0m
1103 -WC1-14 1101 -WC1/14-3
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
-K14
797 Ko
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
CAN OUT
B
CAN gnd
CAN gnd
VBBc
VBBc
CAN L
CAN L
CAN H
CAN H
GNDc
GNDc
CAN IN
B
CAN_H S1:4
CR2033
CAN_L
temperature wheel brake fr.right

temperature wheel brake fr.left
GNDs
S2:0
-B51 Feststellbremsdruck
GNDo
-B50.1 brake actuated
-B90.2 Cavity lowered
-M2 Antrieb Schmier-

-B113.1 (100°C SP)
-B113.2 (100°C SP)

VBBo
B47.1 Bremsfilter
-M2 Leemeldung
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 3
Channel 4
Channel 5
Channel 6
Channel 7
Channel 8
Schmieranlage
VBBs S3:E
VBBc
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserve
is used
is used
is used
anlage
C
C
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
sw
gg
.U4-WK14 bn
gr
-XB51 -XB50.1
1
2
3
4
2028 / (4x1.0mm²)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1110 1110
3,7m lang/1,3m absetzen

5m offen
1182
-WB90
5m offen
5m offen
5m offen
1182
1182
1182
-WB113.1
-WB113.2
-WB47
1,5 m
1152
-XM 2#
bl
bl
D
br
br
K14_GNDo
ws
sw
ws
sw
K14_GNDs
K14_VBBo
K14_VBBs
D
5,0m offen
1266
412
5,0 m
-WB51
-WB50
/11.4D
ws
sw
ws
sw
ws
sw
br
br
br
bl
bl
bl
/4.2F
/4.2F
/4.2F
/4.2F
-XB113.1 -XB113.2
C
C
A
B
A
B
1620 KO 1620 KO
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1618 KO 1618 KO
A
B
A
B
C
C
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
-B51 -B50
-B113.1 -B113.2
1
2
ws
ws
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
bn
gn
bn
gn
-B47 P P -M2#
E
901 905 + - S 905 + - S 901
E in BG 2201 in BG 2201 in BG 2201 in BG 2201
P
T T
T
910
in BG 2201
0-250bar/4-20mA 110°C 0-250bar/4-20mA
M
-
SP = 100°C SP = 100°C
BG_2335
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Modul K14
sensorik
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Lighting, rear emergency lamp
Horn left right exhaust temp. >85° C
brake- / flashing- / tail light brake- / flashing- / tail light
1 1
A
A 2 2
-WC1/14-3
3 3 - WC1/14-3 0,3m 5,0m -WC1/3-15 5 - WC1/3-15
/12.3B 1100 1103 /14.2B
4 4 1102 / 2,0m
1,0m
1101 5 5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
-K3
796 Ko
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
CAN gnd
CAN gnd
VBBc
VBBc
CAN L
CAN L
CAN H
CAN H
GNDc
GNDc
CAN OUT
CAN IN
CAN_H S1:4
CR2031
CAN_L
B
B
GNDs
S2:0
GNDo
1.5K
VBBo
Abgastemperatur
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 3
Channel 4
Channel 5
Channel 6
Channel 7
Channel 8
-P72 Warnung
Indicator, right
VBBs S3:3
Indicator, left
brake light
VBBc -P60 Horn
Tail light
reserve
reserve
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
C
-X1 -X2 -X3 -X4 -X5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
sw
.U4-WK3 bn
gg
10m offen
1183
gr
-WP60
2,0 m
1184
-WE43 -WP72#
1291
6
- XL -XR
1602 KO 7023
1
D
gg
K3_GNDo
D
K3_GNDs
K3_VBBo
2
K3_VBBs
-XL
6
8
9
1605
ws
sw
6
8
9
br
bl
6 8 7 9
/4.6F
/4.6F
/4.5F
/4.6F
- +M3.U1
-P72#
+
-P60
-
1
2
3
4
:- 512 KO
39
bl
/11.6D
br
gr
ws
sw
8
7
375 Hz
-X1
6
6
9
E
E
ws
sw
+M3.U1-WE43.1 1 2 gg 3 +M3.U1-WE43.2 1 2 gg 3
-P72#
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
+M3 1113 KO +M3 1113 KO
-XE43. 1 1112 KO -XE43.2 1112 KO
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
rt BRL
rt BRL
sw RL
sw RL
ge BL
ge BL
+M3 +M3
ws -
ws -
-E43.1 -E43.2
52 53
F
F Linksausf. Rechtsausf.
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Nodes -K3
horn, lighting LT
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Lighting, front

low- / fullbeam / parking light valve position Steering disabled direction indicator direction indicator
LockUp left right optional in front Hydraulic oiltemperature in front
coupling pressure return pressure Hydraulic oil level left converter oil temperature right
A
A
/13.4A
2,0m
1102 - WC1/3-15
-RK15
120
44
1
2
3
4
5
-K15
797 Ko
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
B
B
CAN OUT
CAN gnd
CAN gnd
VBBc
VBBc
CAN L
CAN L
CAN H
CAN H
GNDc
GNDc
CAN_H S1:4 CAN IN
CR2033
CAN_L
-B25 converter oil temperature

GNDs
-BK55b Steering lock activ

S2:0
GNDo
-B11 Lock-Up Druck
-B17 filter return oil
-B21 hydr. oil level

VBBo
-B22 hydraulic oil
direct. indic. right

direct. indic. left
Channel 1
Channel 2
Channel 3
Channel 4
Channel 5
Channel 6
Channel 7
Channel 8
low beam light
VBBs S3:F
temperature
Full beam
VBBc
reserve
reserve
reserve
reserve
is used
is used
C
VBBs
C
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
sw
gg
.U4-WK15 bn
gr
-15/1 -15/2 -15/4 -15/7

2028 / (4x1.0mm²)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
792 0,3m 792 0,3m 792 0,3m 792 0,3m
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
10m offen
1183
1 21 2 1 2 1 2
1,5 m offen
10m offen
5m offen
1183
1180
1182
-WE44.1
-WE44.2
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
11
22
33
44
55
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1110
-WB17
-WB21
-3
-WB11
-WB22
-WB25
-1
-2
10m offen
10m offen
5m offen
1182
1183
1183
bl
D
br
ws
sw
D
K15_GNDo
K15_GNDs
K15_VBBo
K15_VBBs
1266
-WBK55b#
5,0 m
ws
sw
ws
sw
ws
sw
ws
sw
br
br
br
br
bl
bl
bl
bl
/4.5F
/4.5F
/4.5F
/4.5F
AL
AL
-X41
.UE41
SL
SL
ws
sw
ws
sw
ws
sw
ws
sw
-X41
FL
FL
br
br
br
br
bl
bl
bl
bl
GND
GND
-XB11 -X41 -XB17

a
b
a
b
1
2
1
2
c
523 KO 523 KO 1523 KO 372
1
2
3
4
-XB21
ws
sw
ws
sw
-B11 -B17 -B22 -B25

rt
rt
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
E
638
E /6.8E
P -4 1.3 bar P 90°C T 120°C T
ws
sw
ws
sw
br
gr
br
bl
bl
-B21
s
+
-
49
937 KO
-UE41 -5 55 58 51
-WE41.1
-WE41.2
1,5 m offen
5m offen
1180
1182
in BG 2303 in BG 2342 300mm in BG 2342 in BG 2303

1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
57
2
1
2
1
Anschlussbelegung 472 in BG 2342 952 Ko 952 Ko
DT04-4P Modifizierung
1
2
4
3
1
2
4
3
-XE41.1 1112 KO -XE41.2 1112 KO
sw
sw
gn
gn
Pin1 parking light -E44.1 -E44.2
1
2
4
3
1
2
4
3
144 144
Pin2 Full beam -E41.1SL FL AL -E41.2SL FL AL
Pin3 low beam light
81 KO 81 KO
Pin4 Ground
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 node -K15 CR2033
lighting/sensor in front
1
8
F
E
B
A
D
C
A
Cond. Revision
1
370
1
-U3
s. Änd.-verm.
Date
1
20
14
name
-K9
CR2012
795 KO
Test
Des.
12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date
Standard
2
2
7
26
19
13
Ansicht auf Rückseite von A3

3.6
/16.7A CAN H
09.03.2016
3.5
IEC 61436-2
CR2012
Brandenstein
CAN L
Schulte Sasse
/16.7A
3.4
/16.3A GND
-K13
794 Ko
3.3
X3
/16.3A +Ub
Origin
3.2
/16.3A GND
status of
Cust No:
1 VCC / terminal 30
Customer
3.1 /17.2A
/16.3A +Ub
/17.2A 2 Ignition / terminal 15
/17.2A 3 GND / terminal 31
S1: 4
4 GND / Car GND
3
/17.2A
3
909-3-074298
5
SK Wien
2.18 GND n.c.
P00353-54
24.08.2017
2.17 6 n.c.
/19.8C Channel 16
-XK35_J2:08 7
2.16 GND n.c.
2.15 /17.4A 8 CAN1H / CAN 1 high

/19.1B Channel 15
-E46 9
2.14 GND /17.4A CAN1L / CAN 1 low
Replace for
2.13 /17.4A 10 CAN2H / CAN 2 high
GND
2.12 /17.4A 11 CAN2L / CAN 2 low
/19.7C Channel 14
Reserve 12 USB_VCC
/18.5B 2.11 Channel 13 /17.7A
-S72 13 USB_GND
2.10 +Ub /17.7A
4
2.9 /17.7A 14 USB_D-
X2
4 +Ub
2.8 /17.7A 15 USB_D+
+Ub
2.7 /17.3A 16 RS232: RxD
/18.5B Channel 12
-S72 17 RS232: TxD
2.6 +Ub /17.3A
Replace with
2.5 /17.3A 18 RS232: GND
/20.5B Channel 11
-B52 Bremspedal 19 A/DI3 / -S67 direction indicator left
2.4 +Ub /18.4A
2.3 /18.4A 20 A/DI1 / -S67 direction indicator right
/18.6B Channel 10
-S80 Option 21 A/DI2 / -Reserve
2.2 +Ub /17.6A
OPUS A3
2.1 /17.6A 22 A/DI4 / -Reserve

/20.5B Cnannel 9
-B54 Fußtaste AKB 23 SERV_EN /
/17.2A
5
/18.7A 24 DO3 / -P22 indicator lamp
Type:
5
S2: 9
/18.8A 25 DO2 / -P56 indicator lamp
1.18 /18.7A 26 DO1 / P23 indicator lamp

Gnd
/19.8C 1.17 Channel 8

-XK35_J2:07
1.16 GND
1.15 1 VidSig+
/18.6B Channel 7
-P60.2 2 n.c.
MK-A20
1.14 GND
Circuit diagramm
1.13 3 Camera+
/18.1B GND
1.12 4 Camera-
/20.6B Channel 6
-B90.3 Türkontakt NC 5
/20.6B 1.11 Channel 5 VidSig GND
6
-B66 Totmann-Schalter
Display Opus A3 / Nodes K12 CR2012
6 1.10 +Ub
1.9
X1
+Ub
T
1.8 /17.7A 1 Ethernet / TD+

+Ub
1.7 /17.7A 3 Ethernet / RD+
/18.3B Channel 4
Branch
-S64
Order No
1.6 /17.7A 2 Ethernet / TD-

+Ub
1.5 /17.7A 4 Ethernet / RD-
/18.2B Channel 3
9193851-52
-S64
1.4 +Ub
/18.3B 1.3 Channel 2

-S86
/18.1B 1.2 +Ub
+24V DC
/18.2B 1.1 Channel 1
7
-S43
7
Drawing No
2401
909-3-081193 B
assy
+M2
=A1.2
8
8
of
sheet
23
15
F E D C B A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

supply Emergency stop circuit ANSUL CAN 1
battery on / off Fire extinguishing system CanOpen
optional
A
A
rd1.5 mm²
-S64:1
/18.2C
CR2012
-K9
CR2012
-S85 -K9 -S98.1
13
11
11
21
1
795 KO
bk1.5 mm²
795 KO
3.6 CAN H / CAN high

/15.2E
3.5 CAN L / CAN low

131 /15.2E
vio1.5 mm²
88
14
12
12
22
2
204 205
205 205
473 473
702
-S64:2
B
3.2 GND
3.4 GND
3.1 +Ub
3.3 +Ub
B /18.2E
13
13
11
rd1.5 mm²
bn0.75 mm²
ye0.75 mm²
vio1.5 mm²
-S71
bu1.5 mm²
bk1.5 mm²
rd1.5 mm²
rd1.5 mm²
rd1.5 mm²
14
12
14
124
bk1.5 mm²
204
-X3 -X3
44
16
16
3
C
C
:3 :16
-D1 A
/17.2C /17.4C
264
2 K
-X3 -X3
15
15
1
8
-
-
:1 :- :15
/17.2C /17.2D /17.4C
bu1.5 mm²
-X3
120
30
-R7
D
D 189
-U3
gg
-WXF1# 1
2
3
-WU3 1
-WU3 6
-WU3.1 4
-GND_U3
370
-XC1-13
ws
sw
br
gr
bl
937 KO
-XU3
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
2
3
4
Codierung C 1609 -XF1# 1113 KO
4
- XF1#
1610 1112 KO
1
1
2
3
4
1102
2,0m
-WC1-13
4
1
2
E
-WSup#
E emergency stop (+S) -WB65# 2
-WU3 1
-WU3 6
-WU3.1 4
/5.6E
emergency stop (+)
-WB65# 1
1
2
3
4
5
-F10.4
+
86
-
-K4 31 -X4
-F11.5
1102
-
2,0m
-WC1-13#
/1.1A 7,5A 912
1
2
:- :- 951 Ko
5A
FIRE
/11.8C /17.2F
85
/5.5F
1
2
F7
-B65#
/4.3B
/7.8C
/7.8C
CONTROL P
/4.6B
/1.8B
/10.8C
-U4 bu1.5 mm² MODULE
CHECKFIRE 110 +M1
F
563
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Battery On Off
supply Display / Modul K12 CR2012
Standard Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with CAN connection T 909-3-081193 B of 23
1
8
F
E
B
A
D
C
A
563
Cond. Revision
-U4
1
- U3
1
s. Änd.-verm.
Date
-K13
/15.3B
794 Ko
:1
-X3
1 bk0.75 mm²
name
/16.1D
:3
1 VCC / terminal 30
/16.3C
3 rd0.75 mm²
:-
:-
-X4
-X3
1610
Ignition / terminal 15
-XU3
2
Codierung C 1609
- - bu0.75 mm²
Test
/16.3D
12 12
/16.3E
Des.
12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date
GND / terminal 31
OPUS A3
-WU3 gg
.U3-WU3 gg
- bu0.75 mm²
Standard
4 GND / Car GND
2
2 3 37 gn0.75 mm²
23 SERV_EN /
/10.5D
/10.5D
/10.6D
:3
/20.5D
09.03.2016
IEC 61436-2
Brandenstein
TxD
Schulte Sasse
RxD
Test
Origin
status of
Cust No:
Customer
-X3
-K13
/15.3B
794 Ko
4 4 4
-WU3 4
4
3
909-3-074298
SK Wien
gn0.75 mm²
16 RS232: RxD /
P00353-54
24.08.2017
gr0.75 mm²
17 RS232: TxD /
9 9 9 bu0.75 mm²
OPUS A3
9
18 RS232: GND /
5046 40
38
Replace for
10 10 10
-WU3 9 -WU3 10
10
5046 41
39
4
-X3
660
-XSP2
:16
4 Can H bn0.75 mm² 16

/16.8C
A
-K13
/15.3B
794 Ko
B RS232 TxD gn0.75 mm²

C RS232 RxD gr0.75 mm² bn0.75 mm²
8 CAN1H / CAN 1 high
:15
Replace with
Can L ye0.75 mm² 15 ye0.75 mm²
/16.8D
D
9 CAN1L / CAN 1 low
E RS232 Gnd bu0.75 mm² bn0.75 mm²
OPUS A3
10 CAN2H / CAN 2 high

F Can Gnd bu0.75 mm² - bu0.75 mm²
11 CAN2L / CAN 2 low
G Test bk0.75 mm²
RS232 Display
1 H +24V DC rd0.75 mm²

Programming socket
.K1
CanOpen / RS232 Master
2
-WC4-1# 3
5
/5.5E
Type:
5 4
2,0m
-XC4-13
5
936 KO
1102
1 br
+M1
2 ws
-R8
189
-WC4-1 13
3 bl
/5.6D 120
4 sw 13
2,0m
5
MK-A20
gr 14
CAN 4
1102
SAE J1939
Circuit diagramm
14
Display OPUS A3 Wachendorff

-X22
A -
6
-WX22 gg
6
B br(1)
D gr(3)
T
C bl(2)
-K13
/15.3B
794 Ko
Branch
Order No
:-
-X3
bn0.75 mm²
/19.1D
42
E shld 21 A/DI2 / -Reserve
9193851-52
43 rd0.75 mm²
22 A/DI4 / -Reserve
OPUS A3
-XUSB
271 KO
rt (5V)
12 USB_VCC /
7
sw (GND)
7 13 USB_GND /
ws (N)
Drawing No
OPUS A3
14 USB_D- /
gn (P)
15 USB_D+ /
2401
909-3-081193 B
assy
1245
-XETH
-WETH
ws/or ws/or
1 Ethernet / TD+
or or
+M2
=A1.2
3 Ethernet / TD-
1240 ws/gn ws/gn
939
Ethernet / RD+
OPUS A3
2
gn gn
Display
Ethernet
4 Ethernet / RD-
8
8
of
sheet
23
17
F E D C B A
F
E
B
A
D
C
A
-K9
Cond. Revision
1
bu0.75 mm²
- U3
1 1.13 GND
s. Änd.-verm.
/15.2E
Date
rd0.75 mm²
1.2 +Ub
/15.2E +24V DC
/16.3B
/16.3A
-S43
64
878
name
14 13
-S85:2
-S85:1
Test
Des.
12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date
rd0.75 mm² 12 11 gn0.75 mm²
1.1 Channel 1
Standard
2
2 /15.2E -S43
Parking brake
-S64
702
473
204
204
131
Parking brake
1.5 Channel 3
09.03.2016
rd0.75 mm² ye0.75 mm²
IEC 61436-2
14 13
Brandenstein
Schulte Sasse
/15.2E -S64
Start engine
bu0.75 mm²
rd0.75 mm² 14 13 bk0.75 mm²
1.7 Channel 4
Origin
2 1 /15.2E -S64
status of
Cust No:
Customer
Stop engine
Engine Start / Stop
-S86
17
473
206
204
820
3
909-3-074298
SK Wien
rd0.75 mm² 14 13 gr0.75 mm²
gr0.75 mm²
1.3 Channel 2
P00353-54
24.08.2017
/15.2E -S86
Horn
Horn
-S67 0
Replace for
-K13
702
204
473
204
227
1 2
rd0.75 mm² 14 13 or0.75 mm²

19 A/DI3 / -S67 direction indicator left
rd0.75 mm² 24 23 gr0.75 mm² 20 A/DI1 / -S67 direction indicator right
4
4
bu0.75 mm² 2 1
direction indicator
Replace with
-S72
-K9
702
204
473
205
227
0 1 2
vio0.75 mm²
rd0.75 mm² 12 11 gr0.75 mm²

2.7 Channel 12
rd0.75 mm² 24 23 ye0.75 mm² /15.2E -S72
low beam light
5
Type:
5 bu0.75 mm² 2.11
2 1 Channel 13
Lighting
/15.2E -S72
Full beam
-S80 0
gr0.75 mm²
702
473
204
351
1
MK-A20
rd0.75 mm² 14 13 bk0.75 mm²
control elements
Circuit diagramm
2.3 Channel 10
/15.2E -S80 Option
bu0.75 mm² 2 1 head lamp
6
head lamp cavity
6 T
95 DB
-P60.2
bu0.75 mm² X2 X1 gn0.75 mm²

gr0.75 mm²
1.15 Channel 7
Branch
Order No
/15.2E -P60.2
230
Posi stop monitoring

9193851-52
-P22
473
873
873
grün
Posi stop monitoring
rd0.75 mm² 1 2 wh0.75 mm²

-K13
7
7
24 DO3 / -P22 indicator lamp
Drawing No
-S73#:1
vehicle ok
-P23
vehicle ok
473
874
874
rot
rd0.75 mm² rd0.75 mm²
2401
1 2
909-3-081193 B
/19.2A
26 DO1 / P23 indicator lamp

stop vehicle
assy
25 DO2 / -P56 indicator lamp

+M2
-P56
473
702
875
stop vehicle
=A1.2
indicator lamp
service vehicle
gelb
rd0.75 mm² 1 2 bn0.75 mm²
8
8
-S76#:13
-S73#:2
of
sheet
service vehicle
/19.2B
/20.1B
23
18
F E D C B A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

front auxiliary head lamp windscreen wiper / - washer
head lamp cavity optional optional
A
A
-S78#:13
/20.1A
rd1.5 mm²
head lamp cavity
-S80:1 gr0.75 mm² -S82:1
Channel 15
-K9 /18.7C /20.1A
-S91# 0 1 2
/15.2E -E46
11
13
1
-S73#
13
1
0 1
2.15
227
12
14
2
351 205
14
-S82:13
B
2
204 473
B 204 /20.1B
473 702
wh1.5 mm²
702
gg, 0.75 mm²
-P60.2:X2 bu0.75 mm² -S82:14

/18.8E /20.1C
86 wh1.5 mm²
86 wh1.5 mm²
rt/ws, 1.5 mm²
stop fuel injection

86
30
30
30
86
30
Channel 14
Channel 16
exhaust brake
-K9
gn1.5 mm²
rd1.5 mm²
/15.2E -XK35_J2:07
/15.2E -XK35_J2:08
Channel 8
-K24 -K21 -K22 -K23
/15.2E reserve
bn0.75 mm²
C
C 24 24 24 24
155 155 155 155
bu0.75 mm²
4x156 5x156 5x156 5x156

87a
87a
87a
87a
85
87
85
87
85
87
85
87
2.12
1.17
2.17
rt/ws, 1.5 mm² rt/ws, 1.5 mm² rt/ws, 1.5 mm²
-X3
11
bn0.75 mm²
rd0.75 mm²
gr0.75 mm²
bu0.75 mm² bu0.75 mm² bu0.75 mm²
-X3 -X3 -S32#:14

/20.1D
-
bu1.5 mm²
:- :-
/17.6D /20.4D
-X3 -X3
36
27
28
29
31
32
5
D
D
10
11
gg
-U3
-WE46 2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
-WM5 1
2
-WU3 5
-WU3.1 1
2
3
6
-GND_U3
1-WUSW
-XSW
10
11
12
.U3
-XM5 -XU3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
Codierung A 1605 951 Ko
-XU3.1
5
1606 952 Ko Codierung C 1609
-XE46
2
1
1
2
3
6
951 Ko 1601
10
3 11
gg 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
1610
952 Ko 1602
5
gg
gg
Codierung A
2
1
1
2
3
6
-WM4.1# 1
2
3
-WM4.2# 1
2
3
-WM4.3# 1
2
.2-WM5# 1
2
-WE46 2
1
-WU3 5
1
2
3
E
E
-X4
45
48
52
53
-F10.5
1/53a
4/31b
1/53a
4/31b
1/53a
4/31b
3/53
2/31
3/53
2/31
3/53
2/31
829
/7.6B -K55:A1
/7.6B -K56:A1
1
2
203 KO 10A
- XE46.1
2
1
951 Ko
S32
-E46.1 -M4.1# -M4.2# -M4.3# -M5#
/4.3B
04
M M M M -XK35_J2
605 -U4
/10.8C
474 474 474 /2.2A
4x156 4x156 4x156 2x156
563
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 windscreen wiper optional
auxiliary head lamp
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
rotation beacon emergency pump brake pedal foot switch dead man detection

optional optional operated optional
limp home reserve position Cabin fan foot switch door contact (only at lock steering) rear view camera
Control elements optional engine brake (AKB) optional
A
A
-X3:5 .1
/15.2E -B90.3 door contact nc

/15.2E -B66 deadman-switch
/19.8A
/15.2E -B54 foot switch AKB

-S91#:1 -P61
/19.8A
/15.2E -B52 brake pedal

428
Channel 11
-K9 -K9
Cnannel 9
Channel 5
Channel 6
-X3:27
/19.8B
wh0.75 mm²
-P56:1 rd0.75 mm² rd0.75 mm²

/18.8E
1.11
1.12
2.5
2.1
B
B
ws/ge C3
ge
rt +24V DC
bl C1
br C2
gr C4
ws 0V DC
M
-S82 -S76# -SR3 -S32# -S78#
13
13
13
13
1
1
0 1 0 1
13
zum Deckel
verlegen
bu0.75 mm²
gn0.75 mm²
bu0.75 mm²
513
bk0.75 mm²
351 148 351
14
14
14
14
382
14
2
204 204 204 204 204
473 473 473 473
206 206 vio0.75 mm² 473
702 702 702 702
509 .1
-S91#:2 - XP61
gn0.75 mm²
ye0.75 mm²
or0.75 mm²
1
2
3
4
5
6
/19.8B
318
1602
5,0m
.1
-WCam1
1601
C
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
-WP61 1
2
3
4
5
6
-X3
24
25
33
34
35
23
12
21
22
17
18
19
20
3
3
-
-X3:29
/19.8D :- :- :3
/19.6D /23.4C /17.2C .1
-XP61
1
2
3
4
5
6
-U3 1602
1601
-XB52 -XB90#
ws
sw
ws
sw
br
gr
br
gr
bl
bl
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
D 937 KO 937 KO
-WP61 1
-WE51 1
2
-WM6 1
2
-WB54 1
2
3
1
2
3
4
2
/21.3C
/21.3C
3
1
2
3
4
320
8,0m
- WCAM1
.1
3,0m -WB90.3# 4
1185 -XB54 3,0m
C
A
B
1
2
1
2
3
-XE51# 4 -WB52
1113 KO 1620 KO 5
951 Ko
952 Ko
-XM6 1185
1112 KO 1618 KO 6
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
A
B
C
5096
/21.3C
/21.3C
-WE51# 1
2
-WM6# 1
2
+M3
E
E +M2.1
1
2
3
4
- XE51#
-C1
+
-
139 0,6m
1190 429
-M6# - WB52
-WB54 1
-WB66# 1
2
1
2
585 KO
+
-
ws
sw
br
bl
-E51# -M6#
1
2
3
4
M
M -B52 -B90.3# 1 2 3 4
99 280 + S - S -B54 -B66# 345 + S - S
524 524 KO
184
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 signal lamp vehicle status
rear view camera
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

air heater
under roof unit
optional
A
A
B
B
+M1.U4-WHZG# 2
-X3
45
C
3
4
C -XM6
/20.4D
3
4
/20.4E
-WU3 11
-WHZG# 1
2
-GND_U3
11
-XU3
11
1609 KO
+
-
D
D
-WU3 11
I II III
-MHZG# 0
xx in
BG 1916 I III II
230W-24V
-F3#
1
637
15A
2
E
E
/1.2B
L M H
+M1.U4
-U4
563
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Air heater (heat exchanger in cabin)
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Air Condition / Heater
filter for protection ventilation MCC Mobile Climatic Control
optional optional
A
A
-S78.3 circuit diagram

-S78.3
B
B Schalter
OUT
-
+
Bodenansicht
-XS78.3C
OUT -
1
2
3
4
5
6
856
C
A
B
A
B
856
1
2
3
4
5
6
6x 154 +
-XS78.3A 5x 156 -XS78.3B
662 662
A
B
A
B
C
C
517 517
518 518
10
11
gg
-WKLI 1
2
3
4
5
8
9
6
7
C
C
-U3
-XKLI
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
6
7
Codierung B 1607
+M1.KLI 1608
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
6
7
-XKA#
1
2
3
4
6
5
Codierung A 1601
1602
10
11
gg
1
2
3
4
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
6
7
-WUSW#
+M1.KLI-WUSW#
D
D bk6 mm² - XKB#
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
6
7
-X4
5
1605
-WXKA# 5
4
1
2
3
A 10
B 11
C 12
1
B 2
3
4
5
8
9
6
7
:5 +M1
C
C
D
A
A
B
/11.2C
-Klima#
-
-
C1
C3
BG3210 A B C A B A B C C D A B A B C
30
C13
PWS A B C D S-800
-K6 S-135 S-325

/8.4C
Deicing
Blower Thermost.
Speed
E
87a
E
87
C2 C4 Deicing
-F3# A B C D A B C Sensor C5
1
34 A B A B C
-XFIL#
40A -WFIL# 1 1 1
2
2 2 2
A B C
+
+M1.KLI
/1.2C
952 Ko 951 Ko
-FIL#
M RE-2
10
1
2
3
7
9
4
MCC Mobile Climate Control Watervalve
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Compact unit heating/air conditioner
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

weighing system
A
A +OP.4
-P62
WK50
Batt +Ub CAN Messstreifen Messstreifen Ampel
SENSE1+
SENSE2+
SENSE1-
SENSE2-
SHIELD
SHIELD
EXC1+
EXC2+
CAN H
CAN L
EXC1-
EXC2-
SIG1+
SIG2+
SIG1-
SIG2-
MIO1
MIO2
MIO3
GND
Bat+
+Ub
Bat-
B
B
-X3
47
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
48
49
50
-
C
C
:-
-GND_U3 /20.4D
-U3
+OP.4
-XWK50
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Codierung A / 1605 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Codierung A / 1606
10
11
12
1
D
D
12
13
13
14
15
-XKLK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-KLK
11
11
11
10
-XKLK -XKLK
8
9
E
E
bl
bl
rt
rt
ws
sw
ws
sw
.OP4 .OP4 +OP.4 +OP.4
ws
ws
ge
gn
ge
gn
br
br
-N1 -N2 -EA1 -EA2
yellow
yellow
green
green
red
red
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 weighing system
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of equipment: 83
Prepared
Erstellt
Cable list
mitusing
Moeller
project
ProPlan
A
A Type Equipment designation Description Assembly Length in meter
planning system ProPlan

(BM-Text 5)
2001 =A1.2+M1-WB65# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M1-WK16.1a CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M1.KLI-WFIL# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM

2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WB4 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 5.50
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WB16 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 5.00
B
B
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WB64# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 5.00
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WG3 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 8.00

2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WHZG# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK5a CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 3.50

C
C 2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK51a CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK54a# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM

2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK55a# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK55b# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK56a CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
D
D 2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK85a# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 8.00
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WKM1 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 5.00
2001 =A1.2+M1.U4-WM1 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 7.50
2001 =A1.2+M2-WB54 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM

2001 =A1.2+M2-WB66# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M2-WE46 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 3.00
2001 =A1.2+M2-WE51# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
E
E
2001 =A1.2+M2-WHZG# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M2-WM6# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M2-WSup# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M2.2-WM5# CABLE 2X1.5 QMM

2001 =A1.2+M2.U3-WE46 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M2.U3-WE51 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
F
F
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien Cable- / wiring list 9193851-52 2401
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Cable list Branch Drawing No sheet 1
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Prepared
Erstellt
Cable list
mitusing
Moeller
project
ProPlan
A

(BM-Text 5)
2001 =A1.2+M2.U3-WM5 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 3.00
2001 =A1.2+M2.U3-WM6 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 3.00
2001 =A1.2+M3.U1-WE42.1 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM

2001 =A1.2+M3.U1-WE42.2 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
2001 =A1.2+M3.U1-WP52 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM
B
B
Total lenght: 70.50

__________________
2002 =A1.2+M1.U4-WB2.1 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 5.50
2002 =A1.2+M3-WB90.1 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM
2002 =A1.2+M3-WB90.2 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM
C
C
2002 =A1.2+M3.U1-WB113.3 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM
2002 =A1.2+M3.U1-WB113.4 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM
Total lenght: 5.50

__________________
2003 =A1.2+M2.2-WM4.1# CABLE 4X1.5 QMM
D
D 2003 =A1.2+M2.2-WM4.2# CABLE 4X1.5 QMM
2003 =A1.2+M2.2-WM4.3# CABLE 4X1.5 QMM

2003 =A1.2+M2.U3-WB54 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM
2003 =A1.2+M2.U3-WXF1# CABLE 4X1.5 QMM
2003 =A1.2+M3.U1-WE43.1 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM

2003 =A1.2+M3.U1-WE43.2 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM
E
E Total lenght:
__________________
2004 =A1.2+M1.U4-WU3.1 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM 3.50

2004 =A1.2+M1.U4-WXKA# CABLE 7X1.5 QMM
2004 =A1.2+M2.1-WP61 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Prepared
Erstellt
Cable list
mitusing
Moeller
project
ProPlan
A

(BM-Text 5)
2004 =A1.2+M2.U3-WP61 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM 3.00
2004 =A1.2+M2.U3-WU3.1 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM
2004 =A1.2+M3.U1-WB90 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM
Total lenght: 6.50

__________________
B
B
2005 =A1.2+M1.KLI-WUSW# CABLE 12X1.5 QMM
2005 =A1.2+M1.U4-WU3 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 3.50

2005 =A1.2+M1.U4-WU8 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 5.50
2005 =A1.2+M1.U4-WXL CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 5.50
2005 =A1.2+M2.U3-WKLI CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 3.00
C
C
2005 =A1.2+M2.U3-WU3 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 3.00
2005 =A1.2+M2.U3-WUSW CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 3.00
2005 =A1.2+M3.U1-WXL CABLE 12X1.5 QMM
Total lenght: 23.50

__________________
D
D 2028 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK3 CABLE 4X1.0 QMM
2028 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK14 CABLE 4X1.0 QMM 5.50

2028 =A1.2+M1.U4-WK15 CABLE 4X1.0 QMM 8.50
Total lenght: 14.00

__________________
2034 =A1.2+M1.U4-WB82.1 CABLE 7 x 1,0 QMM 5.50
E
E
Total lenght: 5.50

__________________
2035 =A1.2+M1.U4-WB2.2 CABLE 3X0,75 QMM 6.00
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Prepared
Erstellt
Cable list
mitusing
Moeller
project
ProPlan
A

(BM-Text 5)
2035 =A1.2+M1.U4-WB9 CABLE 3X0,75 QMM 11.00
Total lenght: 17.00

__________________
2036 =A1.2+M2.U3-WX22 CABLE 4X0,75 QMM
B
B
Total lenght:
__________________
2042 =A1.2+M1-WXL CABLE 5 x 1,5 QMM
Total lenght:
__________________
C
C
2044 =A1.2+M1.U4-WS98.2 CABLE 5 x 1,0QMM 8.50

2044 =A1.2+M1.U4-WS98.3 CABLE 5 x 1,0QMM
Total lenght: 8.50

__________________
D
D 2046 =A1.2+M1.U4-WG3 B+ CABLE 1X35 QMM 8.00
2046 =A1.2+M1.U4-WQ75 CABLE 1X35 QMM 5.50
Total lenght: 13.50

__________________
2060 =A1.2+M1-WK42-E1 CABLE 1X10 QMM 6.50
E
E Total lenght: 6.50
__________________
2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WG1 CABLE 1X95 QMM
2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WGND CABLE 1X95 QMM
2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WM1 CABLE 1X95 QMM
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Prepared
Erstellt
Cable list
mitusing
Moeller
project
ProPlan
A

(BM-Text 5)
2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ46+ CABLE 1X95 QMM
2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ46- CABLE 1X95 QMM
2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ75+ CABLE 1X95 QMM

2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ75- CABLE 1X95 QMM
2091 =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ75-KM1 CABLE 1X95 QMM
B
B
Total lenght:
__________________
6191 =A1.2+M1.U4-CU COPPER BAR 0.22
Total lenght: 0.22

__________________
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Design.: 59010165 comment:

Anschlussleitung Feuerlösch Ansul
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1-WB65#
Length: m
Supplier:
comment Conn. External target External location
locationExternal
External system\FG wire Internal system\FG Internal location Internal target Conn. comment
A
:1 -XB65# 1 +M2 - XF1# :3
A
:2 -XB65# 2 +M2 - XF1# :4
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WB65# Branch Drawing No sheet 6
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Design.: @@59013440 comment:

Anschlussleitung Steuerung CR7032
Type: 805
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1-WK1_U4
Length: 5.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:2 -F10.1 .U4 1 -K1 :01
A
KLL U4 - K1 :2 -X4_K1 .U4 2 -K1 :02
KLL U4 - K1 :3 -X4_K1 .U4 3 -K1 :03
KLL U4 - K1 :4 -X4_K1 .U4 4 -K1 :04
KLL U4 - K1 :5 -X4_K1 .U4 5 -K1 :05
KLL U4 - K1 :6 -X4_K1 .U4 6 -K1 :06
KLL U4 - K1 :7 -X4_K1 .U4 7 -K1 :07
KLL U4 - K1 :8 -X4_K1 .U4 8 -K1 :08
KLL U4 - K1 :9 -X4_K1 .U4 9 -K1 :09
KLL U4 - K1 :10 -X4_K1 .U4 10 -K1 :10
B
B
KLL U4 - K1 :11 -X4_K1 .U4 11 -K1 :11
KLL U4 - K1 :12 -X4_K1 .U4 12 -K1 :12
KLL U4 - K1 :13 -X4_K1 .U4 13 -K1 :13
KLL U4 - K1 :14 -X4_K1 .U4 14 -K1 :14
KLL U4 - K1 :15 -X4_K1 .U4 15 -K1 :15
KLL U4 - K1 :16 -X4_K1 .U4 16 -K1 :16
KLL U4 - K1 :17 -X4_K1 .U4 17 -K1 :17
:18 -K1 18 .U4 -X4_K1 :18 KLL U4 - K1
:2 -F10.2 .U4 19 -K1 :19
C
C KLL U4 - K1 :20 -X4_K1 .U4 20 -K1 :20
KLL U4 - K1 :21 -X4_K1 .U4 21 -K1 :21
KLL U4 - K1 :22 -X4_K1 .U4 22 -K1 :22
KLL U4 - K1 :23 -X4_K1 .U4 23 -K1 :23
KLL U4 - K1 :24 -X4_K1 .U4 24 -K1 :24
KLL U4 - K1 :25 -X4_K1 .U4 25 -K1 :25
KLL U4 - K1 :30 -X4_K1 .U4 30 -K1 :30
KLL U4 - K1 :31 -X4_K1 .U4 31 -K1 :31
:2 -F10.3 .U4 32 -K1 :32
D
D KLL U4 - K1 :33 -X4_K1 .U4 33 -K1 :33
KLL U4 - K1 :34 -X4_K1 .U4 34 -K1 :34

KLL U4 - K1 :35 -X4_K1 .U4 35 -K1 :35
KLL U4 - K1 :36 -X4_K1 .U4 36 -K1 :36
KLL U4 :- -X4 .U4 37 -K1 :37
KLL U4 - K1 :38 -X4_K1 .U4 38 -K1 :38
KLL U4 - K1 :39 -X4_K1 .U4 39 -K1 :39
KLL U4 - K1 :40 -X4_K1 .U4 40 -K1 :40

KLL U4 - K1 :41 -X4_K1 .U4 41 -K1 :41
E
E KLL U4 :- -X4 .U4 42 -K1 :42
KLL U4 - K1 :43 -X4_K1 .U4 43 -K1 :43
KLL U4 - K1 :48 -X4_K1 .U4 48 -K1 :48
KLL U4 - K1 :49 -X4_K1 .U4 49 -K1 :49
KLL U4 - K1 :50 -X4_K1 .U4 50 -K1 :50
KLL U4 - K1 :51 -X4_K1 .U4 51 -K1 :51
KLL U4 - K1 :52 -X4_K1 .U4 52 -K1 :52
KLL U4 - K1 :53 -X4_K1 .U4 53 -K1 :53
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WK1_U4 Branch Drawing No sheet 7
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

KLL U4 - K1 :54 -X4_K1 .U4 54 -K1 :54
KLL U4 - K1 :55 -X4_K1 .U4 55 -K1 :55
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Lock Up aus
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1-WK16.1a
Supplier: Length: m
A
A
locationExternal
:87 -KT1 .U4 1 -XK16.1a :1
:2 -XK16.1a 2 .U4 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59022330 comment: Vorglühen
Type: 2060
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1-WK42-E1
Length: 6.5 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 -E1 sw .U4 -K45 :87
Design.: 59010168 comment: Anschlussleitung Rückleuchten
B
B Type: 2042
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1-WXL
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:6 -XL 1 - XL :1
:7 -XL 2 - XL :4
:8 -XL 3 - XL :3
4
:9 -XL gg - XL :6
Design.: 59010157 comment: Batteriebrücke
C
C Type: 2091
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WG1
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:- -G1.1 sw -G1.2 :+
Design.: 59010157 comment: Chassismasse
Type: 2091
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WGND
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:- -Q75 sw -GND :1
D
D Design.: 59010157 comment: Anschlussleitung Anlasser
Type: 2091
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WM1
Manufacturer: Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:30 -M1 sw -KM1 :31a
Design.: 59010157 comment: Anschlussleitung Fremdstartsteckdose
Type: 2091
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ46+
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
E
E :+ -X46 sw -Q75 :+
Design.: 59010157 comment: Anschlussleitung Fremdstartsteckdose
Type: 2091
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ46-
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
:- -Q75 sw -X46 :-
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WK16.1a -WK42-E1 -WXL -WG1 -WGND -WM1 -WQ46+ Branch
-WQ46- Drawing No sheet 8
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Hauptschalter +
Type: 2091
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ75+
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:+ -Q75 sw -G1.1 :+
A
Design.: 59010157 comment: Anschlussleitung Hauptschalter -
Type: 2091
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ75-
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:- -G1.2 sw -Q75 :-
Design.: 59010157 comment: Anschlussleitung Batterrierelais
Type: 2091
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.BAT-WQ75-KM1
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
B
B
:30 -KM1 sw -Q75 :+
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Schutzbelüftungsfilter
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.KLI-WFIL#
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
:+ -FIL# 1 - XFIL# :1
:- -FIL# 2 - XFIL# :2
Design.: 59010170 comment: Anschlussleitung Stiftstecker XSW Scheibenwischer
Type: 2005
Cable: =A1.2+M1.KLI-WUSW#
C
C Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 - XKB# 1 -XKLI# :1
:2 - XKB# 2 -XKLI# :2
:3 - XKB# 3 -XKLI# :3
:4 - XKB# 4 -XKLI# :4
:5 - XKB# 5 -XKLI# :5
:6 - XKB# 6 -XKLI# :6
:7 - XKB# 7 -XKLI# :7
D
D :8 - XKB# 8 -XKLI# :8
:9 - XKB# 9 -XKLI# :9
:10 - XKB# 10 -XKLI# :10
:11 - XKB# 11 -XKLI# :11
:12 - XKB# gg -XKLI# :12
Design.: 59010294 comment: Kupferschiene
Type: 6191
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-CU
Supplier: Length: 0.22 m

locationExternal
E
E :2 -F1 CU -F2 :2
Design.: 59010166 comment: Anschlussleitung Tachometer
Type: 2002
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WB2.1
locationExternal
:1 -XB2.1-XB2.1 1 -X4_K1 :58 KLL U4 - K1
:3 -XB2.1-XB2.1 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
:2 -XB2.1-XB2.1 gg -X4_K1 :33 KLL U4 - K1
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WQ75+ -WQ75- -WQ75-KM1 -WFIL# -WUSW# -CU -WB2.1
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Wandlerdrehzahl
Type: 2035
Manufacturer:
Length: 6.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:C -B2.2 br(1) -X4 :5 KLL U4
A
:B -B2.2 bl(2) -X4 :- KLL U4
:A -B2.2 gg -X4_K1 :52 KLL U4 - K1
:1 shld -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Lastdruck Arbeitshydraulik
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WB4
Length: 5.5 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:a -XB4 1 -F11.1 :1
:c -XB4 2 -X4 :13 KLL U4
B
B
Design.: 59010155 comment: Anschlussleitung Kühlmittelstand
Type: 2035
Manufacturer:
Length: 11.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:A -XB9 br(1) -X4 :21 KLL U4
:C -XB9 bl(2) -X4 :32 KLL U4
:B -XB9 gg -X4 :28 KLL U4
shld
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Getriebekupplungsdruck
C
C Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Length: 5.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:a -XB16 1 -X4 :5 KLL U4
:c -XB16 2 -X4_K1 :39 KLL U4 - K1
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Abgastemperatur
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WB64#
locationExternal
D
D :1 -XB46 1 -T64# :7
:2 -XB46 2 -T64# :8
Design.: 59010154 comment: Anschlussleitung Pedalwertgeber
Type: 2034
Manufacturer:
locationExternal
:A -XB82.1 +M2 1 -X4 :23 KLL U4
:B -XB82.1 +M2 2 -X4 :9 KLL U4

:C -XB82.1 +M2 3 -X4 :22 KLL U4
E
E :A -XB82.2 +M2 4 -X4 :34 KLL U4
:B -XB82.2 +M2 5 -X4 :11 KLL U4
:C -XB82.2 +M2 6 -X4 :1 KLL U4
gg
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WB2.2 -WB4 -WB9 -WB16 -WB64# -WB82.1 Branch Drawing No sheet 10
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Lichtmaschine
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WG3
Length: 8.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:B (L) -G3 1 -X4_K1 :54 KLL U4 - K1
A
:C (I) -G3 2 -X4_K1 :57 KLL U4 - K1
Design.: 59010147 comment: Anschlussleitung Lichtmaschine
Type: 2046
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WG3 B+
locationExternal
:B+ -G3 gr -F2 :1
Design.: 59010165 comment: Versorgungsleitung Heizung
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WHZG#
Length: m
Supplier:
B
B
locationExternal
KLL U3 :45 -X3 +M2.U3 1 +M2.U3 -XM6 :3
:5 -GND_U3 +M2.U3 2 +M2.U3 -XM6 :4
Design.: 59010753 comment: Anschlussleitung Knoten K3
Type: 2028
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WK3
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
CR2031 :VBBs -K3 sw K3_VBBs
CR2031 :GNDs -K3 bn -X4 :- KLL U4
C
C CR2031 :VBBo -K3 gr -KF11 :22
CR2031 :GNDo -K3 gg -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Abschaltung Mulde
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WK5a
locationExternal
:1 -XK5a +M3 1 -K5 :87a
:2 -XK5a +M3 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
D
Type:
D 2028
Manufacturer:
Length: 5.5 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:VBBs -K14 sw -KF10 :24
:GNDs -K14 bn -X4 :- KLL U4
:VBBo -K14 gr -KF10 :12
:GNDo -K14 gg K14_GNDo

Type: 2028
Manufacturer:
Length: 8.5 m
E
E Supplier:
locationExternal
CR2031 :VBBs -K15 sw -KF11 :16
CR2031 :GNDs -K15 bn K15_GNDs
CR2031 :VBBo -K15 gr -KF11 :10
CR2031 :GNDo -K15 gg K15_GNDo
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WG3 -WG3 B+ -WHZG# -WK3 -WK5a -WK14 -WK15
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Lock Up
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Length: 5.5 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:1 -K16a 1 -X4_K1 :2 KLL U4 - K1
A
:2 -K16a 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Volumenstromzuschaltung
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
locationExternal
:1 -XK25a 1 -X4 :13 KLL U4
:2 -XK25a 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Auspuffklappe
Type: 2001
B
B Manufacturer:
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
:1 -XK51a 1 -K57 :14
KLL U4 :- -X4 2 -XK51a :2
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Festsellbremsventil
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:

locationExternal
:1 -XK52a 1 -X4_K1 :13 KLL U4 - K1
C
C :2 -XK52a 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Betriebs-(Neutral-)Bremse
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WK54a#
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XK54a# 1 -X4_K1 :11 KLL U4 - K1
:2 -XK54a# 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Lenksperre
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
D
D Length: m
Supplier:

locationExternal
1
:2 -XK55a 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Lenksperre
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WK55b#
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
1
E
E :2 -XK55b 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Vorentlüftung Bremse
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
KLL U4 - K1 :4 -X4_K1 1 -XK56a :1
:2 -XK56a 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WK16a -WK25a -WK51a -WK52a -WK54a# -WK55a# -WK55b#
Branch
-WK56a Drawing No sheet 12
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Hupe
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Length: 8.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:1 -X85a# 1 -X4_K1 :3 KLL U4 - K1
A
KLL U4 :- -X4 2 -X85a# :2
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Batterierelais
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WKM1
locationExternal
:85 -KM1 .BAT 1 -X4_K1 :5 KLL U4 - K1
:86 -KM1 .BAT 2 -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Anlasser
Type: 2001
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WM1
B
B Manufacturer:
locationExternal
:50 -M1 1 -K3 :87
:50 -M1 2 -K3 :87
Design.: 59010147 comment: Anschlussleitung Vorsicherungen
Type: 2046
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WQ75

locationExternal
:+ -Q75 .BAT gr -F1 :2
C
C Design.: 59010152 comment: Anschlussleitung Not Aus
Type: 2044
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WS98.2
locationExternal
KLL U4 :38 -X4 sw -S98.2 :21
:12 -S98.2 gr -X4 :7 KLL U4
KLL U4 :37 -X4 br -S98.2 :11
:22 -S98.2 bl -X4 :6 KLL U4
gg
D
D Design.: 59010152 comment: Anschlussleitung Not Aus
Type: 2044
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WS98.3
Supplier:
locationExternal
:12 -S98.3 sw -X4 :38 KLL U4
KLL U4 - K1 :55 -X4_K1 gr -S98.3 :11
:12 -S98.3 br -X4 :37 KLL U4
KLL U4 - K1 :24 -X4_K1 bl -S98.3 :11

gg
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WK85a# -WKM1 -WM1 -WQ75 -WS98.2 -WS98.3Branch Drawing No sheet 13
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Stiftstecker XU3
Type: 2005
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WU3
Length: 3.5 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:1 -XU3 +M2.U3 1 -F7 :1
A
:2 -XU3 +M2.U3 2 -K4 :86
:3 -XU3 +M2.U3 3 -F10.4 :1
:4 -XU3 +M2 4 -X4_K1 :50 KLL U4 - K1
:5 -XU3 +M2.U3 5 -F10.5 :1
:6 -XU3 +M2.U3 6 -F11.5 :1
:7 -XU3 +M2 7 -X4 :6 KLL U4
:8 -XU3 +M2 8 -X4 :7 KLL U4
:9 -XU3 +M2 9 -X4_K1 :43 KLL U4 - K1
:10 -XU3 +M2 10 -X4_K1 :25 KLL U4 - K1
B
B
:11 -XU3 +M2.U3 11 -F3# :1
:12 -XU3 +M2.U3 gg -X4 :- KLL U4
Design.: 59010169 comment: Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XU3.1
Type: 2004
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WU3.1

locationExternal
:1 -XU3.1 +M2 1 -X4 :45 KLL U4
:2 -XU3.1 +M2 2 -X4 :48 KLL U4
:3 -XU3.1 +M2 3 S32 Signal DT Notpumpe
C
C :4 -XU3.1 +M2 4 FIRE Löschanlage ausgelöst
:5 -XU3.1 +M2 5 -X4 :52 KLL U4
:6 -XU3.1 +M2 6 -X4 :53 KLL U4
gg
Design.: 59010170 comment: Anschlussleitung U8
Type: 2005
Manufacturer:
Length: 5.5 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
1
D
D : -KR 2 -X4_K1 :17 KLL U4 - K1
: - K1 3 -X4_K1 :16 KLL U4 - K1

: - K2 4 -X4_K1 :15 KLL U4 - K1
: - K3 5 -X4_K1 :14 KLL U4 - K1
KLL U4 :- -X4 6 -KF :
KLL U4 :- -X4 7 -KR :
KLL U4 :- -X4 8 - K1 :
KLL U4 :- -X4 9 - K2 :
KLL U4 :- -X4 10 - K3 :
E
E 11
gg
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WU3 -WU3.1 -WU8 Branch Drawing No sheet 14
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Klimaanlage
Type: 2004
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WXKA#
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:3 -XKA# .KLI 1 - F3 :3
A
:2 -XKA# .KLI 2 - F3 :5
:1 -XKA# .KLI 3 - F3 :7
:4 -XKA# .KLI 4 - F3 :1
:6 -XKA# .KLI 5 -K6 :87a
6
gg
Design.: 59010170 comment: Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XL
Type: 2005
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M1.U4-WXL
Length: 5.5 m
Supplier:
B
B
locationExternal
:1 -XL 1 -X4_K1 :17 KLL U4 - K1
:2 -XL 2 -X4 :5 KLL U4
:3 -XL 3 -X4_K1 :36 KLL U4 - K1
:4 -XL 4 -X4_K1 :41 KLL U4 - K1
:5 -XL 5 -X4 :49 KLL U4
6
7
8
C
C 9
:10 -XL 10 -X4 :20 KLL U4
:11 -XL 11 -X4 :24 KLL U4
KLL U4 :- -X4 gg -XL :12
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Fußtaster AKB
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2-WB54
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 -B54 1 -YB66 :2
D
D :C -XB54 2 -B54 :2
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Totmann-Fußtaster

Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2-WB66#
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:B -XB54 1 -B66# :1
:3 -YB66 2 -B66# :2
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung XE46 Zusatzscheinwerfer

Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2-WE46
Length: 3.0 m
E
E Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 -XE46# 1 - XE46.1 :1
:2 -XE46# 2 - XE46.1 :2
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WXKA# -WXL -WB54 -WB66# -WE46 Branch Drawing No sheet 15
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung E51# Rundumkennleuchte
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2-WE51#
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:+ - XE51# 1 -X55 :1
A
:- - XE51# 2 -X55 :2
Design.: 59010165 comment: Versorgungsleitung Heizung
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2-WHZG#
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
:3 -XM6# 1 -MHZG# :+
:4 -XM6# 2 -MHZG# :-
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung M6# Kabinenlüfter
Type: 2001
Cable: =A1.2+M2-WM6#
B
B Manufacturer:
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
:1 -M6# 1 -XM6# :1
:2 -M6# 2 -XM6# :2
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Versorgung Ansul
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2-WSup#
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:+ -KF1 +M1 1 - XF1# :1
C
C :- -KF1 +M1 2 - XF1# :2
Design.: 59010169 comment: Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XP61
Type: 2004
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.1-WP61
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XP61 1 -XP61 :1
:2 -XP61 2 -XP61 :2
:3 -XP61 3 -XP61 :3
:4 -XP61 4 -XP61 :4
D
D :5 -XP61 5 -XP61 :5
:6 -XP61 6 -XP61 :6
gg
Design.: 59010167 comment: Anschlussleitung Scheibenwischer
Type: 2003
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.2-WM4.1#
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XSW 1 -XM2 :1/53a

:4/31b -XM2 2 -XSW :2
E
E :3 -XSW 3 -XM2 :3/53
:2/31 -XM2 gg -XSW :4
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WE51# -WHZG# -WM6# -WSup# -WP61 -WM4.1#
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Scheibenwischer
Type: 2003
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.2-WM4.2#
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:5 -XSW 1 -XM3 :1/53a
A
:4/31b -XM3 2 -XSW :6
:7 -XSW 3 -XM3 :3/53
:2/31 -XM3 gg -XSW :8
Design.: 59010167 comment: Anschlussleitung Scheibenwischer
Type: 2003
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.2-WM4.3#
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:9 -XSW 1 -XM4 :1/53a
:4/31b -XM4 2 -XSW :10
B
B
:11 -XSW 3 -XM4 :3/53
:2/31 -XM4 gg -XSW :12
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Scheibenwascher
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.2-WM5#
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XM5 1 -M5# :1
:2 -M5# 2 -XM5 :2
Design.: 59010167 comment: Anschlussleitung Fußtaster AKB
C
C Type: 2003
Manufacturer:
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
KLL U3 :3 -X3 1 -XB54 :A
KLL U3 :21 -X3 2 -XB54 :B
KLL U3 :12 -X3 3 -XB54 :C
gg
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung XE46 Zusatzscheinwerfer
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WE46
D
D Length: m
Supplier:

locationExternal
:1 -XE46 1 -K24 :87
:2 -XE46 2 -X3 :- KLL U3
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung E51 Rundumkennleuchte
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WE51
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XE51# 1 -X3 :24 KLL U3
E
E :2 -XE51# 2 -X3 :- KLL U3
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WM4.2# -WM4.3# -WM5# -WB54 -WE46 -WE51Branch Drawing No sheet 17
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XKLI
Type: 2005
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WKLI
Length: 3.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:A -XS78.3A 1 -XKLI :1
A
:B -XS78.3A 2 -XKLI :2
:C -XS78.3A 3 -XKLI :3
:1 -XS78.3C 4 -XKLI :4
:2 -XS78.3C 5 -XKLI :5
:5 -XS78.3C 6 -XKLI :6
:6 -XS78.3C 7 -XKLI :7
:3 -XS78.3C 8 -XKLI :8
:4 -XS78.3C 9 -XKLI :9
:A -XS78.3B 10 -XKLI :10
B
B
:B -XS78.3B 11 -XKLI :11
:C -XS78.3B gg -XKLI :12
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XM5 Waschbehälter
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:

locationExternal
:1 -XM5 1 -X3 :11 KLL U3
:2 -XM5 2 -X3 :- KLL U3
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung M6 Kabinenlüfter
C
C Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Length: 3.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 -XM6 1 -X3 :33 KLL U3
:2 -XM6 2 -X3 :- KLL U3
Design.: 59010169 comment: Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XP61
Type: 2004
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WP61
locationExternal
D
D :1 -XP61 1 -X3 :3 KLL U3
:2 -XP61 2 -X3 :- KLL U3

:3 -XP61 3 -X3 :20 KLL U3
:4 -XP61 4 -X3 :19 KLL U3
:5 -XP61 5 -X3 :18 KLL U3
:6 -XP61 6 -X3 :17 KLL U3
gg
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WKLI -WM5 -WM6 -WP61 Branch Drawing No sheet 18
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XU3
Type: 2005
Manufacturer:
Length: 3.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:1 -XU3 1 -X3 :1 KLL U3
A
:2 -XU3 2 -X3 :2 KLL U3
:3 -XU3 3 -X3 :3 KLL U3
:4 -XU3 4 -X3 :4 KLL U3
:5 -XU3 5 -X3 :5 KLL U3
:6 -XU3 6 -X3 :6 KLL U3
:7 -XU3 7 -X3 :7 KLL U3
:8 -XU3 8 -X3 :8 KLL U3
:9 -XU3 9 -X3 :9 KLL U3
:10 -XU3 10 -X3 :10 KLL U3
B
B
:11 -XU3 11 -X3 :45 KLL U3
:12 -XU3 gg -X3 :- KLL U3
Design.: 59010169 comment: Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XU3.1
Type: 2004
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WU3.1
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XU3.1 1 -X3 :27 KLL U3
:2 -XU3.1 2 -X3 :28 KLL U3
:3 -XU3.1 3 -X3 :29 KLL U3
C
C :4 -XU3.1 4 -X3 :30 KLL U3
:5 -XU3.1 5 -X3 :31 KLL U3
:6 -XU3.1 6 -X3 :32 KLL U3
gg
Design.: 59010170 comment: Anschlussleitung Buchsenstecker XSW Scheibenwischer
Type: 2005
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WUSW
Length: 3.0 m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 -XSW 1 -X3 :5 KLL U3
D
D :2 -XSW 2 -K21 :87a
:3 -XSW 3 -K21 :30

:4 -XSW 4 -X3 :- KLL U3
:5 -XSW 5 -X3 :5 KLL U3
:6 -XSW 6 -K22 :87a
:7 -XSW 7 -K22 :30
:8 -XSW 8 -X3 :- KLL U3
:9 -XSW 9 -X3 :5 KLL U3

:10 -XSW 10 -K23 :87a
E
E :11 -XSW 11 -K23 :30
:12 -XSW gg -X3 :- KLL U3
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WU3 -WU3.1 -WUSW Branch Drawing No sheet 19
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Cummins Diagnose
Type: 2036
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WX22
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:B -X22 br(1) -X3 :3 KLL U3
A
:C -X22 bl(2) -X3 :13 KLL U3
:D -X22 gr(3) -X3 :14 KLL U3
:A -X22 gg -X3 :- KLL U3
:E -X22 shld -X3 :- KLL U3
Design.: 59010167 comment: Anschlussleitung 4Poliger Stecker Feuerlöschanlage
Type: 2003
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M2.U3-WXF1#
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
KLL U3 :1 -X3 1 -XF1# :1
B
B
:2 -XF1# 2 -X3 :- KLL U3
KLL U3 :1 -X3 3 -XF1# :3
KLL U3 :30 -X3 gg -XF1# :4
Design.: 59010166 comment: Anschlussleitung Muldenabschaltung
Type: 2002
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M3-WB90.1
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
:3 -B90.1 1 - XB90 :1
:4 -B90.1 2 - XB90 :3
C
C :1 -B90.1 gg - XB90 :2
Design.: 59010166 comment: Anschlussleitung Muldenposition unten
Type: 2002
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M3-WB90.2
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:3 -B90.2# 1 - XB90 :4
:4 -B90.2# 2 - XB90 :6
:1 -B90.2# gg - XB90 :5
Design.: 59010169 comment: Anschlussleitung Positionsschalter Mulde
D
Type:
D 2004
Manufacturer:
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 -XB90 1 -X1 :5 KLL U1
:2 -XB90 2 -X1 :- KLL U1
:3 -XB90 3 -X1 :3 KLL U1
:4 -XB90 4 -X1 :5 KLL U1
:5 -XB90 5 -X1 :- KLL U1

:6 -XB90 6 -X1 :24 KLL U1
E
E gg
Design.: 59010166 comment: Anschlussleitung Radbremse hinten links
Type: 2002
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M3.U1-WB113.3
Supplier: Length: m
locationExternal
:A -XB113.3 1 -X1 :5 KLL U1
:B -XB113.3 2 -X1 :- KLL U1
:C -XB113.3 gg -X1 :36 KLL U1
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WX22 -WXF1# -WB90.1 -WB90.2 -WB90 -WB113.3
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Radbremse hinten rechts
Type: 2002
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M3.U1-WB113.4
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:A -XB113.4 1 -X1 :5 KLL U1
A
:B -XB113.4 2 -X1 :- KLL U1
:C -XB113.4 gg -X1 :41 KLL U1
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Rückfahrscheinwerfer rechts
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M3.U1-WE42.1
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XE42.1 1 -X1 :20 KLL U1
:2 -XE42.1 2 -X1 :- KLL U1
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Rückfahrscheinwerfer links
B
B Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -XE42.2 1 -X1 :20 KLL U1
:2 -XE42.2 2 -X1 :- KLL U1
Design.: 59010167 comment: Anschlussleitung Dreikammerrückleuchte links
Type: 2003
Manufacturer:
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
C
C :1 - XE43.2 1 -X1 :6 KLL U1
:2 - XE43.2 2 -X1 :8 KLL U1
:4 - XE43.2 3 -X1 :7 KLL U1
:3 - XE43.2 gg -X1 :- KLL U1
Design.: 59010167 comment: Anschlussleitung Dreikammerrückleuchte rechts
Type: 2003
Manufacturer:
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
:1 - XE43.1 1 -X1 :6 KLL U1
D
D :2 - XE43.1 2 -X1 :9 KLL U1
:4 - XE43.1 3 -X1 :7 KLL U1

:3 - XE43.1 gg -X1 :- KLL U1
Design.: 59010165 comment: Anschlussleitung Rückfahrwarner
Type: 2001
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M3.U1-WP52
Supplier: Length: m

locationExternal
:1 -P52 1 -X1 :17 KLL U1

:2 -P52 2 -X1 :- KLL U1
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WB113.4 -WE42.1 -WE42.2 -WE43.1 -WE43.2 -WP52
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anschlussleitung Stiftstecker XL
Type: 2005
Manufacturer:
Cable: =A1.2+M3.U1-WXL
Length: m
Supplier:
locationExternal
A
:1 -XL 1 -X1 :17 KLL U1
A
:2 -XL 2 -X1 :5 KLL U1
:3 -XL 3 -X1 :36 KLL U1
:4 -XL 4 -X1 :41 KLL U1
:5 -XL 5 -X1 :3 KLL U1
:6 -XL 6 -X1 :6 KLL U1
:7 -XL 7 -X1 :7 KLL U1
:8 -XL 8 -X1 :8 KLL U1
:9 -XL 9 -X1 :9 KLL U1
:10 -XL 10 -X1 :20 KLL U1
B
B
:11 -XL 11 -X1 :24 KLL U1
:12 -XL gg -X1 :- KLL U1
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 -WXL Branch Drawing No sheet 22
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Wiring diagram
A
A place from / of to Wire information
Location Cross reference BMKZ Colour BMKZ Description Position part number
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :H rt -X3 :3 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :G sw -X3 :4 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2177 59013992
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :F bl -X3 :- LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :E bl -X3 :- LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :D ge -X3 :15 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2176 59013991
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :C gr -X3 :41 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :B gn -X3 :40 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2175 59013990
+M2.U3 =A1.2/17.4E -XSP2 :A br -X3 :16 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996
B
B
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.1D -X3 :- bl -GND_U3 :6 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.1D -X3 :- bl -GND_U3 :1 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
=A1.2/20.1D 26-29 vio -S32# :14
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.1D -X3 :25 gn -SR3 :14 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2142 59013170
+M2.U3 =A1.2/20.3B -SR3 :13 rt -S32# :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.1D -X3 :24 or -S76# :14 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2135 59013163
+M2.U3 =A1.2/20.2B -S76# :13 rt -SR3 :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/20.2B -S82 :13 ws -X3 :27 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2133 59013161
+M2.U3 =A1.2/20.2B -S76# :13 rt -P56 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
C
C +M2.U3 =A1.2/16.5A -S98.1 :22 rt -X3 :8 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2120 59013104
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.5A -S98.1 :21 rt -S98.1 :11 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2120 59013104
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.5A -S98.1 :12 rt -X3 :7 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2120 59013104
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.5A -S98.1 :11 rt -X3 :6 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2120 59013104
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.2B -S73# :2 -P60.2 :X2
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.2B -S73# :1 -S80 :1
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.5B -S91# :14 gn -X3 :11 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2125 59013109
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.5B -S91# :12 ws -K23 :86 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2124 59013108
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.5B -S91# :11 -S91# :13
D
D +M2.U3 =A1.2/19.5B -S91# :13 rt -X3 :5 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2120 59013104
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.4D -S67 :1 gr -S64 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995

+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.3D -S86 :14 rt -S67 :14 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.2A -S85 :14 sw -X3 :2 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2122 59013106
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.2B -S87 :14 vio -X3 :44 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2131 59013115
+M2.U3 =A1.2/16.2A -S85 :11 vio -X3 :3 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2131 59013115
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.6D -S80 :2 bl -P60.2 :X2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
=A1.2/18.7C P58 gr -S80 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995

+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.6D -S80 :14 rt -P22 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
E
E +M2.U3 =A1.2/18.5D -S72 :2 bl -S80 :2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.6D -S80 :1 gr -S72 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.4D -S67 :2 bl -S72 :2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.4D -S67 :1 vio -S72 :11 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2143 59013172
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Wiring diagram dashboard U3 Branch Drawing No sheet 23
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Wiring diagram
A
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.6D -P60.2 :X2 bl -S73# :2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.8D -P56 :1 rt -S76# :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.7D -P23 :1 rt -P56 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.7D -P22 :1 rt -P23 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.1C -K24 :85 bl -X3 :- LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
B
B
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.1C -K24 :30 rt/ws -X3 :5 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2154 59013124
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.5C -K23 :86 ws -K22 :86 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2124 59013108
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.4C -K22 :87 rt/ws -K21 :87 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2154 59013124
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.4C -K22 :86 ws -K21 :86 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2124 59013108
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.4C -K22 :85 bl -K23 :85 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
C
C +M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :26 rt -P23 :2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2132 59013160
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :25 br -P56 :2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2138 59013166
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :24 ws -P22 :2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2133 59013161
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :23 gn -X3 :37 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2175 59013990
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :22 rt -X3 :43 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :21 br -X3 :42 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :20 gr -S67 :23 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2134 59013162
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :19 or -S67 :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2135 59013163
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :18 bl -X3 :- LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
D
D +M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :17 gr -X3 :38 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :16 gn -X3 :39 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2175 59013990
+M2.U3 =A1.2/19.2B -S73# :14 br -X3 :36 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996
sw -X3 :35 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2177 59013992
bl -X3 :34 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M2.U3 =A1.2/20.4B -S78# :14 ge -X3 :33 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2176 59013991
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :11 bl LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :10 br LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996

+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :9 ge -X3 :15 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2176 59013991
E
E +M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :8 br -X3 :16 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :2 rt -X3 :3 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.3B -K13 :1 sw -X3 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2177 59013992
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :3.6 br -X3 :16 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :3.5 ge -X3 :15 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2176 59013991
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :3.2 bl -X3 :- LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Wiring diagram
A
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :2.17 rt -X3 :32 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :2.15 gg -K24 :86 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2140 59013168
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :2.11 ge -S72 :23 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2139 59013167
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.5D -S72 :11 gr -K9 :2.7 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :2.3 sw -S80 :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2141 59013169
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :1.17 gr -X3 :31 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :1.15 gn -P60.2 :X1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2142 59013170
+M2.U3 =A1.2/18.2D -S64 :2 -S67 :2
B
B
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :1.7 sw -S64 :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2177 59013992
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :1.5 ge -S64 :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2176 59013991
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :1.3 gr -S86 :13 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :1.2 rt -S43 :12 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M2.U3 =A1.2/15.2E -K9 :1.1 gn -S43 :11 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2175 59013990
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Wiring diagram
A
+M1 =A1.2/2.1A -XK35_J3 :01 bl -X4 :- LEITUNG 1X2,5 QMM 2183 59013998
+M1 =A1.2/2.1A -XK35_J3 :02 bl -X4 :- LEITUNG 1X2,5 QMM 2183 59013998
+M1 =A1.2/2.1A -XK35_J3 :03 rt -F5 :1 LEITUNG 1X2,5 QMM 2182 59013997
+M1 =A1.2/2.1A -XK35_J3 :04 rt -F5 :1 LEITUNG 1X2,5 QMM 2182 59013997
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :01 rt -X4 :1 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2179 59013994
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :02 br -X4 :2 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996
+M1.U4 =A1.2/1.5C -X4 :8 gr -XK35_J2 :08 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :09 ge -X4 :9 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2176 59013991
B
B
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :11 sw -X4 :11 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2177 59013992
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :23 gn -X4 :23 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2175 59013990
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :31 gn -X4 :31 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2175 59013990
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :32 gr -X4 :32 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2180 59013995
C
C +M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :34 bl -X4 :34 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :39 br -X4_K1 :12 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2181 59013996
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :40 bl -K45 :85 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :42 gn -K45 :86 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2175 59013990
+M1 =A1.2/2.2A -XK35_J2 :43 bl -X4 :43 LEITUNG 1X0,75 QMM 2178 59013993
D
D
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Wiring diagram Cummins QSB6.7 Branch Drawing No sheet 26
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Wiring diagram
A
+M1.U4 =A1.2/6.1C -X4_K1 :57 sw -K6 :86 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2122 59013106
+M1.U4 =A1.2/6.1C -X4_K1 :57 gn -F10.4 :1 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2125 59013109
+M1.U4 =A1.2/8.4C -K6 :85 sw -X4_K1 :56 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2122 59013106
+M1.U4 =A1.2/6.1C -X4_K1 :17 vio -K7 :86 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2131 59013115
+M1.U4 =A1.2/6.1C -X4_K1 :10 gr -F10.3 :2 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2126 59013110
+M1.U4 =A1.2/6.1C -X4_K1 :5 sw -K3 :86 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2122 59013106
+M1.U4 =A1.2/1.5C -X4 :- bl -K4 :85 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
+M1.U4 =A1.2/1.5C -X4 :- bl -GND_U4 :6 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
B
B
+M1.U4 =A1.2/1.5C -X4 :- bl -K7 :85 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
+M1.U4 =A1.2/4.4A -KF11 :34 bl -X4 :- LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
+M1.U4 =A1.2/4.1A -KF10 :+ rt -KF11 :+ LEITUNG 1X16 QMM 2116 59013100
+M1.U4 =A1.2/11.6C -K7 :87 gr -X4 :20 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2126 59013110
+M1.U4 =A1.2/11.6C -K7 :30 gn -F10.2 :1 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2125 59013109
+M1.U4 =A1.2/1.1A -K4 :87 -KF10 :+
C
C +M1.U4 =A1.2/8.2C -K3 :85 bl -X4 :- LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2121 59013105
+M1.U4 =A1.2/4.4B -F11.1 :1 or -K5 :30 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2129 59013113
+M1.U4 =A1.2/1.2C -F6 :1 ws -K3 :30 LEITUNG 1X1,5 QMM 2124 59013108
+M1.U4 =A1.2/1.1C -F1 :1 rt -K4 :30 LEITUNG 1X16 QMM 2116 59013100
D
D
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Wiring diagram terminal box U4 Branch Drawing No sheet 27
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

2001
2005
2003
2036
2003
2005
2004
2005
Terminal strip -X3 Länge: 163.2
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
Target designation Target designation
-WUSW
-WP61
-WUSW
-WXF1#
-WB54
-WX22
-WM5
-WU3
Loc. des. Indication Conn. terminal Bridge Type of terminal Conn. Indication
1 -XU3 :1 1 :14 -S71

1 :1 1 /16.1D 5011
-XF1#
3 :3 1
B
B
1 /17.2C :1 -K13
2 -XU3 :2 2 /16.2D 5011 :14 -S85
2 /16.2D :K -D1
4 -XU3 :4 4 /17.3D 5010 :G -XSP2
-D1 :A 44 /16.2C :14 -S87
3 -XU3 :3 3 /16.2C 5011 :11 -S85
3 /16.3C :3.1 -K9
-XSP2 :H 3 /17.2C 5011 :2 -K13
br(1) -X22 :B 3 /17.2C
C
C -XB52 :br 3 /20.5D 5011 :br -XB90#
1 :A 3 /20.5D :1 -XP61 1
-XB54
3 :C 12 /20.5D 5010 :2.1 -K9
37 /17.2C :23 -K13
5 /19.3D 5011 :30 -K24
5 /19.3D :1 1
-XSW
5 -XSW :5 5 /19.4D 5011 :9 9
5 -XU3 :5 5 :13 -S78#
/19.7D
5 :13 -S91#
D
D 6 :6 6 /16.4D 5010 :11
-S98.1
7 -XU3 :7 7 /16.5D :12

8 :8 8 /16.5D 5010 :22 -S98.1
1 -XM5 :1 11 /19.6C :14 -S91#
9 :9 9 /17.3D 5010
-XU3
10 :10 10 /17.4D
40 /17.3D 5010 :B
-XSP2
41 /17.4D :C
38 /17.4D 5010 :17
-K13
E
E 39 /17.4D :16
bl(2) -X22 :C 13 /17.5C 5011 :1 -R8
13 /17.6C :sw
-XC4-13
14 /17.6C 5011 :gr
gr(3) -X22 :D 14 /17.6C :2 -R8
-R7 :1 15 /16.8D 5011 :3.5 -K9
15 /16.8D :gr -XC1-13
-XSP2 :D 15 /17.4C 5011 :9 -K13
15
F
F
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien Terminal diagram 9193851-52 2401
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 terminal parts -X3 Branch Drawing No sheet 1
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

2001
2005
2001
2036
2005
2001
2003
2004
2001
2003
2004
2004
2001
2003
2036
2005
2001
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WHZG#
-WXF1#
-WUSW
-WU3.1
-WXF1#
-WP61
-WX22
-WE51
-WUSW
-WU3.1
-WE46
-WX22
-WB54
-WE51
-WM6
-WM5
-WU3
-R7 :2 16 /16.8C 5011 :3.6 -K9

16 /16.8C :sw -XC1-13
-XSP2 :A 16 /17.4C 5011 :8 -K13
B
B
16
17 /20.6D 5010 :6 6
18 /20.6D :5 5
-XP61
19 /20.7D 5010 :4 4
20 /20.7D :3 3
2 -XB54 :B 21 /20.6D 5010 :1.11
-XB90# :ws 22 /20.6D :1.12 -K9
-XB52 :sw 23 /20.5D 5010 :2.5
1 -XE51# :1 24 /20.2D :14 -S76#
C
C 25 /20.3D 5010 :14 -SR3
26
1 :1 27 /19.7D 5010 :13 -S82
2 -XU3.1 :2 28 /19.7D :2.12 -K9
3 :3 29 /19.7D 5010 :14 -S32#
gg -XF1# :4 30 /16.6D :4 -XU3.1 4
5 :5 31 /19.8D 5010 :1.17
-XU3.1 -K9
6 :6 32 /19.8D :2.17
1 -XM6 :1 33 /20.4D 5010 :14 -S78#
D
D 34 /20.4D
35 /20.5D 5010
36 /19.2D :14 -S73#
42 /17.7C 5010 :21
-K13
43 /17.7C :22
11 -XU3 :11 45 /21.2C 5010 :3 -XM6 1
46
-GND_U3 :6 - /16.3D 5012 :3.2 -K9

- /16.3D :2 -XF1# 2
E
E gg -XU3 :12 - /17.2D 5012 :3
-K13
-K13 :18 - /17.2D :4
-XSP2 :F - /17.5D 5012 :E -XSP2
gg -X22 :A - /17.6D :E -X22 shld
2 -XE46 :2 - /19.1D 5012 :85 -K24
- /19.4D :4 4
-XSW
8 -XSW :8 - /19.4D 5012 :12 gg
2 -XM5 :2 - /19.6D :1 -GND_U3
2 -XM6 :2 - /20.4D 5012 :2 -XE51# 2
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

2004
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WP61
- :bl -XB52
- /20.4D 5012 :2 -XP61 2
- :bl -XB90#
B
B
:2 - /23.4C :GND
:1 47 /23.3C 5010 :+Ub
+OP.4 -XWK50 :10 48 /23.6C :MIO1
:11 49 /23.6C 5010 :MIO2
:12 50 /23.6C :MIO3
51 /23.4C 5010 :CAN H
52 /23.4C :CAN L
-P62
:3 53 /23.4C 5010 :EXC1+
:4 54 /23.5C :SENSE1+
C
C :5 55 /23.5C 5010 :SIG1+
+OP.4 -XWK50 :6 56 /23.5C :SIG1-
:7 57 /23.5C 5010 :SENSE1-
:8 58 /23.5C :EXC1-
:9 59 /23.5C 5010 :SHIELD
60
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

2035
2034
2001
2044
2005
2001
2034
2035
2005
2001
2035
2044
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WB82.1
-WS98.3
-WK25a
-WB2.2
-WB82.1
-WS98.2
-WXL
-WB9
-WB16
-WB9
-WB4
-WU3
-XK35_J2 :01 1 /9.4D 5010 :C -XB82.2 6

2 /1.7C :02 -XK35_J2
5 /7.1D 5011 :15 -KT1
B
B
1 -XB16 :a 5 /7.3D :4 -T64#
-F11.1 :1 5 /7.3D 5011
-WB53 :br 5 /8.5D :br -WB34#
-WB7 :br 5 /10.4C 5011 :C -B2.2 br(1)
-XM31 :1 5 :2 -XL 2
/11.2C
-XM32 :1 5
5 /22.1D 5011 :30 -K6
5
7 +M2 -XU3 :7 6 :7 -XU3
C
C /7.7D 5010
bl -S98.2 :22 6
8 +M2 -XU3 :8 7 :8 -XU3
/7.8D
gr -S98.2 :12 7
-K56 :14 8 /7.5D 5010 :08 -XK35_J2
:09 9 /9.3D :B -XB82.1 2
-XK35_J2
:11 11 /9.4D 5010 :B -XB82.2 5
12 /1.7C :12 -XK35_J2
2 -XB4 :c 13 /6.7D 5010 :1 -XK25a 1
15 /1.7C :15
D
-XK35_J2
D -K55 :14 18 /7.4D 5010 :07
-K7 :87 20 /11.6C :10 -XL 10

-XK35_J2 :21 21 /1.7C 5010 :A -XB9 br(1)
3 +M2 -XB82.1 :C 22 /9.3D :22 -XK35_J2
-XK35_J2 :23 23 /9.3D 5010 :A -XB82.1 1
-WB90 :sw 24 /11.4C :11 -XL 11
-XK35_J2 :28 28 /1.7C 5010 :B -XB9 gg
31 /1.7C :31
-XK35_J2
bl(2) -XB9 :C 32 /1.7C 5010 :32
E
E -XK35_J2 :34 34 /9.3D :A -XB82.2 4
-XS44-I :sw 35 /9.6D 5011 :sw -XS44-O
35 /9.6D :1 -RS44
-XS44-I :gr 36 /9.6D 5011 :gr -XS44-O
36 /9.6D :2 -RS44
br :11 37 /7.7D 5010 :12 -S98.3 br
-S98.2
sw :21 38 /7.7D :12 -S98.3 sw
:43 43 /4.8D 5010 :2 -PST#
-XK35_J2
:44 44 /4.8D :2 -PDIAG#
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2005
2028
2028
2004
2005
2004
2028
2001
2001
2001
2001
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WK55b#
-WK55a#
-WK16.1a
-WK16a
-WK56a
-WK54a#
-WK85a#
-WU3.1
-WK51a
-WK25a
-WK52a
-WKM1
-WU3.1
-WK3
-WK14
-WU8
-WK3
-WXL
-XK35_J2 :46 46 /9.4D 5011 :sw -XC4

46 /9.4D :2
-R1
47 /9.5D 5011 :1
B
B
-XK35_J2 :47 47 /9.5D :gr -XC4
48 /19.7E 5010 :2 -XU3.1 2
5 -XL :5 49 /11.3C :86 -K5
:50 50 /4.7D 5010 :2 -PWTS#
-XK35_J2
:04 45 /19.7E :1 -XU3.1 1
51 5010
5 :5 52 /19.8E :A1 -K55
+M2 -XU3.1
6 :6 53 /19.8E 5010 :A1 -K56
..
C
C :01 - /1.5C 5012 :6 -GND_U4
-XK35_J3
:02 - /1.6C
bn - :GNDo -K14
-K14 :GNDs /4.2D 5012
-
-KF10 :34 - /4.4D :33 -KF10
-K15 :GNDs - /4.5D 5012 :GNDo -K15
bn - gg
-K3 :GNDs /4.6D :GNDo -K3
-
- /4.6D 5012
D
D -KF11 :34 - /4.6D :33 -KF11
6 -KF : - /6.1D 5012 :A -R2

7 -KR : - /6.2D :A -R3
8 - K1 : - /6.2D 5012 :A -R11
9 - K2 : - /6.3D :A -R5
10 - K3 : - /6.4D 5012 :A -R6
2 -XK52a :2 - /6.4D :2 -K16a 2
- /6.5D 5012
2 -XK16.1a :2 - /6.6D
E
E 2 -XK25a :2 - :2 -XK55b 2
/6.7D 5012
- :2 -XK55a 2
2 -XK51a :2 - /7.6D :A2 -K57
2 .BAT -KM1 :86 - /8.2D 5012 :85 -K3
2 -X85a# :2 - /8.6D
2 -XK54a# :2 - /8.7D 5012 :2 -XK56a 2
-XS44-O :br - /9.6D :bl -XS44-O
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

805
805
2005
2001
2002
2035
2005
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WK1_U4
-WK1_U4
-WB2.2
-WB2.1
-WU3
-WK5a
-WXL
42 -K1 :42 - /10.3D 5012 :37 -K1 37

2 -XB2.1-XB2.1 :3 - /10.4D :B -B2.2 bl(2)
-WB7 :bl - /10.5D 5012 :1 shld
B
B
2 +M3 -XK5a :2 - /11.4C :85 -K5
gg -XL :12 - /11.5C 5012 :85 -K7
-Q31# :85 - /11.8C :85 -Q32#
- /16.3E 5012 :85 -K4
- /17.2F :12 -XU3 gg
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

805
805
2005
2002
2001
2001
2001
2001
2002
2035
2001
2001
2005
2005
Terminal strip -X4_K1 Länge: 91.8
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WK1_U4
-WK85a#
-WK54a#
-WK1_U4
-WK16a
-WK56a
-WK52a
-WB2.1
-WB2.2
-WB2.1
-WKM1
-WU8
-WXL
-WU8
-KT1 :31 2 /6.5C 5011

2 :02 2 /6.5C :1 -K16a 1
3 -K1 :03 3 /8.6C 5010 :1 -X85a# 1
B
B
4 :04 4 /8.8C :1 -XK56a 1
-K3 :86 5 /8.2C 5011
1 .BAT -KM1 :85 5 /8.2C :05 -K1 5
-XEX :2 1 /7.5C 5010 :59 -X4_K1
-XK55a :1 6 /6.8C :06 -K1 6
-K57 :A1 59 /7.6C 5010 :1 -X4_K1
59
8 :08 8 /11.7C 5010 :86 -Q31#
-K1
9 :09 9 /11.8C :86 -Q32#
C
C 33 /10.3C 5011 :2 -R9
33 :33 33 /10.4C :2 -XB2.1-XB2.1 gg
-K1
10 :10 10 /10.2C 5011 :2 -F10.3
-R10 :1 10 /10.3C :1 -R9
1 -XB2.1-XB2.1 :1 58 /10.4C 5010 :2 -R10
53 :53 53 /8.6C :bl -WB34#
52 :52 52 /10.5C 5010 :A -B2.2 gg
11 :11 11 /8.7C :1 -XK54a# 1
-K1
12 :12 12 /8.1C 5010 :39 -XK35_J2
D
D 13 :13 13 /6.4C :1 -XK52a 1
14 :14 14 /6.4C 5011 : - K3 5

-R6 :K 14 /6.4C
15 /6.3C 5011 :K -R5
4 - K2 : 15 /6.3C :15 15
-K1
-XK55b :1 7 /6.8C 5011 :07 7
7
- 5015
-
E
E - 5015
-
16 -K1 :16 16 /6.3C 5011 : - K1 3
-R11 :K 16 /6.2C
17 -K1 :17 17 : -KR 2
/6.2C 5011
17 :K -R3
-K7 :86 17 /11.5C :1 -XL 1
18 /6.1C 5011 :K -R2
-KF : 18 /6.1C :18 -K1 18
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 terminal parts -X4_K1 Branch Drawing No sheet 7
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

805
805
2005
2044
2005
2005
2001
2001
Terminal strip -X4_K1 Länge: 91.8
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WK1_U4
-WK1_U4
-WS98.3
-WB16
-WG3
-WU3
-WXL
-WXL
20 :20 20 /8.6C 5010

51 -K1 :51 51 /8.7C
21 :21 21 /10.8C 5010 :3 -XU3.1
B
B
-T64# :1 22 /7.2B :22 -K1 22
23 -K1 :23 23 /11.7C 5010 :2 -XM31
bl -S98.3 :11 24 /7.7B :24 -K1 24
25 -K1 :25 25 :10 -XU3 10
/10.5C 5010
25 :10 -XU3
30 :30 30 /10.6C
31 -K1 :31 31 /10.7C 5010
34 :34 34 /8.5C :bl -WB53
-WB7 :ws 35 /10.5C 5010 :35 -K1 35
C
C 36 -K1 :36 36 /11.2C :3 -XL 3
4 -XL :4 41 /11.3C 5010 :41 -K1 41
38 :38 38 /10.8C :4 -XU3.1
39 :39 39 /7.3B 5010 :c -XB16 2
-K1
40 :40 40 /11.8C :2 -XM32
43 :43 43 :9 -XU3 9
/10.5C 5010
43 :9 -XU3
48 :48 48 /10.6C
49 -K1 :49 49 /10.7C 5010
D
D 50 :50 50 :4 -XU3 4
/10.6C
50 :4 -XU3
54 -K1 :54 54 /8.3C 5011 :B (L) -G3 1
54 /8.4C :K -R4
gr -S98.3 :11 55 /7.7B 5010 :55 -K1 55
-R4 :A 56 /8.4C :85 -K6
-F10.4 :1 57 /8.3C 5011 :C (I) -G3 2
-K6 :86 57 /8.3C
E
E
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 terminal parts -X4_K1 Branch Drawing No sheet 8
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

2001
2001
2001
2003
2003
2002
2002
2004
2005
2004
2001
2003
Terminal strip -X1 Länge: 0
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-WB113.4
-WE42.1
-WE43.1
-WB113.3
-WE42.2
-WE42.1
-WE43.2
-WE43.1
-WB90
-WXL
-WP52
-WB90
3 -XB90 :3 3 /11.3E 5070 :5 -XL 5

..
1 -XB113.3 :A 5 /11.2D 5071 :2 -XL 2
B
B
1 -XB113.4 :A 5 :4 4
/11.2D -XB90
5 :1 1
1 - XE43.2 :1 6 /13.4E 5071 :6 -XL 6
1 - XE43.1 :1 6 /13.5E
3 - XE43.2 :4 7 /13.4E 5071 :7 -XL 7
3 - XE43.1 :4 7 /13.5E
2 - XE43.2 :2 8 /13.4E 5070 :8 8
2 - XE43.1 :2 9 /13.5E :9 -XL 9
1 -P52 :1 17 /11.5E 5070 :1 1
C
C ..
1 -XE42.1 :1 20 /11.6E 5071
1 -XE42.2 :1 20 /11.6E :10 10
-XL
6 -XB90 :6 24 /11.4E 5070 :11 11
..
gg -XB113.3 :C 36 /11.2E 5070 :3 3
-XL
gg -XB113.4 :C 41 /11.3E :4 4
2 -XB113.3 :B - /11.2D 5072
2 -XB113.4 :B - /11.3D
D
D 2 -XB90 :2 - /11.3D 5072 :5 -XB90 5
2 -P52 :2 - /11.5D :12 -XL gg

2 -XE42.2 :2 - /11.6D 5072 :2 -XE42.1 2
gg - XE43.1 :3 - /13.4E :3 - XE43.2 gg
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

Terminal strip -X41 Länge: 0
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-4 :br SL /14.2E 5001 :br -1

SL /14.2E :br
-5
-2 :sw AL /14.3E 5001 :sw
B
B
:sw AL /14.2E
-4
:ws FL /14.4E 5001 :sw -3
FL /14.3E :ws -5
-4 :bl GND /14.3E 5001 :bl -1
-3 :bl GND :bl -5
/14.3E
-2 :bl GND
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Type of cable
Type of cable

Terminal strip -XKLK Länge: 105
A
A
Cable des.
Cable des.
-N1 :bl 1 :3 -XWK50.

/23.4E ST 1,5
1 :1 -XKLK
2 :4 -XWK50.
B
B /23.5E ST 1,5
2 :2 -XKLK
-N1 :ws 3 :5 -XWK50.
/23.5E ST 1,5
3 :3 -XKLK
-N1 :rt 4 :6 -XWK50.
/23.5E ST 1,5
4 :4 -XKLK
5 :7 -XWK50.
/23.5E ST 1,5
5 :5 -XKLK
-N1 :sw 6 :8 -XWK50.
/23.5E ST 1,5
6 :6 -XKLK
C
C 7 :9 -XWK50.
/23.5E ST 1,5 OG
7 :7
-N2 :bl 1 /23.5E ST 1,5 :1
2 /23.5E ST 1,5 :2
:ws 3 /23.5E ST 1,5 :3
-N2 -XKLK
:rt 4 /23.5E ST 1,5 :4
5 /23.6E ST 1,5 :5
-N2 :sw 6 /23.6E ST 1,5 :6
7 /23.6E ST 1,5 OG :7
D
D +OP.4 -EA1 :br 8 :10 -XWK50.
/23.6E ST 1,5
8 :br -EA2
+OP.4 -EA1 :ge 9 :11 -XWK50.
/23.6E ST 1,5
9 :ge -EA2
+OP.4 -EA1 :gn 10 :12 -XWK50.
/23.6E ST 1,5
10 :gn -EA2
11 /23.3E ST 1,5 RD
11 /23.3E ST 1,5 RD :1 -XWK50.

+OP.4 -EA1 :ws 11 /23.6E ST 1,5 RD :ws -EA2
E
E 12 /23.4E ST 1,5 BK
13 /23.4E ST 1,5 BK :2 -XWK50.
13 /23.4E ST 1,5 BK
14 /23.4E ST 1,5
15 /23.4E ST 1,5 OG
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 terminal parts -XKLK Branch Drawing No sheet 11
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

Betriebsmittel: 141 Individual parts list, arranged by system
BMKZ LOCATION Number Position Description Designation
A
A
.2+M1-WB65# +M1 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1-WK16.1a +M1 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M1-WK42-E1 +M1 1 2060 CABLE 1X10 QMM 44 59022330
.2+M1-WXL +M1 1 2042 CABLE 5 x 1,5 QMM 44 59010168
.2+M1.BAT-WG1 +M1.BAT 1 2091 CABLE 1X95 QMM 44 59010157
B
B .2+M1.BAT-WGND +M1.BAT 1 2091 CABLE 1X95 QMM 44 59010157
.2+M1.BAT-WM1 +M1.BAT 1 2091 CABLE 1X95 QMM 44 59010157
.2+M1.BAT-WQ46+ +M1.BAT 1 2091 CABLE 1X95 QMM 44 59010157
.2+M1.BAT-WQ46- +M1.BAT 1 2091 CABLE 1X95 QMM 44 59010157

C
C
KM1
.2- NW17 +M1 1 3904 CORRUGATED PIPE NW17 44 59010246
.2- K1 +M1 1 915 KO CONNECTOR 2 POLE 51127113 - Kombi
+M1 1 915 CONNECTOR 2 POLE 51127113

2 915 CONTACT DELPHI 2-POLE 51127114
2 518 SEAL DELPHI 2 POLE PLUG 51127115
D
D


E
E .2- NW13 +M1 1 3903 CORRUGATED PIPE NW13 44 59010245

.2- WC1/3-15 +M1 1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602
.2- XB113.1 +M1 1 1618 KO PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043 - Kombi
F
F
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien part list 9193851-52 2401
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 engine frame Branch Drawing No sheet 1
Forms: GHH single list1 from 31.5.05sorted iaw system
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M1 1 1618 PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043

1 1619 CONTACT STABILITY 40 59020045
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B +M1 1 1618 PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2- XL +M1 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
C
C 6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
1 1600 SECURING STRAP DT-SERIES 40 51127283
1 1651 ADAPTER CABLE / HOUSE 40 59023945
.2- XM31 +M1 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765
+M1 1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
D
D 1 952 CONTACT STABILITY 40 59013767

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-4 +M1 1 937 KO SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202 - Kombi
+M1 1 937 SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202
E
E
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
.2-15/1 +M1 1 792 PUR DISTRIBUTOR; ACTUATOR SENSOR 4/5 40 59013255

.2-B2.2 +M1 1 80 KO SENSOR, HALL- (PLUG CONNECTOR ADAPTER) 40 59007631 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M1 1 80 SENSOR, HALL- (PLUG CONNECTOR ADAPTER) 40 59007631

1 270 PLUG CONNECTOR 3-POL 40 59007925
.2-B7 +M1 1 105 LEVEL SWITCH, FUEL- 40 51129126
.2-B64# +M1 1 126 KO SENSOR, HOCHTEMPERATUR- 40 59026136 - Kombi
+M1 1 126 SENSOR, HOCHTEMPERATUR- 40 59026136

1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765
B
B
.2-E41.1 +M1 1 81 KO LED HEADLIGHTS COMPLETE 40 59023429 - Kombi
+M1 1 81 LED HEADLIGHT 40 59023429
1 81 MOUNTING RING HEADLIGHT 40 59023430
+M1 1 81 LED HEADLIGHT 40 59023429

.2-E44.1 +M1 1 144 FLASHING LIGHT 40 59023428
C
C
.2-F31# +M1 1 102 KO FUSE HOLDER, 1-POLE 40 59024018 - Kombi

+M1 1 102 FUSE HOLDER, 1-POLE 40 59024018
1 371 FUSE MEGA SLBO 100A 40 51127254
2 1721 BOOT (D=17) FOR FUSE HOLDER 40 59024019
D
D
1 371 FUSE MEGA SLBO 100A 40 51127254

.2-G1.1 +M1.BAT 1 1 BATTERY 12V/140AH 40 59000757
+M1.BAT 1 151 BATTERY TERMINAL FOR 95 QMM 40 51127095
+M1.BAT 1 151 COVER FOR PLUS POLE 40 51127097


+M1.BAT 1 152 COVER FOR MINUS POLE 40 51127098
E
E

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-G3 +M1 1 1800 GENERATOR 28 V / 80 A 90 LIMA
.2-K1 +M1 1 798 CONTROL, PROG. MOBILE R360 40 59021271

.2-K3 +M1 1 796 Ko MODULE, OUTPUT 40 59013893.
+M1 1 796 MODULE, OUTPUT 40 59013893

3 6245 CROSS RECESSED SCREW 40 59010304
1 330 RESISTOR, METAL FILM 1.5 KOHM / 0,6W 59010532
B
B
.2-K14 +M1 1 797 Ko MODULE, INPUT/OUTPUT 40 59013060.
+M1 1 797 MODULE, INPUT/OUTPUT 40 59013060

.2-K51# +M1 1 340 DATALOGGER, CAN BUSDAQ-X-ET 40 59021541
C
C
+M1 1 1003 CABLE HOUSING, 3-POLE SERIES 712 40 59021542
+M1 1 817 COMPACT-FLASH-CARD 2GB 40 59021051

+M1 1 195 SOCKET TERMINAL STRIP 9-POLIG 44 59010820
+M1 1 196 MULTIPIN CONNECTOR, 9-POLE 44 59010890
+M1 1 1001 MOUNTING SET IMC CANSA MODULE 40 59021583
D
D +M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
+M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
+M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209

.2-K58 +M1 1 4015 Y-DISTRIBUTOR, TUBE 44 51127315

.2-KF +M1 1 915 KO CONNECTOR 2 POLE 51127113 - Kombi
E
E +M1 1 915 CONNECTOR 2 POLE 51127113
.2-KM1 +M1.BAT 1 22 RELAY, BATTERY 40 56250000
.2-KR +M1 1 915 KO CONNECTOR 2 POLE 51127113 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

.2-Klima# +M1 1 BG3210 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 40 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
.2-M1 +M1 1 1800 STARTER 24 V / 6.6 kW 90 STARTER
.2-NW 17 +M1 1 3904 CORRUGATED PIPE NW17 44 59010246
B
B
.2-NW13 +M1 1 3903 CORRUGATED PIPE NW13 44 59010245
.2-P60 +M1 1 39 KO HORN WITH CAPS 40 85206022.1
+M1 1 39 HORN 40 K06715

2 162 CAP, PROTECTIVE 40 56090000
.2-P72# +M1 1 512 KO WARNING LAMP, FLASH- 40 59013097 - Kombi
C
C +M1 1 512 MICROSTROBE MODULE 40 59013097
1 512 MICROSTROBE LENS MODULE RED 40 59013098
1 541 HOUSING 40 59013855
1 936 PLUG, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127203
2 1918 CIRCULAR SOCKET 1,0 QMM 44 59010651
2 1920 ROUND PIN PLUG 1,0 QMM 44 59010653
1 4060 REDUCTION, BRASS 44 59013345
1 4093 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013321
.2-Q31# +M1 1 711 PERFORMANCE RELAY 200 A 59024017
D
D
.2-Q75 +M1.BAT 1 2 KO BATTERY SWITCH 40 87063000 - Kombi
+M1.BAT 1 2 BATTERY SWITCH 40 87063000

2 184 CAP, MORE THAN 95 MM2 40 87521000
2 183 PROTECTION CAP, 50-90 MM2 40 85206031
.2-RC2 +M1 1 44 LOAD RESISTOR CAN OPEN 40 51127088
.2-RK15 +M1 1 44 LOAD RESISTOR CAN OPEN 40 51127088
E
E
.2-S98.2 +M1 1 89 SWITCH, SETUP EMERGENCY OFF 40 59013841
.2-UDL +M1 1 329 PROTECTION BOX IMC DATA LOGGER 40 51129176
.2-WB7 +M1 1 1266 CABLE HOUSING M12 5M CABLE 40 59024681
.2-WB11 +M1 1 1182 CABLE 5M PUR 4 x 0.34 QMM 40 51127624
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

.2-WB50 +M1 1 412 ROUND CONNECTOR, 4-POLE 40 59010094
B
B .2-WB51 +M1 1 1266 CABLE HOUSING M12 5M CABLE 40 59024681
.2-WB113.1 +M1 1 1182 CABLE 5M PUR 4 x 0.34 QMM 40 51127624

.2-WBK55b# +M1 1 1266 CABLE HOUSING M12 5M CABLE 40 59024681
.2-WC 1/3-15 +M1 1 1101 CAN OPEN CABLE 1.0M 40 51127601
C
C
.2-WC1-13 +M1 1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602
.2-WC1/3-15 +M1 1 1103 CAN OPEN CABLE 5.0M 40 51127603

.2-WC2-S44 +M1 1 1100 CAN OPEN CABLE 0.3M 40 51127600
D
D
.2-WCAN +M1 1 1101 CAN OPEN CABLE 1.0M 40 51127601
.2-WDL1 +M1 1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602

.2-WE41.1 +M1 1 1180 CABLE 1.5M PUR 4x0.34 QMM 40 51127622
.2-WE41.2 +M1 1 1182 CABLE 5M PUR 4 x 0.34 QMM 40 51127624
E
E .2-WE43 +M1 1 1291 DISTRIBUTION CABLE F. N6001LED, CONNECTOR OUTPUT-MODULE 59024272

.2-WP60 +M1 1 1183 CABLE 10M PUR 4 x 0.34 QMM 40 51127625
.2-WP72# +M1 1 1184 CABLE PLUG M12-SOCKET M12 40 51127621

.2-WS44 +M1 1 1103 CAN OPEN CABLE 5.0M 40 51127603
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-WUY +M1 1 4014 Y-DISTRIBUTOR, TUBE 44 51127314
.2-X44.1 +M1 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765

+M1 2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
B
B .2-X44.2 +M1 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-X46 +M1.BAT 1 46 NATO RECEPTABLE 40 84164000
.2-X58 +M1 1 790 CAN DISTRIBUTOR 5-POLE PARALLEL 40 51127489
C
C .2-X59 +M1 1 790 CAN DISTRIBUTOR 5-POLE PARALLEL 40 51127489
.2-X85a# +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
+M1 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.

1 951 PLUG HOUSING 2-POLE 40 59013761
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D
.2-XB2.1 +M1 1 650 KO PLUG CONNECTOR, 4-POLE CODE A 40 909-3-058371/650 - Kombi
+M1 1 650 KO HOUSING, PLUG 4-POLE 40 59011814 - Kombi
+M1 1 650 HOUSING, PLUG 4-POLE 40 59011814

3 650 CONTACT, PIN 1.0-2.5 40 59011825
1 649 PLUG GREEN 40 59011829
.2-XB2.1-XB2.1 +M1 1 649 KO SOCKET HOUSING 4-POLE 40 59011813 - Kombi

+M1 1 649 SOCKET HOUSING 4-POLE 40 59011813
E
E 1 649 PLUG GREEN 40 59011829
3 649 CONTACT, SOCKET 1.0-2.5 40 59011823
.2-XB4 +M1 1 523 KO PLUG, FEMALE 4-POLE 40 51127273 - Kombi
+M1 1 523 PLUG, FEMALE 4-POLE 40 51127273

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XB9 +M1 1 659 MATING PLUG FOR LEVEL SWITCH 40 59018795
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XB21 +M1 1 638 ANGLE PLUG 40 59001552
.2-XB22 +M1 1 1523 KO PLUG HOUSING 2-POLE 40 51127470
+M1 1 1523 PLUG HOUSING 2-POLE 40 59010946

2 1524 FLAT SOCKET 2,8 MM 40 59010947
1 1525 GROMMET STRAIGHT 40 59010948
C
C
.2-XB25 +M1 1 372 PLUG, BAYONET ANGLED 40 59013758
.2-XB46 +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D
.2-XB50.1 +M1 1 1110 CABLE PLUG 5 POLES 40 59013733
.2-XB51 +M1 1 1110 CABLE PLUG 5 POLES 40 59013733
.2-XB65# +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764

2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
E
E 1 951 CONTACT STABILITY 40 59013762
.2-XB113.1 +M1 1 1620 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M1 1 1620 SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274

3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XBK55b +M1 1 1110 CABLE PLUG 5 POLES 40 59013733
C
C .2-XE41.1 +M1 1 1112 KO CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 4-POLE 40 59023441 - Kombi
+M1 1 1112 CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 4-POLE 40 59023441

4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XE41.2 +M1 1 1112 KO CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 4-POLE 40 59023441 - Kombi

D
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769

4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XEX +M1 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769

2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
E
E 1 952 CONTACT STABILITY 40 59013767
.2-XK1 +M1 1 805 PLUG CONNECTOR XK1 40 59013440
.2-XK16.1a +M1 1 163 KO SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55363000 - Kombi
+M1 1 163 SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55363000

1 166 LAMP KIT, INDICATOR 40 55366000
1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
.2-XK25a +M1 1 163 KO SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55363000 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000

B
B 1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
.2-XK54a# +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
C
C .2-XK55a +M1 1 163 KO SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55363000 - Kombi

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
.2-XK55b +M1 1 164 KO SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55364000 - Kombi

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
D
D
.2-XK56a +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

1 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XL +M1 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021475
E
E
1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XM 2# +M1 1 1152 CABLE, SENSOR 40 51127611
.2-XM31 +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
B
B
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XR +M1 1 7023 CAP FOR PLUG 40 59025916
C
C .2-Y1 +M1 1 163 KO SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55363000 - Kombi

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2+M1-WB65# +M1 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1-WK16.1a +M1 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M1-WK42-E1 +M1 1 2060 CABLE 1X10 QMM 44 59022330
.2+M1-WXL +M1 1 2042 CABLE 5 x 1,5 QMM 44 59010168
B

C
C
KM1
.2+M1.KLI-WFIL# +M1.KLI 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.KLI-WUSW# +M1.KLI 1 2005 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 44 59010170
.2+M1.U4-CU +M1.U4 1 6191 COPPER BAR 44 59010294

.2+M1.U4-WB2.1 +M1.U4 1 2002 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 44 59010166
.2+M1.U4-WB2.2 +M1.U4 1 2035 CABLE 3X0,75 QMM 44 59010155
D
D .2+M1.U4-WB4 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WB9 +M1.U4 1 2035 CABLE 3X0,75 QMM 44 59010155

.2+M1.U4-WB16 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WB64# +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WB82.1 +M1.U4 1 2034 CABLE 7 x 1,0 QMM 44 59010154

.2+M1.U4-WG3 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WG3 B+ +M1.U4 1 2046 CABLE 1X35 QMM 44 59010147
E
E
.2+M1.U4-WHZG# +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WK3 +M1.U4 1 2028 CABLE 4X1.0 QMM 44 59010753

.2+M1.U4-WK5a +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Terminal box U2 Branch Drawing No sheet 12
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

.2+M1.U4-WK54a# +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
B
B .2+M1.U4-WK55a# +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WK55b# +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M1.U4-WKM1 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WM1 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.U4-WQ75 +M1.U4 1 2046 CABLE 1X35 QMM 44 59010147
C
C
.2+M1.U4-WS98.2 +M1.U4 1 2044 CABLE 5 x 1,0QMM 44 59010152
.2+M1.U4-WU3 +M1.U4 1 2005 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 44 59010170

.2+M1.U4-WU3.1 +M1.U4 1 2004 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM 44 59010169
.2+M1.U4-WXKA# +M1.U4 1 2004 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM 44 59010169
D
D
.2+M1.U4-WXL +M1.U4 1 2005 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 44 59010170
.2+M1.U4-X4 +M1.U4 1 5014 END PLATE ZDK 44 59013634

16 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632
8 5011 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5V 44 59013633
15 5012 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5V BL 44 59013635
.2+M1.U4-X4_K1 +M1.U4 1 5014 END PLATE ZDK 44 59013634


18 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632
E
E
2 5015 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5V PE 44 59013636
.2+M1.UE41-X41 +M1.UE41 4 5001 CLAMP, SPRING 44 59000146

.2+M2-WB54 +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2-WB66# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2-WE46 +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M2-WE51# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2+M2-WHZG# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2-WM6# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M2-WSup# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2.1-WP61 +M2.1 1 2004 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM 44 59010169
.2+M2.2-WM4.1# +M2.2 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167
B
B .2+M2.2-WM4.2# +M2.2 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167
.2+M2.2-WM4.3# +M2.2 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167
.2+M2.2-WM5# +M2.2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M2.U3-WE46 +M2.U3 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2.U3-WKLI +M2.U3 1 2005 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 44 59010170
C
C
.2+M2.U3-WP61 +M2.U3 1 2004 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM 44 59010169

.2+M2.U3-WUSW +M2.U3 1 2005 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 44 59010170
D
D
.2+M2.U3-WX22 +M2.U3 1 2036 CABLE 4X0,75 QMM 44 59010156
.2+M2.U3-WXF1# +M2.U3 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167

26 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632
.2+M3-WB90.1 +M3 1 2002 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 44 59010166
E
E .2+M3-WB90.2 +M3 1 2002 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 44 59010166
.2+M3.OP4-XKLK +M3.OP4 1 E/UK end plate PXC PXC-1201442

16 ST 1,5 through terminal PXC PXC-3031076
3 ST 1,5 OG through terminal PXC PXC-3037012
3 ST 1,5 RD through terminal PXC PXC-3037038
3 ST 1,5 BK through terminal PXC PXC-3037067
2 D-ST 2,5 end cover PXC PXC-3030417
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

.2+M3.U1-WE42.1 +M3.U1 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
B
B .2+M3.U1-WE43.1 +M3.U1 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167

.2+M3.U1-X1 +M3.U1 5 5070 DOUBLE-DECK TERMINAL BLOCK 40 59026304
4 5071 DOUBLE-DECK TERMINAL BLOCK 40 59026305
C
C .2- NW17 +M1 1 3904 CORRUGATED PIPE NW17 44 59010246
.2- XE46.1 +M2 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D



E
E 2 518 SEAL DELPHI 2 POLE PLUG 51127115

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2- T64# +M1.U4 1 127 TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER 40 59026531

.2- WB52 +M2 1 1190 CABLE, SENSOR 40 51127610
B
B .2- WCAM1 +M2.1 1 320 CABLE, CAMERA- 8,0 M 40 59023501
.2- XB90 +M3 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021478

1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
C
C +M1 1 1618 PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

D
D 2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
E
E

2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2- XE43.1 +M3 1 1113 KO SOCKET HOUSING 4 POLE 40 59013513 - Kombi
+M3 1 1113 SOCKET HOUSING 4 POLE 40 59013513

4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
B
B +M3 1 1113 SOCKET HOUSING 4 POLE 40 59013513
4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2- XE51# +M2 1 139 SOCKET 2-POLE FLOATING GROUND 40 78299000
.2- XF1# +M2 1 1112 KO CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 4-POLE 40 59023441 - Kombi

C
C
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2- XFIL# +M1.KLI 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765
+M1.KLI 1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
D
D
.2- XKB# +M1.KLI 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021475
+M1.KLI 1 1605 SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021465

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763


1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
E
E
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
B
B 2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2- XP61 +M2.1 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

+M2.1 1 1602 PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471
1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
C
C 1 1600 SECURING STRAP DT-SERIES 40 51127283

1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
D
D


.2-B52 +M2 1 280 SWITCH, PROXIMITY IND. 40 59010993
.2-B54 +M2 1 524 FOOT SWITCH 40 59003310
E
E
.2-B66# +M2 1 524 KO FOOT SWITCH 40 59003310 - Kombi
+M2 1 524 FOOT SWITCH 40 59003310

1 184 CAP, MORE THAN 95 MM2 40 87521000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-B90.1 +M3 1 476 KO SWITCH, PROXIMITY 40 78715000 - Kombi
+M3 1 476 SWITCH, PROXIMITY 40 78715000

1 247 ROUND CONNECTOR 40 78713000
.2-B90.2# +M3 1 476 KO SWITCH, PROXIMITY 40 78715000 - Kombi

B
B
.2-B90.3# +M2 1 345 SWITCH, PROXIMITY IND. 59021667
.2-BR1 +M2.U3 1 5046 CROSS CONNECTOR ZQV 2 44 59013425
.2-C1 +M2.1 1 429 COMPACT CAMERA COLOUR CCC 118° 40 59022639

.2-D1 +M2.U3 1 264 DIODE 6A 40 59010852
.2-DL-LAN +OP.3 1 1256 ETHERNETKABEL KONFEK. M12/RJ45 40 59022002
C
C .2-E41.1 +M1 1 81 KO LED HEADLIGHTS COMPLETE 40 59023429 - Kombi
+M1 1 81 LED HEADLIGHT 40 59023429

+M1 1 81 LED HEADLIGHT 40 59023429

.2-E42.1 +M3 1 605 WORKINGHEADLIGHTS, LED-, N26LED 17W WIDE FLOOD DEUTSCH 40 59023388
D
D .2-E42.2 +M3 1 605 WORKINGHEADLIGHTS, LED-, N26LED 17W WIDE FLOOD DEUTSCH 40 59023388
.2-E43.1 +M3 1 52 LIGHT, REAR, BRAKE, INDICATOR 40 51127011


E
E .2-E51# +M2 1 99 ROTATION BEACON 24V YELLOW 40 59024194
.2-F1 +M1.U4 1 37 KO CIRCUIT BREAKER 50A 40 59023462 - Kombi
+M1.U4 1 37 CIRCUIT BREAKER 50A 40 59023462

1 391 PROTECTIVE CAP 40 59023465

+M1.U4 1 391 PROTECTIVE CAP 40 59023465
1 102 CIRCUIT BREAKER 80A 40 59023504
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-F3# +M1.U4 1 34-637 KO CIRCUIT BREAKER 40 5902346(0/1) - Kombi

B
B 1 391 PROTECTIVE CAP 40 59023465


C
C
.2-F7 +M1.U4 1 31 KO BLADE FUSE 7,5A 40 58430000 - Kombi
+M1.U4 1 31 BLADE FUSE, FLAT 7,5A 40 58430000

1 19 TERMINAL, FUSE CONTROL SPRING 44 59013213
.2-F10.1 +M1.U4 1 31 BLADE FUSE, FLAT 7,5A 40 58430000

D
D
.2-F10.5 +M1.U4 1 829 Blade Fuse 40 58433000

.2-F11.5 +M1.U4 1 912 BLADE FUSE, FLAT 5A 40 59010895
E
E

1 371 FUSE MEGA SLBO 100A 40 51127254
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 371 FUSE MEGA SLBO 100A 40 51127254
B
B

C
C +M1.BAT 1 152 COVER FOR MINUS POLE 40 51127098

.2-K3 +M1.U4 1 20 KO RELAY 24V/10A 40 78120000 - Kombi
+M1.U4 1 20 RELAY 40 78120000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
D
D +M1 1 796 Ko MODULE, OUTPUT 40 59013893.
+M1 1 796 MODULE, OUTPUT 40 59013893

.2-K4 +M1.U4 1 576 KO RELAY 50A 40 78319000.1

+M1.U4 1 576 RELAY 40 78319000
1 203 PLUG HOUSING 40 72744000

2 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
E
E
.2-K5 +M1.U4 1 24 KO RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000.1
+M1.U4 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M1.U4 1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000

5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
+M1.U4 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
B
B 5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
.2-K9 +M2.U3 1 795 KO MODULE, INPUT/OUTPUT 40 59013897 - Kombi
+M2.U3 1 795 MODULE, INPUT/OUTPUT 40 59013897

1 802 PLUG KIT FOR CR2012 40 59013899
.2-K13 +M2.U3 1 794 DISPLAY TFT COLOR 4,3" 40 59023467
+M2.U3 1 794 MOUNTING SET 40 59023468
+M2.U3 1 794 CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 26 PIN 40 59023470
C
C
+M2.U3 1 794 CONTACT, CRIMPED SOCKET 0,75-1 40 59023471

D
D +M2.U3 1 794 CONTACT, CRIMPED SOCKET 0,75-1 40 59023471

E
E

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B +M2.U3 1 794 CONTACT, CRIMPED SOCKET 0,75-1 40 59023471

C
C 3 6248 CROSS RECESSED SCREW 40 59010308

+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
D
D 1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
E
E
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

+M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
+M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
B
B +M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
+OP.3 1 340 DATALOGGER, CAN BUSDAQ-X-ET 40 59021541
+OP.3 1 1003 CABLE HOUSING, 3-POLE SERIES 712 40 59021542
+OP.3 1 817 COMPACT-FLASH-CARD 2GB 40 59021051

+OP.3 1 195 SOCKET TERMINAL STRIP 9-POLIG 44 59010820
+OP.3 1 196 MULTIPIN CONNECTOR, 9-POLE 44 59010890
C
C
+OP.3 1 1001 MOUNTING SET IMC CANSA MODULE 40 59021583
+OP.3 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209

.2-K55 +M1.U4 1 217 RELAY, TERMINAL BLOCK 40 59013953
D
D


E
E
.2-KF10 +M1.U4 1 100 CURRENT DISTRIBUTION TRIGGER DITECTION 40 59023466

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

.2-KT1 +M1.U4 1 578 KO MULTI FUNCTION RELAY 40 51127222 - Kombi
+M1.U4 1 578 MULTI FUNCTION RELAY 40 51127222

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
B
B 1 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

.2-M5# +M2.2 1 203 PLUG HOUSING 40 72744000
+M2.2 1 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
+M2.2 1 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

.2-M6# +M2 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
C
C
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D .2-NW13 +M1 1 3903 CORRUGATED PIPE NW13 44 59010245
.2-P22 +M2.U3 1 873 KO INDICATOR LAMP GREEN COMPLETE 40 59013178 - Kombi

+M2.U3 1 873 INDICATOR LAMP GREEN 40 59013178
1 473 ADAPTER, ATTACHMENT 40 59013849
1 873 LED LIGHT SCREW CLAMP 40 59013438
.2-P23 +M2.U3 1 874 KO INDICATOR LAMP RED COMPLETE 40 59013179 - Kombi
E
E +M2.U3 1 874 INDICATOR LAMP RED 40 59013179
.2-P52 +M3 1 836 SOUND GENERATOR 40 59001510
.2-P56 +M2.U3 1 875 KO INDICATOR LAMP YELLOW COMPLETE 40 59013852 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 875 INDICATION LAMP YELLOW 40 59013852

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
+M1 1 39 HORN 40 K06715

2 162 CAP, PROTECTIVE 40 56090000
B
B .2-P60.2 +M2.U3 1 230 ALARM BUZZER 95DB 40 59021096
.2-P61 +M2.1 1 428 MONITOR COMPACT LED 7" 40 59013393

+M1 1 512 MICROSTROBE MODULE 40 59013097

1 541 HOUSING 40 59013855
C
C
1 4093 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013321
.2-PDIAG# +M1.U4 1 875 KO SIGNAL LAMP (LED) YELLOW 40 59007216 - Kombi
+M1.U4 1 875 SIGNAL LAMP (LED) YELLOW 40 59007216

1 876 SEAL 40 59007217
.2-PST# +M1.U4 1 874 KO SIGNAL LAMP (LED) RED 40 59007215 - Kombi
D
D
+M1.U4 1 874 SIGNAL LAMP (LED) RED 40 59007215
1 876 SEAL 40 59007217
.2-PWTS# +M1.U4 1 875 KO SIGNAL LAMP (LED) YELLOW 40 59007216 - Kombi

1 876 SEAL 40 59007217

E
E

2 184 CAP, MORE THAN 95 MM2 40 87521000
.2-R1 +M1.U4 1 189 RESISTOR, METAL FILM 44 59010593
.2-R2 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-R3 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
.2-R4 +M1.U4 1 264 DIODE 6A 40 59010852

.2-R5 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
.2-R6 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
B
B .2-R8 +M2.U3 1 189 RESISTOR, METAL FILM 44 59010593
.2-R11 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000

.2-RS44 +M1.U4 1 189 RESISTOR, METAL FILM 44 59010593
C
C
.2-S32# +M2.U3 1 148 KO BLIND PLUG BLACK 80 59013674 - Kombi
+M2.U3 1 204 CONTACT ELEMENT 1 NOC 40 59013850

1 513 KO PUSH BUTTON 40 59013857 - Kombi
.2-S43 +M2.U3 1 64 KO PALM BUTTON, YELLOW 40 DIAMETER 40 59013645 - Kombi

+M2.U3 1 64 PALM BUTTON, YELLOW 40 DIAMETER 40 59013645
1 878 SWITCH, LOWER PART 40 59013640
D
D
.2-S44 +M2 1 18 GEAR SWITCH 50 59023474
.2-S64 +M2.U3 1 131 KO SWITCH, PIVOT 3-POSITION 40 59013847 - Kombi
+M2.U3 1 131 SWITCH, PIVOT 3-POSITION 40 59013847

2 204 CONTACT ELEMENT 1 NOC 40 59013850
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
.2-S67 +M2.U3 1 227 KO SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668 - Kombi
E
E
+M2.U3 1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
.2-S71 +M2.U3 1 124 KEY BUTTON, 1S+1Ö 40 59013856
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
1 205 CONTACT ELEMENT 1 OPENER 40 59013851
.2-S73# +M2.U3 1 351 KO SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846 - Kombi
B
B +M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853

+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846
C
C 1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
1 148 BLIND PLUG BLACK 40 59013674
D
D
+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
.2-S82 +M2.U3 1 382 KO SWITCH, ON-PRESSURE, COMPLETE 40 59013843 - Kombi

+M2.U3 1 382 SWITCH, ON-PRESSURE 40 59013843

E
E
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
1 206 PROTECTIVE DIAPHRAGM FOR M22-D(R)-.. 40 59013656
1 509 BUTTON LENS "GREEN" 40 59013663
.2-S85 +M2.U3 1 131 KO SWITCH, PIVOT 3-POSITION 40 59013847. - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
.2-S86 +M2.U3 1 820 KO PUSHBUTTON HORN COMPLETE 40 59013657 - Kombi
B
B +M2.U3 1 820 PUSHBUTTON LOCKING/PUSHING 40 59013657
1 17 BUTTON PLATE "HORN" 40 59013658
.2-S87 +M2.U3 1 204 CONTACT ELEMENT 1 NOC 40 59013850

+M2.U3 1 473 ADAPTER, ATTACHMENT 40 59013849
C
C 1 204 CONTACT ELEMENT 1 NOC 40 59013850
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668
.2-S98.1 +M2.U3 1 88 KO SWITCH, INSTALLATION EMERGENCY OFF 40 59013842 - Kombi

+M2.U3 1 88 SWITCH, INSTALLATION EMERGENCY OFF 40 59013842
D
D

.2-SR3 +M2.U3 1 148 KO BLIND PLUG BLACK 40 59013674 - Kombi
E
E
.2-T64# +M1.U4 1 127 SIGNAL MODIFIER F PT200 SENSOR 40 59026137
.2-U1 +M3.U1 1 245 DISTRIBUTION BOX U1 MK-A 40 51129165
.2-U3 +M2.U3 1 370 TERMINAL BOX, STEEL PLATE 40 59023502
+M2 1 370 TERMINAL BOX, STEEL PLATE 40 59023502
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-U4 +M1.U4 1 563 SWITCH CABINET, COMPACT 40 59023503

+OP.3 1 329 PROTECTION BOX IMC DATA LOGGER 40 51129176
.2-UE41 +M1.UE41 1 472 DISTRIBUTOR 40 51127065
B
B .2-WB11 +M1 1 1182 CABLE 5M PUR 4 x 0.34 QMM 40 51127624

.2-WB34# +M1.U4 1 412 ROUND CONNECTOR, 4-POLE 40 59010094
C
C
.2-WB52 +M2 1 1185 CABLE PLUG M12-SOCKET M12 40 51127619

.2-WB90.3# +M2 1 1185 CABLE PLUG M12-SOCKET M12 40 51127619
D
D

.2-WC1-13# +M2.K1 1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602
E
E .2-WC1-14 +M1 1 1103 CAN OPEN CABLE 5.0M 40 51127603


.2-WC2-S44# +M2.K1 1 1101 CAN OPEN CABLE 1.0M 40 51127601
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B +OP.3 1 1101 CAN OPEN CABLE 1.0M 40 51127601
.2-WCam1 +M2.1 1 318 CABLE, CAMERA- 5,0 M 40 59021816
1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602

1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602
C
C
.2-WE43 +M1 1 1291 DISTRIBUTION CABLE F. N6001LED, CONNECTOR OUTPUT-MODULE 59024272

.2-WETH +M2.U3 1 1240 CABLE ETHERNET 2,0M 40 51127488
.2-WM2s# +M1.U4 1 1183 CABLE 10M PUR 4 x 0.34 QMM 40 51127625
D
D
.2-WS44# +M2.K1 1 1100 CAN OPEN CABLE 0.3M 40 51127600

E
E +M1 2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-X55 +M2 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765
B
B +M2 1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-X57 +M2.U3 1 939 CAP, PROTECTIVE, FOR SOCKET 40 59013719
C
C .2-X85a# +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D

3 650 CONTACT, PIN 1.0-2.5 40 59011825
1 649 PLUG GREEN 40 59011829


1 649 PLUG GREEN 40 59011829
3 649 CONTACT, SOCKET 1.0-2.5 40 59011823
E
E

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XB21 +M1 1 638 ANGLE PLUG 40 59001552

2 1524 FLAT SOCKET 2,8 MM 40 59010947
C
C

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D
.2-XB52 +M2.U3 1 937 KO SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202 - Kombi
+M2.U3 1 937 SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
.2-XB54 +M2 1 1618 KO PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043 - Kombi
E
E +M2 1 1618 PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2.U3 1 1620 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 1620 SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274

3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XB82.1 +M2 1 662 KO WEATHER PACK 3POLIG 40 59022967 - Kombi
C
C +M2 1 662 PLUG CONNECTIO 3-POLE 40 59022967
.2-XB82.2 +M2 1 661 KO WEATHER PACK 3 POLIG 40 59023093 - Kombi
+M2 1 661 PLUG CONNECTIO 3-POLE 40 59023093

.2-XB90 +M3 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021476
D
D
1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470

6 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
.2-XB90# +M2.U3 1 937 KO SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202 - Kombi
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
E
E
3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
C
C +M3 1 1620 SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274
3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XC1-13 +M2.U3 1 937 KO SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202 - Kombi
D
D +M2.U3 1 937 SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
.2-XC4 +M1.U4 1 937 SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202
.2-XC4-13 +M2.U3 1 936 KO PLUG, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127203 - Kombi
+M2.U3 1 936 PLUG, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127203
.2-XDL 1 1246 SOCKET 4POLE D-CODE 40 59013173
E
E
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XE42.1 +M3 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
B
B +M3 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

C
C 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XE43. 1 +M3 1 1112 KO CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 4-POLE 40 59023441 - Kombi

D
D 4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769

4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
E
E 1 1600 SECURING STRAP DT-SERIES 40 51127283
.2-XE46 +M2.U3 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
+M2.U3 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-XE46# +M2 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XE51# +M2.U3 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
B
B +M2.U3 1 951 PLUG HOUSING 2-POLE 40 59013761
1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XETH +M2.U3 1 1245 PLUG, 4-POLE CODE D 40 59013158
C
C
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XF1# +M2 1 1113 KO SOCKET HOUSING 4 POLE 40 59013513 - Kombi

4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
D
D
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XFIL# +M1.KLI 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

+M1.KLI 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

E
E

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000

B
B 1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000

C
C
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
D
D

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000


1 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
E
E
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XKA# +M1.KLI 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XKLI +M2.U3 1 1607 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023506 - Kombi
B
B +M2.U3 1 1607 PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023506
1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XKLI# +M1.KLI 1 1608 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023507 - Kombi

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
C
C .2-XL +M1 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021475

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
+M3 1 1606 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021477

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
D
D
.2-XM 2# +M1 1 1152 CABLE, SENSOR 40 51127611
.2-XM2 +M2.2 1 474 KO CONNECTOR, MULTILINE 40 59010004 - Kombi
+M2.2 1 474 CONNECTOR, MULTILINE 40 59010004

4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000


4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
E
E

4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
.2-XM5 +M2.U3 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
+M2.2 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765
B
B
+M2.2 1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XM6 +M2.U3 1 1113 KO SOCKET HOUSING 4 POLE 40 59013513 - Kombi

+M2.U3 1 1113 SOCKET HOUSING 4 POLE 40 59013513
C
C 4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XM6# +M2 1 1112 KO CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 4-POLE 40 59023441 - Kombi

4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
D
D .2-XM31 +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

E
E
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XP61 +M2.U3 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2.1 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi
B
B +M2.1 1 1602 PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471
1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2.1 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469 - Kombi

+M2.1 1 1601 SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469
1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
C
C 6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XR +M1 1 7023 CAP FOR PLUG 40 59025916
.2-XS44 +M2 1 850 KO PLUG, MINI FIT JR. 4-POL. 40 51127347 - Kombi
+M2 1 850 PLUG, MINI FIT JR. 4-POL. 40 51127347
4 851 CONTACT, CRIMPED PIN 40 51127284
.2-XS44# +M2.K1 1 790 CAN DISTRIBUTOR 5-POLE PARALLEL 40 51127489
D
D
.2-XS44-I +M1.U4 1 937 SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202
.2-XS44-O +M1.U4 1 936 PLUG, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127203
.2-XS78.3A +M2.U3 1 662 KO WEATHER PACK 3POLIG 40 59022967 - Kombi
+M2.U3 1 662 PLUG CONNECTIO 3-POLE 40 59022967

.2-XS78.3B +M2.U3 1 662 KO WEATHER PACK 3POLIG 40 59022967 - Kombi
E
E
.2-XS78.3C +M2.U3 1 856 KO CONNECTOR, MULTILINE 40 59010006 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 6 154 FLAT SOCKET 40 87016000

6 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
1 856 CONNECTOR, MULTILINE 40 59010006
.2-XSP2 +M2.U3 1 660 Ko ROUND CONNECTOR, 8-POLE 40 59013709
+M2.U3 1 660 CONNECTOR, QM ROUND 8-POLE HOUSING FOR CHASSISM. 40 59013704
B
B 8 660 CONTACT, SOCKET 0.5-1.5 QMM 40 59013707
1 660 CAP, PROTECTIVE, FOR QM ROUND CONNECTOR 8-POLE 40 59013708
.2-XSW +M2.U3 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021475

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
+M2.2 1 1606 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021477
C
C
1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XU3 +M2.U3 1 1610 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023509 - Kombi

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D +M2 1 1609 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023508 - Kombi

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
.2-XU3.1 +M2.U3 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469 - Kombi

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

E
E
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-XUSB +M2.U3 1 271 KO USB SOCKET TYPE A 40 51127281 - Kombi
+M2.U3 1 271 USB SOCKET TYPE A 40 51127281

1 271 PROTECTIVE CAP, USB SOCKET 40 51127280
1 271 NUT, SEAL USB SOCKET 40 51127282
1 271 SOCKET TERMINAL STRIP 36-POLE 59010869
.2-XWK50 +OP.4 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING 12-POLE CODE A 40 59021465 - Kombi
B
B +OP.4 1 1605 SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021465
1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 7007 BUCHSENKONTAKT GOLD DRC SERIE 40 59025898
1 1645 WIRING ADAPTER FOR DT06-12S (socket) 40 59025188
.2-XWK50. +M3.OP4 1 1606 KO CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 12PIN CODE A 40 59021467 - Kombi
+M3.OP4 1 1606 PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021467

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 7006 STIFTKONTAKT GOLD DRC SERIE 40 59025897
C
C 1 1653 WIRING ADAPTER FOR DT04-12P (pins) 40 59025189
.2-XkA# +M1.KLI 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

+M1.KLI 1 1602 PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471
1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
D
D
.2-Y1 +M1 1 163 KO SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55363000 - Kombi

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
.2-YB66 +M2 1 5096 BRANCH CONNECTOR 59026725
-Kabeleinführung +M2.U3 1 6153 KO cabel entry 44 59000530 - Kombi
+M2.U3 5 6153 CABLE ENTRY 10-14 44 59000530
E
E
3 6151 CABLE ENTRY 5-7 44 59010401
-P60.2 +M2.U3 1 230 ALARM BUZZER 95DB 40 59021096
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2+M1-WB65# +M1 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1-WK16.1a +M1 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M1-WK42-E1 +M1 1 2060 CABLE 1X10 QMM 44 59022330
.2+M1-WXL +M1 1 2042 CABLE 5 x 1,5 QMM 44 59010168
B

C
C
KM1
.2+M1.KLI-WFIL# +M1.KLI 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M1.KLI-WUSW# +M1.KLI 1 2005 CABLE 12X1.5 QMM 44 59010170

D
D .2+M1.U4-WB4 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165


E
E

F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 distribution box U8 Branch Drawing No sheet 44
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B .2+M1.U4-WK55a# +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M1.U4-WKM1 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
C
C

D
D

16 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632


18 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632
E
E
.2+M1.UE41-X41 +M1.UE41 4 5001 CLAMP, SPRING 44 59000146

.2+M2-WB54 +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2-WB66# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2-WE46 +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M2-WE51# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2+M2-WM6# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M2.1-WP61 +M2.1 1 2004 CABLE 7X1.5 QMM 44 59010169
.2+M2.2-WM4.1# +M2.2 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167
B
B .2+M2.2-WM4.2# +M2.2 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167
.2+M2.2-WM4.3# +M2.2 1 2003 CABLE 4X1.5 QMM 44 59010167
.2+M2.2-WM5# +M2.2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

C
C

D
D

26 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632
.2+M3-WB90.1 +M3 1 2002 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 44 59010166
E
E .2+M3-WB90.2 +M3 1 2002 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 44 59010166
.2+M3.OP4-XKLK +M3.OP4 1 E/UK end plate PXC PXC-1201442

16 ST 1,5 through terminal PXC PXC-3031076
3 ST 1,5 OG through terminal PXC PXC-3037012
3 ST 1,5 RD through terminal PXC PXC-3037038
3 ST 1,5 BK through terminal PXC PXC-3037067
2 D-ST 2,5 end cover PXC PXC-3030417
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B

C
C .2- NW17 +M1 1 3904 CORRUGATED PIPE NW17 44 59010246

1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D



E
E 2 518 SEAL DELPHI 2 POLE PLUG 51127115

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

.2- WB52 +M2 1 1190 CABLE, SENSOR 40 51127610
B
B .2- WCAM1 +M2.1 1 320 CABLE, CAMERA- 8,0 M 40 59023501

1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
C
C +M1 1 1618 PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

D
D 2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
E
E

2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
B
B +M3 1 1113 SOCKET HOUSING 4 POLE 40 59013513
4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

C
C
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2- XFIL# +M1.KLI 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765
+M1.KLI 1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
D
D
.2- XKB# +M1.KLI 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021475

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763


1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
E
E
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
B
B 2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2- XP61 +M2.1 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
C
C 1 1600 SECURING STRAP DT-SERIES 40 51127283

1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
D
D


.2-B54 +M2 1 524 FOOT SWITCH 40 59003310
E
E
+M2 1 524 FOOT SWITCH 40 59003310

1 184 CAP, MORE THAN 95 MM2 40 87521000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A


B
B
.2-B90.3# +M2 1 345 SWITCH, PROXIMITY IND. 59021667
.2-C1 +M2.1 1 429 COMPACT CAMERA COLOUR CCC 118° 40 59022639

.2-D1 +M2.U3 1 264 DIODE 6A 40 59010852
.2-DL-LAN +OP.3 1 1256 ETHERNETKABEL KONFEK. M12/RJ45 40 59022002
C
C .2-E41.1 +M1 1 81 KO LED HEADLIGHTS COMPLETE 40 59023429 - Kombi
+M1 1 81 LED HEADLIGHT 40 59023429

+M1 1 81 LED HEADLIGHT 40 59023429

D
D .2-E42.2 +M3 1 605 WORKINGHEADLIGHTS, LED-, N26LED 17W WIDE FLOOD DEUTSCH 40 59023388


E
E .2-E51# +M2 1 99 ROTATION BEACON 24V YELLOW 40 59024194


F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B 1 391 PROTECTIVE CAP 40 59023465


C
C


D
D
.2-F10.5 +M1.U4 1 829 Blade Fuse 40 58433000

E
E

1 371 FUSE MEGA SLBO 100A 40 51127254
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 371 FUSE MEGA SLBO 100A 40 51127254
B
B

C
C +M1.BAT 1 152 COVER FOR MINUS POLE 40 51127098

+M1.U4 1 20 RELAY 40 78120000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
D
D +M1 1 796 Ko MODULE, OUTPUT 40 59013893.
+M1 1 796 MODULE, OUTPUT 40 59013893

.2-K4 +M1.U4 1 576 KO RELAY 50A 40 78319000.1

+M1.U4 1 576 RELAY 40 78319000
1 203 PLUG HOUSING 40 72744000

2 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
E
E
+M1.U4 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M1.U4 1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000

5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
+M1.U4 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
B
B 5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

1 802 PLUG KIT FOR CR2012 40 59013899
+M2.U3 1 794 MOUNTING SET 40 59023468
C
C

D
D +M2.U3 1 794 CONTACT, CRIMPED SOCKET 0,75-1 40 59023471

E
E

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B

C
C 3 6248 CROSS RECESSED SCREW 40 59010308

+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
D
D 1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
E
E
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

+M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
+M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
B
B +M1 1 194 CAP FOR D-SUB 9-POL. 45° 40 59013209
+OP.3 1 340 DATALOGGER, CAN BUSDAQ-X-ET 40 59021541
+OP.3 1 1003 CABLE HOUSING, 3-POLE SERIES 712 40 59021542
+OP.3 1 817 COMPACT-FLASH-CARD 2GB 40 59021051

+OP.3 1 196 MULTIPIN CONNECTOR, 9-POLE 44 59010890
C
C
+OP.3 1 1001 MOUNTING SET IMC CANSA MODULE 40 59021583

D
D


E
E

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

+M1.U4 1 578 MULTI FUNCTION RELAY 40 51127222

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
B
B 1 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

.2-M5# +M2.2 1 203 PLUG HOUSING 40 72744000
+M2.2 1 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
+M2.2 1 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

C
C
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D .2-NW13 +M1 1 3903 CORRUGATED PIPE NW13 44 59010245

E
E +M2.U3 1 874 INDICATOR LAMP RED 40 59013179
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 875 INDICATION LAMP YELLOW 40 59013852

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
+M1 1 39 HORN 40 K06715

2 162 CAP, PROTECTIVE 40 56090000
B
B .2-P60.2 +M2.U3 1 230 ALARM BUZZER 95DB 40 59021096
.2-P61 +M2.1 1 428 MONITOR COMPACT LED 7" 40 59013393

+M1 1 512 MICROSTROBE MODULE 40 59013097

1 541 HOUSING 40 59013855
C
C
1 4093 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013321

1 876 SEAL 40 59007217
D
D
+M1.U4 1 874 SIGNAL LAMP (LED) RED 40 59007215
1 876 SEAL 40 59007217

1 876 SEAL 40 59007217

E
E

2 184 CAP, MORE THAN 95 MM2 40 87521000
.2-R2 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2-R3 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
.2-R4 +M1.U4 1 264 DIODE 6A 40 59010852

.2-R5 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
.2-R6 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
B
B .2-R8 +M2.U3 1 189 RESISTOR, METAL FILM 44 59010593
.2-R11 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000

C
C


D
D
.2-S44 +M2 1 18 GEAR SWITCH 50 59023474

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
E
E
+M2.U3 1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
.2-S71 +M2.U3 1 124 KEY BUTTON, 1S+1Ö 40 59013856
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
B
B +M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853

+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846
C
C 1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
D
D
+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853


E
E
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
B
B +M2.U3 1 820 PUSHBUTTON LOCKING/PUSHING 40 59013657

C
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668

D
D

E
E
.2-U1 +M3.U1 1 245 DISTRIBUTION BOX U1 MK-A 40 51129165
+M2 1 370 TERMINAL BOX, STEEL PLATE 40 59023502
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

+OP.3 1 329 PROTECTION BOX IMC DATA LOGGER 40 51129176
.2-UE41 +M1.UE41 1 472 DISTRIBUTOR 40 51127065
B
B .2-WB11 +M1 1 1182 CABLE 5M PUR 4 x 0.34 QMM 40 51127624

C
C

D
D

E
E .2-WC1-14 +M1 1 1103 CAN OPEN CABLE 5.0M 40 51127603


.2-WC2-S44# +M2.K1 1 1101 CAN OPEN CABLE 1.0M 40 51127601
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B +OP.3 1 1101 CAN OPEN CABLE 1.0M 40 51127601
.2-WCam1 +M2.1 1 318 CABLE, CAMERA- 5,0 M 40 59021816
1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602

1 1102 CAN OPEN CABLE 2.0M 40 51127602
C
C
.2-WE43 +M1 1 1291 DISTRIBUTION CABLE F. N6001LED, CONNECTOR OUTPUT-MODULE 59024272

D
D
.2-WS44# +M2.K1 1 1100 CAN OPEN CABLE 0.3M 40 51127600

E
E +M1 2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
B
B +M2 1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
C
C .2-X85a# +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D

3 650 CONTACT, PIN 1.0-2.5 40 59011825
1 649 PLUG GREEN 40 59011829


1 649 PLUG GREEN 40 59011829
3 649 CONTACT, SOCKET 1.0-2.5 40 59011823
E
E

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XB21 +M1 1 638 ANGLE PLUG 40 59001552

2 1524 FLAT SOCKET 2,8 MM 40 59010947
C
C

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
E
E +M2 1 1618 PLUG HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 59020043
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2.U3 1 1620 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XB82.1 +M2 1 662 KO WEATHER PACK 3POLIG 40 59022967 - Kombi
C
C +M2 1 662 PLUG CONNECTIO 3-POLE 40 59022967

.2-XB90 +M3 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021476
D
D
1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470

6 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
E
E
3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B
3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
C
C +M3 1 1620 SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274
3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
D
D +M2.U3 1 937 SOCKET, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127202
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
.2-XDL 1 1246 SOCKET 4POLE D-CODE 40 59013173
E
E
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
B
B +M3 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

C
C 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

D
D 4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769

4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
E
E 1 1600 SECURING STRAP DT-SERIES 40 51127283

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
B
B +M2.U3 1 951 PLUG HOUSING 2-POLE 40 59013761
1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
C
C
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
D
D
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XFIL# +M1.KLI 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

+M1.KLI 1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

E
E

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000

B
B 1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000

C
C
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
D
D

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000


1 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
E
E
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-XKA# +M1.KLI 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
B
B +M2.U3 1 1607 PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023506
1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XKLI# +M1.KLI 1 1608 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023507 - Kombi

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
C
C .2-XL +M1 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021475

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
+M3 1 1606 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021477

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
D
D
.2-XM 2# +M1 1 1152 CABLE, SENSOR 40 51127611

4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000


4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
E
E

4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
+M2.2 1 952 Ko Plug connector 2-pole 40 59013765
B
B
+M2.2 1 952 HOUSING, PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013765.
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

C
C 4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
D
D .2-XM31 +M1 1 951 Ko Socket plug, 2-pole 40 59013760

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

E
E
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2.1 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi
B
B +M2.1 1 1602 PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471
1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2.1 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469 - Kombi

+M2.1 1 1601 SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021469
1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
C
C 6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
.2-XR +M1 1 7023 CAP FOR PLUG 40 59025916
.2-XS44# +M2.K1 1 790 CAN DISTRIBUTOR 5-POLE PARALLEL 40 51127489
D
D
.2-XS44-O +M1.U4 1 936 PLUG, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127203

E
E
.2-XS78.3C +M2.U3 1 856 KO CONNECTOR, MULTILINE 40 59010006 - Kombi
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 6 154 FLAT SOCKET 40 87016000

6 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
B
B 8 660 CONTACT, SOCKET 0.5-1.5 QMM 40 59013707

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
+M2.2 1 1606 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021477
C
C
1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
D
D +M2 1 1609 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023508 - Kombi

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

E
E
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
+M2 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

.2-XWK50 +OP.4 1 1605 KO SOCKET HOUSING 12-POLE CODE A 40 59021465 - Kombi
B
B +OP.4 1 1605 SOCKET HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021465
1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 7007 BUCHSENKONTAKT GOLD DRC SERIE 40 59025898
1 1645 WIRING ADAPTER FOR DT06-12S (socket) 40 59025188
.2-XWK50. +M3.OP4 1 1606 KO CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 12PIN CODE A 40 59021467 - Kombi
+M3.OP4 1 1606 PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021467

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 7006 STIFTKONTAKT GOLD DRC SERIE 40 59025897
C
C 1 1653 WIRING ADAPTER FOR DT04-12P (pins) 40 59025189
.2-XkA# +M1.KLI 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

+M1.KLI 1 1602 PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471
1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
D
D
.2-Y1 +M1 1 163 KO SOCKET, EQUIPMENT 40 55363000 - Kombi

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
+M2.U3 5 6153 CABLE ENTRY 10-14 44 59000530
E
E
3 6151 CABLE ENTRY 5-7 44 59010401
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B .2+M1.U4-WB16 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

C
C

D
D

E
E .2+M1.U4-WKM1 +M1.U4 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165


F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 terminal box U4 Branch Drawing No sheet 76
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A


16 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632
B
B
18 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632
C
C .2-F1 +M1.U4 1 37 KO CIRCUIT BREAKER 50A 40 59023462 - Kombi

D
D +M1.U4 1 34 CIRCUIT BREAKER 40A 40 59023461


E
E +M1.U4 1 49 CIRCUIT BREAKER 30A 40 59023525

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B
.2-F10.5 +M1.U4 1 829 Blade Fuse 40 58433000

C
C
+M1.U4 1 20 RELAY 40 78120000
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
4 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
.2-K4 +M1.U4 1 576 KO RELAY 50A 40 78319000.1
+M1.U4 1 576 RELAY 40 78319000

1 203 PLUG HOUSING 40 72744000
D
D 2 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
+M1.U4 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

+M1.U4 1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000

5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
E
E
1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
+M1.U4 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B +M1.U4 1 578 MULTI FUNCTION RELAY 40 51127222
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
1 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

1 876 SEAL 40 59007217
C
C +M1.U4 1 874 SIGNAL LAMP (LED) RED 40 59007215
1 876 SEAL 40 59007217

1 876 SEAL 40 59007217
.2-R2 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
D
D .2-R3 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
.2-R4 +M1.U4 1 264 DIODE 6A 40 59010852
.2-R5 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
.2-R6 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000

.2-R11 +M1.U4 1 45 DIODE 1 A 44 78782000
E
E

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B .2-XS44-O +M1.U4 1 936 PLUG, SENSOR FLANGE INSTALLATION SACC-E-M12FS-5CON-M16/0.5 40 51127203
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
.2+M2-WB54 +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2-WB66# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

.2+M2-WE46 +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
.2+M2-WE51# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165
B
B .2+M2-WM6# +M2 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
C
C
.2- WB52 +M2 1 1190 CABLE, SENSOR 40 51127610


4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
D
D 4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

.2-B54 +M2 1 524 FOOT SWITCH 40 59003310

+M2 1 524 FOOT SWITCH 40 59003310

1 184 CAP, MORE THAN 95 MM2 40 87521000
E
E .2-B90.3# +M2 1 345 SWITCH, PROXIMITY IND. 59021667
.2-E51# +M2 1 99 ROTATION BEACON 24V YELLOW 40 59024194
F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Driver's cab Branch Drawing No sheet 81
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
.2-S44 +M2 1 18 GEAR SWITCH 50 59023474
B
B
.2-U3 +M2 1 370 TERMINAL BOX, STEEL PLATE 40 59023502


2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
C
C

2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
D
D .2-XB82.1 +M2 1 662 KO WEATHER PACK 3POLIG 40 59022967 - Kombi



E
E

2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
B
B 1 1112 CONTACT STABILITY 40 59023440
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
.2-XU3 +M2 1 1609 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023508 - Kombi
C
C
1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
.2-XU3.1 +M2 1 1602 KO PLUG HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021471 - Kombi

1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B
B .2+M2.U3-WM6 +M2.U3 1 2001 CABLE 2X1.5 QMM 44 59010165

C
C
26 5010 CLAMP, SPRING ZDK 2,5 44 59013632

.2-D1 +M2.U3 1 264 DIODE 6A 40 59010852
D
D

1 802 PLUG KIT FOR CR2012 40 59013899
+M2.U3 1 794 MOUNTING SET 40 59023468

E
E +M2.U3 1 794 CONTACT, CRIMPED SOCKET 0,75-1 40 59023471

F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 Instrument panel U3 Branch Drawing No sheet 84
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B

C
C

D
D
+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

E
E
+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000

+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000
1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 24 RELAY, SWITCH 40 87457000

1 155 SOCKET 40 87502000
5 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
B
B 1 473 ADAPTER, ATTACHMENT 40 59013849

+M2.U3 1 874 INDICATOR LAMP RED 40 59013179
C
C +M2.U3 1 875 INDICATION LAMP YELLOW 40 59013852
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
.2-P60.2 +M2.U3 1 230 ALARM BUZZER 95DB 40 59021096

D
D +M2.U3 1 204 CONTACT ELEMENT 1 NOC 40 59013850


E
E +M2.U3 1 131 SWITCH, PIVOT 3-POSITION 40 59013847
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
.2-S71 +M2.U3 1 124 KEY BUTTON, 1S+1Ö 40 59013856
B
B +M2.U3 1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846

C
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853

+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
D
D
+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
+M2.U3 1 351 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013846
E
E 1 473 ADAPTER, ATTACHMENT 40 59013849
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853
B
B
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853

+M2.U3 1 820 PUSHBUTTON LOCKING/PUSHING 40 59013657
C

D
D 1 205 CONTACT ELEMENT 1 OPENER 40 59013851
1 702 LED LIGHT WHITE 40 59013853

1 227 SWITCH, PIVOT 40 59013668


E
E

F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
.2-XB54 +M2.U3 1 1620 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 3-POLE 40 51127274 - Kombi

B
B 3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320
C
C
1 4092 NUT, BRAZEN 44 59013320

D
D 1 951 PLUG HOUSING 2-POLE 40 59013761
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763


+M2.U3 1 951 PLUG HOUSING 2-POLE 40 59013761

1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
E
E
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
+M2.U3 1 1607 PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59023506

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

B
B 2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
C
C 4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
D
D


E
E .2-XS78.3C +M2.U3 1 856 KO CONNECTOR, MULTILINE 40 59010006 - Kombi
+M2.U3 6 154 FLAT SOCKET 40 87016000

6 156 FLAT SOCKET 40 84315000
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

8 660 CONTACT, SOCKET 0.5-1.5 QMM 40 59013707

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
B
B 12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

1 1611 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021466
12 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
C
C
1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
2 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

D
D

+M2.U3 5 6153 CABLE ENTRY 10-14 44 59000530
3 6151 CABLE ENTRY 5-7 44 59010401

E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

Equipment: 23 Individual parts list, arranged by system
A
A
.2+M3-WB90.1 +M3 1 2002 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 44 59010166
.2+M3-WB90.2 +M3 1 2002 CABLE 3X1.5 QMM 44 59010166


1 1604 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021472
6 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
B
B 1 1600 SECURING STRAP DT-SERIES 40 51127283

2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
C
C
2 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
2 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643
D
4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763


4 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764

4 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
E
E

F
F
Test Brandenstein Cust No: P00353-54 loaded frame Branch Drawing No sheet 92
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A
B
B .2-XB90 +M3 1 1601 KO SOCKET HOUSING, 6-POLE 40 59021476

1 1603 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021470
6 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764

3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
C
C
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

3 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
3 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
D
D
1 1613 DUMMY PLUG 40 59023643

2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763

E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

1 951 SOCKET PLUG 2-POLE 40 59013760.
2 1628 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013764
2 1626 CONTACT, SOCKET 40 59013763
B
B
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

C
C 1 1112 CONTACT STABILITY 40 59023440
4 1629 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013769
4 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768

1 165 FLAT SEAL 40 55365000
D
D .2-XL +M3 1 1606 KO PLUG HOUSING, 12-POLE 40 59021477

1 1612 CHOCK WEDGE 40 59021468
12 1627 CONTACT, PIN 40 59013768
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Summary of

A
A

B

C
C .2-U1 +M3.U1 1 245 DISTRIBUTION BOX U1 MK-A 40 51129165
D
D
E
E
F
F
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

K13 Display Opus A3
S32# Electrical emergency pump
S43 Parking brake
off S64 Engine Start / Stop
on
A
A
D
K13 S67 direct. indic. left / right
C E
B
H F
A G
S71 Release vehicle
S72 Lighting
XSP XETH P23 P56 P22 S73# S80# S71 S82 S76# S73# front auxiliary head lamp
OFF ON
S76# rotation beacon
S78# Ventilator / Blower
S78.3# Heating / Air conditioner
S80# head lamp cavity
P60.2 S82 Limp Home
S72 S91# S85 SR3 S32#
LI RE Start Stop
S85 Battery On Off
S86 Horn
S91# windscreen wiper / - washer
S98.1 emergency stop
S67 S78# S86 S64 S43 S112# Auxiliary lubrication
B
B
S98.1
SR3# reserve
P22 vehicle ok
P23 vehicle stop
P56 vehicle service
P60.2 Posi stop monitoring
terminal parts -X3

X3 X2 X1
K21 K22 K23 K24 S1 S2 K9
baud rate Node-ID
C
C
XC1-13
XP61 XSW XU3
XE46 XM5
XC4-13
X22 XKLI XU3.1
D
D
10 20 30,5 30,5 30,5 30,5 142.3 70
cover assembly for air conditioning version

15
20
M4 7
12,5
42.3
25
100
ø 5,5
75
ø 5,5
K13
25
D
C E
H F
B
A G
15 7,5
XSP XETH P23 P56 P22
10 115 90 105 80 15 12
E
E
445
P60.2
all non-dimensioned holes are M5
S78.3#
S98.1
F
F
A s. Änd.-verm. 12.12.16 Sch.-S. Date 09.03.2016 status of: 24.08.2017 Type: P00353-54 Order No. assy =A2
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien Vehicle overview 9193851-52 2401
Customer
Test Brandenstein drawing Branch Drawing No. sheet 1
assembly dashboard U3
Cond. Revision Date name Standard IEC 61436-2 Origin 909-3-074298 Replace for Replace with T 909-3-081193 B of 6
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

front view cover
Detail A
(1:1)
A
A
B
B
C
C
Detail B Detail C
(1:1) (1:1)
rear view box
D
D
E
E
box: KL 1527.510
F
F
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien 9193851-52 2401
Vehicle overview
Customer
editing dashboard U3
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON ON ON ON ON ON
K45
A
A
K4
G3B+
K1 K35
K3 K5 K6 K7 KT1
Q75
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
K5a K54a
B7
E1 K14
B90
B2.1 B2.2
S98.2 U3
B9 KM1
XS44-O K3 B53
K15 B34
K52a K16a terminal parts X4 terminal parts X4_K1
B
B
B4 K25a WU8
U4
XL
XS44-I B82.1 Getriebe
B64 B16
Q31 Q32 G3 K56a
Air condition ...
M31 M32K51a K85a
WM1 XC4
GND U3.1 S98.2
K16.1a
C
C
KT15 Pos. 3003 1x KEL 24/10 51127353

KT30 KT27 Pos. 3028 6x KT4/6 51127368
KT15
Pos. 3016 1x KT2/6 51127378
35 30,5 30,5 30,5 30,5 57 18 62 15
Pos. 3015 1x KT6 51127365
Pos. 3021 3x KT11 51127369
40
Pos. 3003 1x KEL 24/10 51127353
15 15 15
Ø6
KT6 KT4/6 KT7 KT2/4 Pos. 3011 2x KT2/4 51127396
F6 F5 F4 F3 F2 F1 Pos. 3018 1x KT 2/7 51127361
XS44-O
KT11 KT4/6 KT2/7 KT2/4
Pos. 3019 1x KT8 51127367
D
275
Pos. 3005 2x KT9 51127363

D
Pos. 3007 1x KT10 51127370

S98.2 KT11 KT4/6 XS44-I KT10 KT11 Pos. 3021 1x KT11 51127369
Pos. 3008 2x BTK 51127358
KT4/6 KT4/6 KT9 BTK
80
XC4 Pos. 3004 1x KEL 24/4 51127354
KF11 KF10 KT11 KT2/6 KT9 KT8
Pos. 3023 2x KT15 51127373
274 30
Pos. 3036 1x KT27 51127387
334
Pos. 3030 1x KT30 51127389
all non-dimensioned holes are M5 Pos. 3017 1x KT7 51127366
E
E
35 / 7.5 / 330
F
F
Customer
assembly terminal box U4
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

front view door
A
A
235
Detail C
(1:1)
150
B
B
C
C
front view box
D
D
varnish in colour RAL:9016
box: AE 1031,500
E
E
F
F
Des. Schulte Sasse Customer SK Wien 9193851-52 2401
Vehicle overview
Customer
editing terminal box U4
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-B22 Pos. 1183
7 8 Pos. 1182 -E44.2
Pos. 1183
-B25 Pos. 792
-B21 Pos. 1183 5 6 Pos. 1182 -E44.1 Pos. 1291 Pos. 1259 Pos. 1190 Pos. ...
-E43.1 BL 7 8 -P72 -B90.2# 7 8 -M2#
CR2033
CR2031
CR2033
Pos. 472 Pos. 1291 Pos. 1291 Pos. 1182 Pos. 412+1110
Pos. 1183 -UE41:3 -E43 BrL 5 6 -... -B113.2 5 6 -B50.1
-B17 3 4 Pos. 1266+1110 Pos. 1291 Pos. 1291 Pos. 1182 Pos. ...
-BK55b# E43 SL 3 4 -E43.2 BL -B113.1 3 4 -...
Pos. 472 Pos. 1182
A
A
-B11 Pos. 1182 -UE41:2 -P60 Pos. 1183 Pos. ... -... -B47.1 Pos. 1266+1110 -B51
1 2 1 2
Pos. 472 1 2 Pos. ... 5x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
-UE41:1 -...
Pos. 792 Pos. 792 Wellrohr NW10#
RK15
S1:4 S2:0 S3:F -WC1/3-15 (5 m + 2 m + 1 m) S1:4 S2:0 S3:3 -WC1/14-3 (1 m + 0,3 m) S1:4 S2:0 S3:E
-K15 -K3 -K14

WU8
-S98.2 5x1,0 (Ölflex 550P)

-Getriebe
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) Direkt-
-B65#
anschluß
-XMHZG#
-MHZG# 5m
-XF1 -WCam1
2,5
Vers. Ansul Steuergerät #
-C1
B
B
-E46
-XE46
2,5
Kabinendach -P61 -XL
12x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
4x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)/(FD 865CP)# 4m
-E43.1
Richtung Mulde 4x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)/(FD 865CP)# 4m
GND Monitor 6m -E43.2
-U1 4m
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)
4x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)
3x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)
2,5 -XE51 -E51 3x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 4m
-B113.3
RKL # 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 4m
-B113.4
-WC1-14 (5 m)
Pos. 245
3x1,5 (YSLY-JZ) 4m
-P52
2,5
7x1,5 (YSLY-JZ) -XP61 3m
1x10
-WCam1 7x1,5 3x1,5# (YSLY-JZ) 4m

-B90.1
(YSLY-JZ)
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)/(FD 865CP)# 4m
-B90.2#
-XKLI
-E42.1
Ø 6,6 mm
Ø 6,6 mm
Ø 9,3 mm
12x1,5
Ø 12,8 mm 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)/(FD 865CP)# 4m
(YSLY-JZ) -E42.2
12x1,5 -XU3
4x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)
Ø 12,8 mm
-U3 Ø 10,1 mm
(YSLY-JZ)
7x1,5 -XU3.1
6,5+8,5
-J3 -K35
Pos. 370 (YSLY-JZ)
WC4-1 (2 m) QSB6.7
Ø 12,8 mm
4x0,75
-J2
Ø 6,6 mm
936
4x1,5
C
C
Stecker 0,6m WC1-13 (2 m)
Pos. 937 Pos. 937 937
5x1,0 (Ölflex 550P)


-XB90 12x1,5 (YSLY-JZ) -XSW GND
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5
12x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
12x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
NW23 Einzelader
-XB52 # 2,5
1,5
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) -XWS
1
-XB54 -XM6 -X22
2,5
1185, 1190
Pos. 1185
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ)
4x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
4x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
4x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
2x1,5
1x10
Controller
0,3 m
hinter U4
M
Ø 8,8 mm
Ø 8,0 mm
Ø 8,0 mm
Ø 8,0 mm
Ø 12,8 mm
Ø 13,8 mm
Ø 23,0 mm
-B54 -B52 (Standard)
3,5
3m
12x1,5 (YSLY-JZ) C4 C3 C1
-M6 -M5 -M4.1-.3 7x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
Ø 13,8 mm
1,4 m
1,2 m
-K1
-B66 # -WS44 (5 m)
Ø 10,1 mm
Pos. 936
-U4 Ø 23,0 mm
1,5
2,5 m
Pos. 790 7x1,0 (Kenpur 500)
Pos. 563 CR7032
# Pos. 937
D
D
-WB82.1 6m
Ø 9,3 mm C2
7x1,5 (YSLY-JZ) -S98.3 -WC2-S44
Ø 10,1 mm Pos. 937
0,3 m
RC2
Pos. 1102
Pos. 1100
Pos. 1101
Pos. 1102
# im Deckel
1,40 m WR bis T-Verteiler

12x1,5 (YSLY-JZ)
2x Ø 4,5 mm, 1x Ø 4,5 mm #
RC2
-S44 Controller
1x Ø 5,4 mm #
19x Ø 6,6 mm
1x 35 (Ölflex FD90)
2x Ø 7,5 mm 1x Ø 8,0 mm
2x Ø 13,0 mm -Q75 5,5
in Kabine 1x 35 (Ölflex FD90)
Pos. 1101
Pos. 1102
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 3,5
-K5a -G3 (B+) 8
C1 C2 C3 C4 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 3 1x 10 (Kenpur Robust)
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 6
-K52a -E1 6,5
-B90.3 -K1 -K54a #
-B82.1
# CR7032 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 6
Pos. 1266(412)+1110
-K56a
3x1,5 (YSLY-JZ) 5,5
-B53
3x0,75 abg. (Purwil CU) 6
-B2.1
-B2.2
E
E Pos. 1266(412)+1110 5
3x0,75 abg. (Purwil CU) 11
-B7
Alle 35^2 -B9 Rest 0,7 m absetzen
-MCC 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5
-KM1
Masse Notpumpe 2m 10er Loch - Ende offen 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5,5
Q31-F31 13cm 2x8er Loch -K16a
Q32-F32 13cm 2x8er Loch
-H13 Klima # 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5,5
F31-KM1 1m 8er Loch - Ende offen -K16.1a
F32-KM1 1m 8er Loch - Ende offen 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5,5
Q31-M31 6m 8er Loch - Ende offen 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 6
-K25a
Q32-M32 6m 8er Loch - Ende offen
B34 5m -50cm P412 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 7
-B4
B53 2m +70cm P412 -B64
B7 4m +70cm P412 1,4 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5
B90 5m -30cm P1182 -B16
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 8
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 7,5
-G3
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5,5
-M1
Pos. 412+1110
-K51a
6 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 8
-B34 #
F
F
-K55a # 6 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5
-K85a #
-K55b # 2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 5
-Q31 #
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 6
-Q32 #
2x1,5 (YSLY-OZ) 6
-M31 #
-M32 #
Customer
wire overview
1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

-S98.3
-Q75
X46
-U4
A
A
-M2#
-K15
-K1 -G1.1-.2
-E44.1
-K14 -B65# -B113.1 -E41.1
-K3
-S44 -B7
-F, -R, -B47 -B53
-XL -B66#
1, 2, 3 -B51 -B54 -B82.1 -B52 -K25a
-K52a -KM1
-B50 -B34
-B11
B
B
-U3 -K16a
-B2.1 -K56a -E46.1 -K55a/b# -B9
-E51# -BK55b#
-B2.2
-B16 -K16.1a
-K5a
-K51a -B25
-B113.2 -E41.2
-M1 -G3 -P60 -E44.2
C
-B17 -B21
C
-B22
-B64#
-P72# -S98.2
D
D
-B90
-E43.1
-E42.1
-C1
E
E
-U1
-P52
-E42.2
-E43.2
F
F
Customer
Overwiew equipment
1

BA MK-A20.2 3852 58 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BA MK-A20.2 3852 58 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

1.1 How to use the operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 - 1

1_en MK-A20 1-1

1.1 How to use the operating instructions

The operating instructions comprise four sections.

Sections 1 to 3 are divided into the necessary chapters.

A table of contents is provided at the beginning of every main section.

The pages of each subsection are numbered.

030000_en MK-A20 1.1 - 1

Code number / Issue date

CAUTION, Warning, Note

030011_en MK-A20 1.1 - 2

Rev. Revision Date Name Rev. Revision Date Name

Vehicle no. 3851-3852/58

032150_en MK-A20 1.1 - 3

- Install only original-spare parts.

GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

or the representative responsible for your area.

030020_en MK-A20 1.2 - 1

1.3 Warranty Conditions for Mining

S 0152_en MK-A20 1.3 - 1

S 0152_en MK-A20 1.3 - 2

1.4 Vehicle identification

GHH Fahrzeuge GmbH

Vehicle type Year of construction

Serial no Rated power kW

Weight, empty kg Payload kg

Tire pressure payload unit: . . . . . . . . . . . bar for tire type: ......................

030031_en MK-A20 1.4 - 1

1.5 Technical Data

Maximum tramming speed

Techdat_en MK-A20 1.5 - 1

Travel drive unit

Wheels and tires

Techdat_en MK-A20 1.5 - 2

Design of brake system Liquid cooled multi disc brake spring

Manufacturer GHH/Rote Erde

Design Swivel-joint hydraulic power steering

Dump hydraulic system

Steering hydraulic system

Operating voltage 24V

Main/reversing headlights LED

Techdat_en MK-A20 1.5 - 3

Fuel tank 280 l

Techdat_en MK-A20 1.5 - 4

Techdat_en MK-A20 1.5 - 5

Note No reflecting objects must be present on either side of the vehicle.

Measuring points - Diagram

- Measuring points 1-5

db (A) 97.8 97.1 96.3 97.3 91.1 100.6 99.2 93.8

Schall_en MK-A20 1.5 - 6

1.6 Concise description of dumper

031850_en MK-A20 1.6 - 1

Proper use of dumpers powered by diesel engines motors

032540_en MK-A20 1.6 - 2

2.1 Safety instructions for the operation of vehicles made . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 - 1

2_en MK-A20 2-1

2.1 Safety instructions for the

General safety instructions: additional regulations which are to be applied locally

030050_en MK-A20 2.1 - 1

030050_en MK-A20 2.1 - 2

030050_en MK-A20 2.1 - 3

030060_en MK-A20 2.1 - 4